83_FR_22891 83 FR 22796 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe C2 Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rules in Connection With the Migration of Cboe C2 to Cboe EDGX Options Technology

83 FR 22796 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe C2 Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rules in Connection With the Migration of Cboe C2 to Cboe EDGX Options Technology

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Federal Register Volume 83, Issue 95 (May 16, 2018)

Page Range22796-22829
FR Document2018-10417

Federal Register, Volume 83 Issue 95 (Wednesday, May 16, 2018)
[Federal Register Volume 83, Number 95 (Wednesday, May 16, 2018)]
[Notices]
[Pages 22796-22829]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2018-10417]



[[Page 22795]]

Vol. 83

Wednesday,

No. 95

May 16, 2018

Part III





Securities and Exchange Commission





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe C2 Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing 
and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rules in 
Connection With the Migration of Cboe C2 to Cboe EDGX Options 
Technology; Notice

Federal Register / Vol. 83 , No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / 
Notices

[[Page 22796]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

[Release No. 34-83214; File No. SR-C2-2018-005]


Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe C2 Exchange, Inc.; Notice of 
Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend 
Rules in Connection With the Migration of Cboe C2 to Cboe EDGX Options 
Technology

May 11, 2018.
    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
(the ``Act''),\1\ and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,\2\ notice is hereby given 
that on April 27, 2018, Cboe C2 Exchange, Inc. (the ``Exchange'' or 
``C2'') filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the 
``Commission'') the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II 
below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Exchange 
filed the proposal as a ``non-controversial'' proposed rule change 
pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act \3\ and Rule 19b-
4(f)(6) thereunder.\4\ The Commission is publishing this notice to 
solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
    \2\ 17 CFR 240.19b-4.
    \3\ 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
    \4\ 17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance 
of the Proposed Rule Change

    The Exchange proposes to amend C2's rulebook in preparation for the 
technology migration of C2 onto the options platform of an Exchange's 
affiliated options exchange, Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc. (``EDGX'' or 
``EDGX Options'').
    The text of the proposed rule change is also available on the 
Exchange's website (http://www.cboe.com/AboutCBOE/CBOELegalRegulatoryHome.aspx), at the Exchange's Office of the 
Secretary, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.

II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and 
Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change

    In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements 
concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and 
discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The 
text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in 
Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in 
sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such 
statements.

A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and 
Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change

1. Purpose
    In 2016, the Exchange's parent company, Cboe Global Markets, Inc. 
(formerly named CBOE Holdings, Inc.) (``Cboe Global''), which is also 
the parent company of Cboe Exchange, Inc. (``Cboe Options''), acquired 
EDGX and its affiliated exchanges, Cboe EDGA Exchange, Inc. (``EDGA'' 
or ``EDGA Options''), Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (``BZX''), and Cboe BYX 
Exchange, Inc. (``BYX'' and, together with C2, Cboe Options, EDGX, 
EDGA, and BZX, the ``Cboe Affiliated Exchanges''). C2 intends to 
migrate its technology onto the same trading platform as EDGX. In this 
context, C2 proposes to align certain system functionality with EDGX 
(and BZX in certain circumstances), while retaining certain C2 
functionality, as well as to make other nonsubstantive changes to the 
rules, retaining only intended differences between it and the Cboe 
Affiliated Exchanges. Although the Exchange intentionally offers 
certain features that differ from those offered by the Cboe Affiliated 
Exchanges and will continue to do so, the Exchange believes offering 
similar functionality to the extent practicable will reduce potential 
confusion for market participants. The proposed rule change modifies or 
adds certain system functionality currently offered by EDGX to provide 
a consistent technology offering for users of Cboe Affiliated 
Exchanges.
Chapter 1
    The proposed rule change makes the following changes to Chapter 1 
of the C2 Rulebook.
    The following table identifies the defined terms that are proposed 
to be added to or amended in C2 Rule 1.1, whether the proposed amended 
rule was moved from a current C2 rule or corresponds to the rule of 
EDGX or another exchange, and proposed substantive changes.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Corresponding
    Defined term              Provision           Current C2 rule      other exchange     Description of change
                                                                            rule
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ABBO................  best bid(s) or offer(s)   N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       disseminated by other                          21.20(a)(1).
                       Eligible Exchanges \5\
                       and calculated by the
                       Exchange based on
                       market information the
                       Exchange receives from
                       OPRA.
Adjusted Series.....  series in which, as a     8.5(a)(1)..........  N/A...............  Moved to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       result of a corporate
                       action by the
                       underlying security,
                       one option contract in
                       the series represents
                       the delivery of other
                       than 100 shares of
                       underlying stock or
                       Units.
Bid.................  the price of a limit      N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       order or quote to buy                          16.1(a)(6).
                       one or more options
                       contracts.
Book or Simple Book.  electronic book of        1.1................  EDGX Rule           Adding that Book may
                       simple orders and                              16.1(a)(9).         also be referred to as
                       quotes maintained by                                               Simple Book.
                       the System.
Call................  option contract under     1.1................  EDGX Rule           Added clarifying
                       which the holder of the                        16.1(a)(12).        language consistent
                       option has the right,                                              with put definition to
                       in accordance with the                                             conform to EDGX rule.
                       terms of the option and
                       Rules of the Clearing
                       Corporation, to
                       purchase from the
                       Clearing Corporation
                       the number of units of
                       the underlying security
                       or index covered by the
                       option contract, at a
                       price per unit equal to
                       the exercise price,
                       upon the timely
                       exercise of the option.

[[Page 22797]]

 
Capacity............  capacity in which a User  N/A................  N/A...............  C2 currently refers to
                       submits an order, which                                            capacity as origin
                       the User specifies by                                              code; current C2
                       applying the                                                       origin codes are in
                       corresponding code to                                              Regulatory Circular
                       the order, and includes                                            RG13-015, and are the
                       B (account of a broker                                             same as the proposed
                       or dealer, including a                                             Capacities, except the
                       Foreign Broker-Dealer),                                            proposed rule changes
                       C (Public Customer                                                 W to U (see EDGX
                       account), F (OCC                                                   specifications \6\),
                       clearing firm                                                      and adds L, which is
                       proprietary account), J                                            not currently
                       (joint back office                                                 permitted on C2 (see
                       account), L (non-                                                  Cboe Options
                       Trading Permit Holder                                              Regulatory Circular
                       affiliate account), M                                              RG13-038).
                       (Market-Maker account),
                       N (market-maker or
                       specialist on another
                       options exchange), U
                       (Professional account).
Cboe Trading........  Cboe Trading, Inc.,       3.18...............  EDGX Rule 2.11....  Moved to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       broker-dealer
                       affiliated with C2 and
                       will serve as inbound
                       and outbound router for
                       C2, as discussed below.
Class...............  all option contracts      1.1................  EDGX Rule           Deletes unnecessary
                       with the same unit of                          16.1(a)(13).        reference to options,
                       trading covering the                                               given only options
                       same underlying                                                    trade on C2; adds that
                       security or index.                                                 options may cover an
                                                                                          index (see C2 Chapter
                                                                                          24); deletes that a
                                                                                          class means options of
                                                                                          the same type
                                                                                          (currently defined as
                                                                                          put or call), as a
                                                                                          class is comprised of
                                                                                          both puts and calls;
                                                                                          adds that a class is
                                                                                          comprised of option
                                                                                          contracts with the
                                                                                          same unit of trading
                                                                                          covering the same
                                                                                          underlying security or
                                                                                          index (discussed
                                                                                          below).
Clearing Corporation  Options Clearing          1.1................  EDGX Rule 16.1(14)  Adding that the
 or OCC.               Corporation.                                                       Clearing Corporation
                                                                                          may also be referred
                                                                                          to as OCC.
Clearing Trading      a Trading Permit Holder   1.1................  EDGX Rule           Added that Clearing
 Permit Holder.        that has been admitted                         16.1(a)(15).        Trading Permit Holders
                       to membership in the                                               self-clear or clear on
                       Clearing Corporation                                               behalf of others
                       pursuant to the                                                    (consistent with C2
                       provisions of the rules                                            today).
                       of the Clearing
                       Corporation and is self-
                       clearing or that clears
                       transactions for other
                       Trading Permit Holders.
Commission or SEC...  U.S. Securities and       1.1................  EDGX Rule 1.5(g)..  Adding that the
                       Exchange Commission.                                               Commission may also be
                                                                                          referred to as SEC.
Complex Order.......  order involving the       6.13(a)(1).........  EDGX Rule           Moved to C2 Rule 1.1
                       concurrent execution of                        21.20(a)(5).        and 6.12(a); added
                       two or more different                                              that C2, like EDGX,
                       series in the same                                                 can impose a maximum
                       class (the ``legs'' or                                             number of legs and
                       ``components'' of the                                              determine in which
                       order), for the same                                               classes complex orders
                       account, occurring at                                              are available.
                       or near the same time
                       in a ratio greater than
                       or equal to one-to-
                       three and less than or
                       equal to three-to-one
                       and for the purpose of
                       executing a particular
                       investment strategy
                       with no more than the
                       applicable number of
                       legs (which number the
                       Exchange determines on
                       a class-by-class
                       basis); the Exchange
                       determines in which
                       classes complex orders
                       are eligible for
                       processing.
Customer............  Public Customer or        N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1;
                       broker-dealer.                                 16.1(a)(19).        new definition in C2
                                                                                          Rules, but concept of
                                                                                          customers exists
                                                                                          throughout current C2
                                                                                          rules (including in
                                                                                          priority rules).
Customer Order......  agency order for the      N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       account of a Customer.                         16.1(a)(20).
Discretion..........  authority of a broker or  N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1;
                       dealer to determine for                        16.1(a)(21).        substantively the same
                       a Customer the type of                                             as the EDGX
                       option, class or series                                            definition.
                       of options, the number
                       of contracts, or
                       whether options are to
                       be bought or sold.
EFID................  Executing Firm ID.......  N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1;
                                                                      21.1(c)(1).         EDGX rule refers to
                                                                                          the term MPID, which
                                                                                          is generally
                                                                                          equivalent to EFID;
                                                                                          similar to the term
                                                                                          acronym, which is used
                                                                                          in current C2 rules;
                                                                                          EFID is the term used
                                                                                          in C2 technical
                                                                                          specification
                                                                                          following migration,
                                                                                          and thus more
                                                                                          appropriate for the C2
                                                                                          rules; as noted below,
                                                                                          a firm may have
                                                                                          multiple EFIDs.
Equity Option.......  option on an equity       N/A (equity options  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       security or Unit.         permitted by C2      16.1(a)(27).
                                                 Chapter 5).
Exchange Act........  Securities Exchange Act   1.1................  EDGX Rule           Added rules and
                       of 1934, including                             16.1(a)(23).        regulations, which
                       rules and regulations                                              also apply to the
                       thereunder.                                                        Exchange rules.
Expiration Date.....  third Friday of           1.1................  N/A...............  Deleted language about
                       expiration month.                                                  series that expire on
                                                                                          Saturday rather than
                                                                                          Friday, as no more
                                                                                          grandfathered series
                                                                                          are listed on the
                                                                                          Exchange.
He, Him, His........  deemed to refer to        N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       persons of female as                           16.1(a)(25).
                       well as male gender and
                       to include
                       organizations, as well
                       as individuals, when
                       the context requires.
Index Option........  option on a broad-based,  N/A (index options   EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       narrow-based, micro       permitted by C2      16.1(a)(26).
                       narrow-based or other     Chapter 24).
                       index of equity
                       securities prices.

[[Page 22798]]

 
Market Close........  time the Exchange         N/A (market close    EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       specifies for the end     time set forth in    16.1(a)(34).
                       of trading on the         C2 Rule 6.1).
                       Exchange on that
                       trading day.
Market Open.........  time the Exchange         N/A (market open     EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       specifies for the start   time set forth in    16.1(a)(35).
                       of trading on the         C2 Rules 6.1 and
                       Exchange on that          6.10).
                       trading day.
Notional Value......  value calculated by       6.15(e)(1)(C)......  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       multiplying the number                         20.6(e)(1)(C).
                       of contracts (contract
                       size multiplied by the
                       contract multiplier) in
                       an order by the order's
                       limit price.
NBB, NBO, and NBBO..  national best bid,        1.1................  EDGX Rule           Added NBB and NBO to C2
                       national best offer,                           16.1(a)(29).        definition.
                       and national best bid
                       or offer the Exchange
                       calculates based on
                       market information it
                       receives from OPRA.
Offer...............  the price of a limit      N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       order or quote to sell                         16.1(a)(30).
                       one more option
                       contracts.
OPRA................  Options Price Reporting   N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       Authority.                                     16.1(a)(41).
Order...............  firm commitment to buy    1.1 and 6.10(a) and  EDGX Rule           Moved market order and
                       or sell option            (b).                 16.1(a)(42) and     limit order
                       contracts that the                             21.1(c).            definitions to C2 Rule
                       System receives from a                                             1.1, as all orders
                       User, which may be a                                               must be market or
                       limit order or market                                              limit.
                       order.
Order Entry Firm/OEF  Trading Permit Holder     N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       representing as agent                          16.1(a)(36).
                       Customer Orders on the
                       Exchange and non-Market-
                       Maker Trading Permit
                       Holder conducting
                       proprietary trading.
Order Instruction...  processing instruction a  N/A................  EDGX Rule 21.1(d).  Added to C2 Rule 1.1
                       User may apply to an                                               (rules currently
                       order (multiple                                                    permit various
                       instructions may apply                                             instructions); various
                       to a single order) when                                            order instructions
                       entering it into the                                               substantively similar
                       System.                                                            to those available on
                                                                                          EDGX.
Attributable........  order a User designates   6.10(f)............  EDGX Rule           Moved to C2 Rule 1.1,
                       for display (price and                         21.1(c)(1).         Order Instruction.
                       size) that includes the
                       User's EFID or other
                       unique identifier.
Book Only...........  order the System ranks    6.10(j)............  EDGX Rule           Moved to C2 Rule 1.1,
                       and executes pursuant                          21.1(d)(7).         Order Instruction
                       to Rule 6.12, subjects                                             (previously called C2-
                       to the Price Adjust                                                Only Order).
                       process pursuant to
                       Rule 6.12, or cancels,
                       as applicable (in
                       accordance with User
                       instructions), without
                       routing away to another
                       exchange.
Cancel Back.........  order a User designates   N/A................  EDGX Rule 11.6(b).  Added to C2 Rule 1.1
                       to not be subject to                                               (consistent with Rule
                       the Price Adjust                                                   6.82) and
                       process pursuant to                                                substantively similar
                       Rule 6.12 that the                                                 EDGX Rule (further
                       System cancels or                                                  discussed below).
                       rejects (immediately at
                       the time the System
                       receives the order or
                       upon return to the
                       System after being
                       routed away) if
                       displaying the order on
                       the Book would create a
                       violation of Rule 6.82,
                       or if the order cannot
                       otherwise be executed
                       or displayed in the
                       Book at its limit price.
Intermarket Sweep     order that has the        6.10(g)............  EDGX Rule           Moved to C2 Rule 1.1
 Order/ISO.            meaning provided in                            21.1(d)(2).         (consistent with
                       Section E of Chapter 6,                                            current C2 system).
                       which may be executed
                       at one or multiple
                       price levels in the
                       System without regard
                       to Protected Quotations
                       at other options
                       exchanges; the Exchange
                       relies on the marking
                       of an order by a User
                       as an ISO order when
                       handling such order,
                       and thus, it is the
                       entering Trading Permit
                       Holder's
                       responsibility, not the
                       Exchange's
                       responsibility, to
                       comply with the
                       requirements relating
                       to ISOs.
Match Trade           order not executed        6.10(k)............  EDGX Rule 21.1(g).  Moved to C2 Rule 1.1
 Prevention/MTP        against a resting                                                  and conformed to EDGX
 Modifier.             opposite side order or                                             rule (further
                       quote also designated                                              discussed below).
                       with an MTP modifier
                       and originating from
                       the same EFID, Trading
                       Permit Holder
                       identifier, trading
                       group identifier, or
                       Sponsored User
                       identifier (``Unique
                       Identifier''), with
                       five types of modifiers
                       available.
Minimum Quantity....  order that requires a     N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1
                       specified minimum                              21.1(d)(3).         (further discussed
                       quantity of contracts                                              below).
                       be executed or is
                       cancelled; Minimum
                       Quantity orders will
                       only execute against
                       multiple, aggregated
                       orders if such
                       executions would occur
                       simultaneously, and
                       only a Book Only order
                       with TIF designation of
                       IOC may have a Minimum
                       Quantity instruction
                       (the System disregards
                       a Minimum Quantity
                       instruction on any
                       other order).
Non-Attributable....  order a User designates   N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1--
                       for display (price and                         21.1(c)(2).         orders currently not
                       size) on an anonymous                                              marked Attributable on
                       basis or not designated                                            C2 are non-
                       as an Attributable                                                 attributable; proposed
                       Order.                                                             rule change merely
                                                                                          permits Users to
                                                                                          affirmatively
                                                                                          designate orders as
                                                                                          non-attributable, and
                                                                                          specify the Exchange
                                                                                          will by default treat
                                                                                          orders as Non-
                                                                                          Attributable unless
                                                                                          the User designates it
                                                                                          as Attributable.

[[Page 22799]]

 
Post Only...........  order the System ranks    N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1
                       and executes pursuant                          21.1(d)(8).         (further discussed
                       to Rule 6.12, subject                                              below).
                       to the Price Adjust
                       process pursuant to
                       Rule 6.12, or cancels
                       or rejects (including
                       if it is not subject to
                       the Price Adjust
                       process and locks or
                       crosses a Protected
                       Quotation of another
                       exchange), as
                       applicable, except the
                       order may not remove
                       liquidity from the Book
                       or route away to
                       another Exchange.
Price Adjust........  order a User designates   N/A................  EDGX Rule 21.1(i).  Added to C2 Rule 1.1
                       to be subject to the                                               (Price Adjust process
                       Price Adjust process                                               described further
                       pursuant to Rule 6.12,                                             below).
                       or an order a User does
                       not designate as Cancel
                       Back.
Reserve Order.......  limit order with both a   6.10(c)(8) and       BZX Rule            Moved to C2 Rule 1.1
                       portion of the quantity   6.12(c).             21.1(d)(1).         (further discussed
                       displayed (``Display                                               below).
                       Quantity'') and a
                       reserve portion of the
                       quantity (``Reserve
                       Quantity'') not
                       displayed; both display
                       quantity and reserve
                       quantity are available
                       for potential execution
                       against incoming
                       orders, with Max Floor
                       and replenishment
                       instructions available.
Stop (Stop-Loss)      order to buy (sell) that  6. 10(c)(3)........  BZX Rule            Moved to C2 Rule 1.1;
 Order.                becomes a market order                         21.1(d)(11).        modified to compare
                       when the consolidated                                              stop prices to
                       last sale price                                                    national prices rather
                       (excluding prices from                                             than Exchange prices
                       complex order trades if                                            (EDGX similarly uses
                       outside the NBBO) or                                               the NBBO), which
                       NBB (NBO) for a                                                    reflect price from
                       particular option                                                  entire market (similar
                       contract is equal to or                                            change in Rule 6.10(c)
                       above (below) the stop                                             provision regarding
                       price specified by the                                             stop orders).
                       User.
Stop-Limit Order....  order to buy (sell) that  6.10(c)(4).........  BZX Rule            Moved to C2 Rule 1.1;
                       becomes a limit order                          21.1(d)(12).        modified to compare
                       when the consolidated                                              stop prices to
                       last sale price                                                    national prices rather
                       (excluding prices from                                             than Exchange prices
                       complex order trades if                                            (EDGX similarly uses
                       outside the NBBO) or                                               the NBBO), which
                       NBB (NBO) for a                                                    reflect price from
                       particular option                                                  entire market (similar
                       contract is equal to or                                            change in Rule 6.10(c)
                       above (below) the stop                                             provision regarding
                       price specified by the                                             stop orders).
                       User.
Port................  adds definitions of       N/A................  EDGX Rule 21.1(j).  Added to C2 Rule 1.1
                       various types of ports                                             (further discussed
                       available in the new                                               below).
                       Exchange system.
Primary Market......  primary exchange on       N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1
                       which an underlying                            16.1(a)(44).        (concept exists in
                       security is listed.                                                current C2 rules, such
                                                                                          a 6.11(b)).
Protected Quotation.  a Protected Bid or        6.80...............  EDGX Rule           Added to list of
                       Protected Offer, as                            16.1(a)(47).        defined terms in C2
                       each of those terms is                                             Rule 1.1.
                       defined in Rule 6.80.
Put.................  option contract under     1.1................  EDGX Rule           Added clarifying
                       which the holder of the                        16.1(a)(49).        language consistent
                       option has the right,                                              with put definition to
                       in accordance with the                                             conform to EDGX rule.
                       terms and provisions of
                       the option and Rules of
                       the Clearing
                       Corporation, to sell to
                       the Clearing
                       Corporation the number
                       of units of the
                       underlying security
                       covered by the option
                       contract, at a price
                       per unit equal to the
                       exercise price, upon
                       the timely exercise of
                       such option.
Quote or quotation..  bid or offer entered by   1.1................  EDGX Rule           Conforms C2 definition
                       a Market-Maker as a                            16.1(a)(51).        to EDGX definition
                       firm order, which                                                  (including to state
                       updates the Market-                                                that Market-Maker
                       Maker's previous bid or                                            quotes are entered
                       offer, if any.                                                     using order
                                                                                          functionality).
SBBO................  best bid and offer on     1.1................  EDGX Rule           Moved to proposed C2
                       the Exchange for a                             21.20(a)(11).       Rule 6.13(a);
                       complex strategy                                                   currently defined as
                       calculated using the                                               Exchange Spread Market
                       BBO for each component                                             in C2 Rule 1.1, which
                       of a complex strategy                                              definition is being
                       to establish the best                                              deleted.
                       net bid and offer for a
                       complex strategy.
Series..............  all option contracts of   1.1................  EDGX 16.1(a)(55)..  Clarified that a series
                       the same class that are                                            consists of options of
                       the same type of option                                            the same type (i.e.
                       and have the same                                                  options with the same
                       exercise price, and                                                exercise price and
                       expiration date.                                                   date that are calls
                                                                                          are a series, and
                                                                                          options with the same
                                                                                          exercise price and
                                                                                          date that are puts are
                                                                                          another series).
Size................  number of contracts up    N/A................  EDGX Rule 21.1(e).  Added to C2 Rule 1.1
                       to 999,999 associated                                              (consistent with
                       with an order or quote.                                            current C2 system).
SNBBO...............  national best bid and     1.1................  EDGX Rule           Moved to Rule 6.13(a);
                       offer for a complex                            21.20(a)(12).       currently defined as
                       strategy calculated                                                National Spread Market
                       using the NBBO for each                                            in C2 Rule 1.1, which
                       component of a complex                                             definition is being
                       strategy to establish                                              deleted.
                       the best net bid and
                       offer for a complex
                       strategy.
System Securities...  options that currently    N/A................  EDGX Rule 21.1(b).  Added to C2 Rule 1.1
                       trade on the Exchange                                              (additional term for
                       pursuant to Chapters 5                                             options listed for
                       and 24.                                                            trading).
Time-in-Force.......  period of time the        N/A................  EDGX Rule 21.1(f).  Added to C2 Rule 1.1
                       System will hold an                                                (general term to cover
                       order for potential                                                various time-in-force
                       execution.                                                         instructions).
Day.................  time-in-force that means  6.10(e)(1).........  EDGX Rule           Moved to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       an order to buy or sell                        21.1(f)(3).
                       that, if not executed,
                       expires at market close.
Fill-or-Kill/FOK....  time-in-force that means  6.10(c)(5).........  EDGX Rule           Moved to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       an order that is to be                         21.1(f)(5).
                       executed in its
                       entirety as soon as the
                       System receives it and,
                       if not so executed,
                       cancelled.

[[Page 22800]]

 
Good-til-Cancelled/   time-in-force that        6.10(c)(2).........  EDGX Rule           Moved to C2 Rule 1.1.
 GTC.                  means, if after entry                          21.1(f)(4).
                       into the System, the
                       order is not fully
                       executed, the order (or
                       unexecuted portion)
                       remains available for
                       potential display or
                       execution (with the
                       same timestamp) unless
                       cancelled by the
                       entering User, or until
                       the option expires,
                       whichever comes first.
Good-til-Date/GTD...  time-in-force that        N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1
                       means, if after entry                          21.1(f)(1).         (similar to EDGX time-
                       into the System, the                                               in-force, as further
                       order is not fully                                                 discussed below).
                       executed, the order (or
                       unexecuted portion)
                       remains available for
                       potential display or
                       execution (with the
                       same timestamp) until a
                       date and time specified
                       by the entering User
                       unless cancelled by the
                       entering User.
Immediate-or-Cancel/  time-in-force for a       6.10(c)(6).........  EDGX Rule           Moved to C2 Rule 1.1.
 IOC.                  limit order that is to                         21.1(f)(2).
                       be executed in whole or
                       in part as soon as the
                       System receives it; the
                       System cancels and does
                       not post to the Book
                       any portion of an IOC
                       order (or unexecuted
                       portion) not executed
                       immediately on the
                       Exchange or another
                       options exchange.
At the Open/OPG.....  time-in-force means an    6.10(c)(7).........  EDGX Rule           Moved to C2 Rule 1.1.
                       order that may only                            21.1(f)(6).
                       participate in the
                       Opening Process on the
                       Exchange; the System
                       cancels an OPG order
                       (or unexecuted portion)
                       that does not execute
                       during the Opening
                       Process.
Trade Desk..........  Exchange operations       1.1................  N/A...............  Changed to Trade Desk,
                       staff authorized to                                                which is new term for
                       make certain trading                                               Help Desk at the
                       determinations on                                                  Exchange (which term
                       behalf of the Exchange.                                            is being deleted from
                                                                                          the Rules).
Transaction.........  transaction involving a   N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1
                       contract effected on or                        16.1(a)(11).        (same as EDGX rule,
                       through the Exchange or                                            consistent with
                       its facilities or                                                  industry term).
                       systems.
Unit................  shares or other           5.3, Interpretation  EDGX Rule 19.3(i)   Added to list of
                       securities traded on a    and Policy .06.      (Units defined as   defined terms in C2
                       national securities                            Fund Shares in      Rule 1.1.
                       exchange and defined as                        EDGX Rules).
                       an ``NMS stock'' under
                       Rule 600 of Regulation
                       NMS, and that satisfy
                       the criteria in Rule
                       5.3, Interpretation and
                       Policy .06.
Unit of Trading.....  defined in Rule 6.2.....  6.2................  N/A...............  Added to list of
                                                                                          defined terms in C2
                                                                                          Rule 1.1 (discussed
                                                                                          below).
User................  any Trading Permit        N/A................  EDGX Rule           Added to C2 Rule 1.1
                       Holder or Sponsored                            16.1(a)(63).        (common term to apply
                       User who is authorized                                             to two types of market
                       to obtain access to the                                            participants defined
                       System pursuant to Rule                                            in C2 Rules, which are
                       6.8.                                                               the only two market
                                                                                          participants that may
                                                                                          access the System
                                                                                          under C2 Rules).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule change makes changes throughout C2 Rules to 
conform to the changes to defined terms.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \5\ Eligible Exchange is defined in Cboe Rule 6.80(7).
    \6\ BOE Specifications, available at http://cdn.batstrading.com/resources/membership/BATS_US_Options_BOE2_Specification.pdf, and FIX 
Specifications, available at http://cdn.batstrading.com/resources/membership/BATS_US_Options_BZX_FIX_Specification.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As noted above, the proposed rule change amends the definition of 
class to mean all option contracts with the same unit of trading 
(including adjusted series as determined by OCC) covering the same 
underlying security or index. The current definition states a class 
consists of options of the same type, which is defined as either a put 
or a call. However, the term class is generally understood to include 
both puts and calls, which are types of series, not separate classes, 
making this definition outdated. As described above, options with the 
same exercise price and expiration date that are puts constitute one 
series, and options with the same exercise price and expiration date 
that are calls constitute another series. Additionally, there are some 
exceptions for options that cover the same underlying but constitute a 
separate class, and the proposed definition incorporates this 
concept.\7\ For example, mini-options cover the same underlying 
security as standard options, but are considered as separate class 
since they have a different deliverable (10 shares of the underlying 
security rather than 100 shares of the underlying security, 
respectively). Additionally, when OCC adjusts series in connection with 
corporate actions (see Rule 5.7), it announces whether those series are 
part of the same existing class or a new class covering the same 
underlying security. The concept of unit of trading more accurately 
describes the series that constitute a class (e.g. the unit of trading 
for a mini-option is 10, and the unit of trading for a standard option 
is 100, making each a separate class under the proposed definition). 
The proposed definition accounts for these exceptions, and is a more 
accurate definition of what options constitute a class today on the 
Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \7\ The proposed definition is based on the OCC definition of 
class. See OCC By-Laws Article I, C.(11). The proposed definition of 
unit of trading is consistent with C2 Rule 6.2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As noted above, the proposed rule change adds the following order 
instructions to C2 Rule 1.1, which order instructions are available on 
EDGX or BZX, as indicated.
     Cancel Back: A Book Only or Post Only order a User 
designates to not be subject to the Price Adjust Process pursuant to 
Rule 6.12, which the System cancels or rejects if it locks or crosses 
the opposite side of the ABBO. The System executes a Book Only--Cancel 
Back order against resting orders and quotes, and cancels or rejects a 
Post Only--Cancel Back order, that locks or crosses the opposite side 
of the BBO. The proposed functionality is partially included in the 
definition of Post Only in the EDGX rules.\8\ The proposed rule change 
extends the definition to Book Only orders and is consistent with

[[Page 22801]]

linkage rules included in Chapter 6, Section E of the Rules and is 
consistent with EDGX Rule 21.6(f). Book Only orders and Post Only 
orders do not route by definition, and the Cancel Back instruction 
provides an option for Users to determine how they will be handled 
within the System, consistent with their definitions.\9\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \8\ See EDGX Rule 21.6(d)(8).
    \9\ EDGX Rule 11.6(b) (which relates to the EDGX Equities 
market) contains a similar Cancel Back instruction.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Match Trade Prevention (MTP) Modifiers: Current C2 Rule 
6.10(k) defines a Market-Maker Trade Prevention Order as an IOC order 
market with the Market-Maker Trade Prevention designation. A Market-
Maker Trade Prevention Order that would trade against a resting quote 
or order for the same Market-Maker will be cancelled, as will the 
resting quote or order (unless the Market-Maker Trade Prevention Order 
is received while an order for the same Market-Maker is subject to an 
auction, in which case only the Market-Maker Trade Prevention Order 
will be cancelled). The Exchange proposes to adopt MTP modifiers 
substantively the same as those available on EDGX.\10\ The proposed MTP 
modifiers expand this functionality to all Users, rather than just 
Market-Makers, and provide Users with multiple options regarding how 
the System handles orders and quotes with the same Unique Identifiers. 
Pursuant to the proposed rule change, an order designated with any MTP 
modifier is not executed against a resting opposite side order or quote 
also designated with an MTP modifier and originating from the same 
Unique Identifier. Except for the MDC modifier described below, the MTP 
modifier on the incoming order controls the interaction between two 
orders marked with MTP modifiers:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \10\ See EDGX Rule 21.1(g).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    [cir] MTP Cancel Newest (``MCN''): An incoming order marked with 
the ``MCN'' modifier does not execute against a resting order marked 
with any MTP modifier originating from the same Unique Identifier. The 
System cancels or rejects the incoming order, and the resting order 
remains in the Book.
    [cir] MTP Cancel Oldest (``MCO''): An incoming order marked with 
the ``MCO'' modifier does not execute against a resting order marked 
with any MTP modifier originating from the same Unique Identifier. The 
System cancels or rejects the resting order, and processes the incoming 
order in accordance with Rule 6.12.
    [cir] MTP Decrement and Cancel (``MDC''): An incoming order marked 
with the ``MDC'' modifier does not execute against a resting order 
marked with any MTP modifier originating from the same Unique 
Identifier. If both orders are equivalent in size, the System cancels 
or rejects both orders. If the orders are not equivalent in size, the 
System cancels or rejects the smaller of the two orders and decrements 
the size of the larger order by the size of the smaller order, which 
remaining balance remains on or processes in accordance with Rule 6.12, 
as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless a User instructs 
the Exchange not to do so, the System cancels or rejects both orders if 
the resting order is marked with any MTP modifier other than MDC and 
the incoming order is smaller in size than the resting order.
    [cir] MTP Cancel Both (``MCB''): An incoming order marked with the 
``MCB'' modifier does not execute against a resting order marked with 
any MTP modifier originating from the same Unique Identifier. The 
System cancels or rejects both orders.
    [cir] MTP Cancel Smallest (``MCS''): An incoming order marked with 
the ``MCS'' modifier does not execute against a resting order marked 
with any MTP modifier originating from the same Unique Identifier. If 
both orders are equivalent in size, the System cancels or rejects both 
orders. If the orders are not equivalent in size, the System cancels or 
rejects the smaller of the two orders, and the larger order remains on 
the Book or processes in accordance with Rule 6.12, as applicable.
    The proposed MTP functionality is designed to prevent market 
participants from unintentionally causing a proprietary self-trade. The 
Exchange believes these modifiers will allow firms to better manage 
order flow and prevent undesirable executions with themselves. Trading 
Permit Holders may have multiple connections into the Exchange 
consistent with their business needs and function. As a result, orders 
routed by the same firm via different connections may, in certain 
circumstances, trade against each other. The proposed modifiers provide 
Trading Permit Holders with functionality (in addition to what is 
available on C2 today) with the opportunity to prevent these 
potentially undesirable trades. The Exchange notes that offering the 
MTP modifiers may streamline certain regulatory functions by reducing 
false positive results that may occur on Exchange generated wash 
trading surveillance reports when orders are executed under the same 
Unique Identifier. For these reasons, the Exchange believes the MTP 
modifiers offer users enhanced order processing functionality that may 
prevent potentially undesirable executions without negatively impacting 
broker-dealer best execution obligations.
     Minimum Quantity Order: An order that requires a specified 
minimum quantity of contracts be executed or is cancelled. Minimum 
Quantity orders will only execute against multiple, aggregated orders 
if such executions would occur simultaneously. Only a Book Only order 
with a time-in-force designation of IOC may have a Minimum Quantity 
instruction (the System disregards a Minimum Quantity instruction on 
any other order). This functionality ensures a User's order will not 
partially execute for less than the minimum amount of contracts a User 
desires to execute as part of its investment strategy. Only permitting 
this functionality for Book Only IOC order is consistent with the 
purpose of this functionality, as current Exchange functionality cannot 
guarantee that an order that routes or rests on the book to execute 
against incoming orders will be executed for the minimum requested 
amount.
     Post Only Order: An order the System ranks and executes 
pursuant to proposed Rule 6.12, subjects to the Price Adjust process 
pursuant to Rule 6.12, or cancels (including if it is not subject to 
the Price Adjust process and it would lock or cross a Protected 
Quotation on another exchange), as applicable (in accordance with User 
instructions), except the order may not remove liquidity from the Book 
or route away to another Exchange. This proposed instructions is nearly 
identical to the C2 Only/Book Only order instruction, except it will 
also not remove liquidity from the Book. The Exchange currently has a 
maker-taker fee structure, pursuant to which an execution taking 
liquidity from the Book is subject to a taker fee. This proposed 
instruction provides Users with flexibility to avoid incurring a taker 
fee if their intent is to submit an order to add liquidity to the Book.
     Reserve Order: A limit order with both a portion of the 
quantity displayed (``Display Quantity'') and a reserve portion of the 
quantity (``Reserve Quantity'') not displayed. Both the Display 
Quantity and Reserve Quantity of the Reserve Order are available for 
potential execution against incoming orders. When entering a Reserve 
Order, a User must instruct the Exchange as to the quantity of the 
order to be initially displayed by the System (``Max Floor''). If the 
Display Quantity of a Reserve Order is fully executed, the System will, 
in accordance with the User's instruction, replenish the Display 
Quantity from the Reserve Quantity

[[Page 22802]]

using one of the below replenishment instructions. If the remainder of 
an order is less than the replenishment amount, the System will display 
the entire remainder of the order. The System creates a new timestamp 
for both the Display Quantity and Reserve Quantity of the order each 
time it is replenished from reserve.
    [cir] Random Replenishment: An instruction that a User may attach 
to an order with Reserve Quantity where the System randomly replenishes 
the Display Quantity for the order with a number of contracts not 
outside a replenishment range, which equals the Max Floor plus and 
minus a replenishment value established by the User when entering a 
Reserve Order with a Random Replenishment instruction.
    [cir] Fixed Replenishment: For any order for that a User does not 
select Random Replenishment, the System will replenish the Display 
Quantity of an order with the number of contracts equal to the Max 
Floor.
    Current C2 Rule 6.10(c)(8) describes current reserve order 
functionality available on C2. The proposed functionality is generally 
the same as the current C2 functionality but enhances the use of 
reserve orders by providing flexibility for Users to determine whether 
the reserve replenishment amount is fixed or random. This proposed 
functionality is substantively the same as that available on BZX.\11\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \11\ See BZX Rule 21.1(d)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange will provide access to the C2 System to Users through 
various ports, as is the case on EDGX. There are three different types 
of ports: Physical ports, logical ports, and bulk order ports. The 
Exchange notes a bulk order port is a type of logical port, and there 
are other types of logical ports not specifically identified in the 
proposed rule. The Exchange believes a separate definition is warranted 
for bulk order ports given the specific functionality provided through 
such ports but that other types of logical ports are sufficiently 
described in the proposed definition of logical port.
    The proposed rule change defines the term ``port'' to the Rule 1.1, 
including the following type of ports: \12\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \12\ See EDGX Rule 21.1(j).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     A ``physical port'' provides a physical connection to the 
System. A physical port may provide access to multiple logical ports.
     A ``logical port'' or ``logical session'' provides the 
ability within the System to accomplish a specific function through a 
connection, such as order entry, data receipt, or access to information 
(for example, as discussed below, certain risk control settings may be 
input by port).
     A ``bulk order port'' is a dedicated logical port that 
provides Users with the ability to submit single and bulk order 
messages to enter, modify, or cancel orders designated as Post Only 
Orders with a Time-in-Force of Day or GTD with an expiration time on 
that trading day. As noted below, quoting functionality will not be 
available to Market-Makers after the technology migration. This bulk 
order functionality will provide Market-Makers with a way to submit 
orders that simulate current quoting functionality. Bulk order messages 
will not route to other exchanges with use of the Post Only 
instruction, which is consistent with current quoting functionality 
that does not route Market-Maker quotes. Additionally, Market-Makers 
generally enter new quotes at the beginning of each trading day based 
on then-current market conditions, and the Day or GTD (with an 
expiration time on that trading day) Time-in-Force instruction is 
consistent with this practice. Because these messages will be used to 
add liquidity to the Book, the Exchange will make this type of port 
available to all Users to encourage all Users to provide liquidity to 
the C2 market. This functionality is substantively the same as port 
functionality available on EDGX.
    Port is the term the Exchange will use to describe the connection a 
User will use to connect to the System following the technology 
migration. Currently, the Exchange refers to System connections as 
logins, but the functionality is generally the same.
    The proposed rule change restricts the type of messages that may be 
submitted through bulk order ports to orders designated as Post Only 
Orders with a Time-in-Force of Day or GTD with an expiration time on 
that trading day. Based on definitions described in this rule filing, 
Post Only Orders with a Time-in-Force of Day or GTD will be posted to 
and displayed by the Exchange, rather than remove liquidity or route to 
another options exchange. As a general matter, and as further described 
below, the proposed change is intended to limit the use of bulk order 
ports to liquidity provision, particularly by, but not limited to, 
Market-Makers. In turn, the Exchange believes it is unnecessary to 
allow orders entered via bulk order entry ports to be able to last 
beyond the trading day on which they were entered. The Exchange notes 
that while, as a general matter, bulk order entry provides an efficient 
way for a market participant to conduct business on the Exchange by 
allowing the bundling of multiple instructions in a single message, the 
main purpose of such functionality has always been to encourage quoting 
on exchanges.\13\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \13\ For instance, when initially adopted by BZX, bulk order 
entry was described as a ``bulk-quoting interface'' and such 
functionality was limited to BZX market makers. See Securities 
Exchange Act Release No. 65133 (August 15, 2011), 76 FR 52032 
(August 19, 2011) (SR-BATS-2011-029). Bulk quoting was shortly 
thereafter expanded to be available to all participants on BZX's 
options platform but the focus remained on promoting liquidity 
provision on the Exchange, even though the types of messages 
permitted were not limited to liquidity providing orders. See 
Securities Exchange Act Release No. 65307 (September 9, 2011), 76 FR 
57092 (September 15, 2011) (SR-BATS-2011-034).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The Exchange proposes to provide this functionality, which is more 
similar to quoting functionality currently available on C2. In 
particular, EDGX has never differentiated between a quote or an order 
on entry. Rather, Users on EDGX submit orders to the Exchange 
regardless of the Capacity (i.e., Customer, Market-Maker, or other Non-
Market-Maker professional) of the order and regardless of the intended 
result from submitting such order (e.g., to remove liquidity, post and 
display liquidity on EDGX, or route to another market). Following 
migration, C2 will similarly not differentiate between a quote or an 
order entry. Of course, an order that is posted and displayed on the 
Exchange is a quotation and the Exchange does maintain various 
requirements regarding quotations and quoting on the Exchange. The 
Exchange, however, reiterates that C2 currently distinguishes between 
orders and quotes, with quotes being required of and only available to 
registered Market-Makers. In contrast, following migration, in order to 
quote on the Exchange, a User (including a Market-Maker) will submit an 
order. While the Exchange does not propose to limit bulk order entry 
functionality to Market-Makers on the Exchange, the Exchange does 
propose to limit the type of messages that may be submitted through 
bulk order entry ports in order to mimic the quoting functionality 
offered by C2 today.
    As noted above, the proposed rule change adds the Time-in-Force 
option Good-til-Date, which is similar to Good-til-Date functionality 
available on EDGX.\14\ For an order so designated, if after entry into 
the System, the order is not fully executed, the order (or any 
unexecuted portion) remains available for potential display or 
execution until a date and time specified by the entering User unless 
cancelled by the entering User. This Time-in-Force option will

[[Page 22803]]

provide Users with additional flexibility regarding the handling of 
their orders on the System. It will permit Users' orders to be 
automatically cancelled at specified dates and times rather than 
require Users to manually cancel GTC orders at those times.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \14\ See EDGX Rule 21.1(f)(1) and (3).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule change also deletes the following defined terms. 
While these terms are used in rules C2 incorporates by reference to 
Cboe Options rules, these terms are not currently used in the text of 
the C2 rulebook:

 Aggregate Exercise Price
 American-style Option
 Capped-style Option
 Closing Purchase Transaction
 Closing Writing Transaction
 Covered
 European-style Option
 Opening Purchase Transaction
 Opening Writing Transaction
 Principal Shareholder
 Quarterly Option Series
 Security Future-Option Order
 Uncovered

    The proposed rule change deletes the terms Participant and Permit 
Holder, which both mean a Trading Permit Holder, another defined term. 
To simplify the C2 rulebook, the Exchange proposes to have one term 
refer to a Trading Permit Holder and makes conforming changes 
throughout the Rules.
    The proposed rule change adds Interpretation and Policy .01 to Rule 
1.1, which states to the extent a term is used in any Rules 
incorporated by reference to Cboe Options rules and not otherwise 
defined in the Rules, the term will have the meaning set forth in the 
Cboe Options rules. To the extent a market participant is reviewing an 
incorporated by reference rule, the Exchange believes it is appropriate 
to direct market participants to the Cboe Options rulebook for the 
definitions of terms used in that rule, because that rule essentially 
incorporates the definition of any defined terms used in that rule. The 
Exchange believes it is simpler and less confusing to refer market 
participants to the Cboe Options rulebook for definitions than to refer 
them back to the C2 rulebook.
    The proposed rule change moves Interpretation and Policy .01 to the 
defined term Professional to Interpretation and Policy .02 at the end 
of Rule 1.1, as the Exchange believes it is less confusing to have all 
Interpretations and Policies to a rule located in the same place. The 
proposed rule change adds a cross-reference to this Interpretation and 
Policy to the definition of Professional.
    The proposed rule change deletes the term Voluntary Professional, 
as that Capacity designation will no longer be available on C2. It is 
currently unavailable on EDGX.
    Finally, the proposed rule change makes nonsubstantive changes 
throughout the definitions in Rule 1.1, including to conform language 
throughout the rules, to conform language to corresponding EDGX rules, 
and to use plain English.
    Proposed C2 Rule 1.2 states the Exchange announces to Trading 
Permit Holders all determinations it makes pursuant to the Rules via 
(a) specifications, Notices, or Regulatory Circulars with appropriate 
advanced notice, which will be posted on the Exchange's website, or as 
otherwise provided in the Rules, (b) electronic message, or (c) other 
communication method as provided in the Rules. Current C2 Rules states 
the Exchange will generally announce determinations by Regulatory 
Circular, and the proposed rule expands the different type of documents 
that may be used to announce determinations, consistent with EDGX. 
Proposed Rule 1.2 makes clear this information will be available on 
C2's website in an easily accessible manner, regardless of the manner 
in which the Exchange announces it. Additionally, certain 
determinations are made more real-time pursuant to electronic message 
received by Trading Permit Holders (e.g., providing intra-day relief 
for parameter settings in in price protection mechanisms described in 
proposed Rule 6.14, Interpretation and Policy .01, other determinations 
related to need to maintain fair and orderly market). This single rule 
simplifies the Rules by eliminating the need to repeatedly state in the 
rules how the Exchange will announce determinations. The proposed rule 
change makes conforming changes throughout the Rules.
    Proposed C2 Rule 1.3 states unless otherwise specified, all times 
in the Rules are Eastern Time, except for times in Rules incorporated 
by reference to Cboe Options rules, which are times as set forth in the 
applicable Cboe Options rules. Current C2 Rules are generally in 
Chicago time, so the proposed rule change makes conforming changes 
throughout the Rules. This single rule simplifies the Rules by 
eliminating the need to repeatedly state times are in Eastern Time.
Chapter 3
    The proposed rule change moves the provision regarding Exchange 
affiliations with Trading Permit Holders from current Rule 3.2(f) to 
proposed Rule 3.16. Current Rule 3.2(f) prohibits the Exchange from 
acquiring or maintaining an ownership interest in a Trading Permit 
Holder, as well as prohibits Trading Permit Holder affiliations with 
the Exchange or an affiliate of the Exchange without prior Commission 
approval. Current exceptions include equity interests in CBSX LLC and 
affiliations with OneChicago, LLC. EDGX Rule 2.10 contains similar 
restrictions on Exchange affiliations with EDGX Members, but also 
contains additional exceptions, including (a) a Member's acquisition of 
an equity interest in Cboe Global that is permitted by the ownership 
and voting limitations contained in the Certificate of Incorporation 
and Bylaws of Cboe Global, (b) affiliations solely by reason of a 
Member (or any officer, director, manager, managing member, partner, or 
affiliate of such Member) becoming a director of the Exchange or Cboe 
Global, or (c) affiliations with Cboe Trading or other Cboe-affiliated 
exchanges. Cboe Global and C2 governing documents (which have been 
filed with the Commission) describe any applicable restrictions on 
equity ownership of Cboe Global, as well as criteria for directors of 
C2 and Cboe Global Markets. Additionally, C2 governing documents are 
substantially similar to those of EDGX, and C2 and EDGX have the same 
parent company (C2 Global). As discussed below, C2's affiliation with 
Cboe Trading has recently been approved by the Commission. Therefore, 
the proposed rule change adds to Rule 3.16 similar exclusions from the 
affiliation prohibition contained in EDGX Rule 2.10, as the same 
affiliate restrictions apply to both exchanges and are consistent with 
governing documents of C2 and Cboe Global previously filed with the 
Commission.
    The proposed rule change adopts Rule 3.17 to govern the Exchange's 
use of Cboe Trading as an outbound router. Proposed Rule 3.17 is based 
on EDGX Rule 2.11. As long as Cboe Trading is affiliated with C2 and is 
providing outbound routing of orders from C2 to other securities 
exchanges, facilities of securities exchanges, automated trading 
systems, electronic communications networks or other brokers or dealers 
(``Trading Centers'' and, such function of Cboe Trading is referred to 
as the ``Outbound Router''), Cboe Trading's outbound routing services 
would be subject to the following conditions and limitations:
     C2 will regulate the Outbound Router function of Cboe 
Trading as a facility (subject to Section 6 of the Act),

[[Page 22804]]

and will, among other things, be responsible for filing with the 
Commission rule changes and fees relating to the Cboe Trading Outbound 
Router function and Cboe Trading will be subject to exchange non-
discrimination requirements; [sic]
     FINRA, a self-regulatory organization unaffiliated with 
the Exchange or any of its affiliates, will carry out oversight and 
enforcement responsibilities as the designated examining authority 
designated by the Commission pursuant to Rule 17d-1 of the Act with the 
responsibility for examining Cboe Trading for compliance with 
applicable financial responsibility rules.
     A Trading Permit Holder's use of Cboe Trading to route 
orders to another Trading Center will be optional. Any Trading Permit 
Holder that does not want to use Cboe Trading may use other routers to 
route orders to other Trading Centers.
     Cboe Trading will not engage in any business other than 
(a) its Outbound Router function, (b) its Inbound Router function as 
described in Rule 3.18, (c) its usage of an error account in compliance 
with proposed paragraph (a)(7) below, and (d) any other activities it 
may engage in as approved by the Commission.
     The Exchange will establish and maintain procedures and 
internal controls reasonably designed to adequately restrict the flow 
of confidential and proprietary information between the Exchange and 
its facilities (including Cboe Trading), and any other entity, 
including any affiliate of Cboe Trading, and, if Cboe Trading or any of 
its affiliates engages in any other business activities other than 
providing routing services to the Exchange, between the segment of Cboe 
Trading or its affiliate that provides the other business activities 
and the routing services.
     The Exchange or Cboe Trading may cancel orders as either 
deems to be necessary to maintain fair and orderly markets if a 
technical or systems issue occurs at the Exchange, Cboe Trading, or a 
routing destination. The Exchange or Cboe Trading will provide notice 
of the cancellation to affected Trading Permit Holders as soon as 
practicable.
     Cboe Trading will maintain an error account for the 
purpose of addressing positions that are the result of an execution or 
executions that are not clearly erroneous under Rule 6.29 and result 
from a technical or systems issue at Cboe Trading, the Exchange, a 
routing destination, or a non-affiliate third-party Routing Broker that 
affects one or more orders (``Error Positions'').
    [cir] For purposes of proposed Rule 3.17(a)(7), an Error Position 
will not include any position that results from an order submitted by a 
Trading Permit Holder to the Exchange that is executed on the Exchange 
and automatically processed for clearance and settlement on a locked-in 
basis.
    [cir] Except as provided in proposed subparagraph (7)(C) (described 
in the next bullet), Cboe Trading does not accept any positions in its 
error account of a Trading Permit Holder or permit any Trading Permit 
Holder to transfer any positions from the Trading Permit Holder's 
account to Cboe Trading's error account.
    [cir] If a technical or systems issue results in the Exchange not 
having valid clearing instructions for a Trading Permit Holder to a 
trade, Cboe Trading may assume the Trading Permit Holder's side of the 
trade so that the trade can be automatically processed for clearance 
and settlement on a locked-in basis.
    [cir] In connection with a particular technical or systems issue, 
Cboe Trading or the Exchange will either assign all resulting Error 
Positions to the Trading Permit Holders in accordance with proposed 
subparagraph (D)(i),\15\ or have all resulting Error Positions 
liquidated in accordance with proposed subparagraph (D)(ii).\16\ Any 
determination to assign or liquidate Error Positions, as well as any 
resulting assignments, will be made in a nondiscriminatory fashion.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \15\ Proposed subparagraph (a)(7)(D)(i) states Cboe Trading or 
the Exchange will assign all Error Positions resulting from a 
particular technical or systems issue to the Trading Permit Holders 
affected by that technical or systems issue if Cboe Trading or the 
Exchange (a) determines it has accurate and sufficient information 
(including valid clearing information) to assign the positions to 
all of the Trading Permit Holders affected by that technical or 
systems issue; (b) determines it has sufficient time pursuant to 
normal clearance and settlement deadlines to evaluate the 
information necessary to assign the positions to all of the Trading 
Permit Holders affected by that technical or systems issue; and (c) 
has not determined to cancel all orders affected by that technical 
or systems issue in accordance with proposed subparagraph (a)(6).
    \16\ Proposed subparagraph (a)(7)(D)(ii) states if Cboe Trading 
or the Exchange is unable to assign all Error Positions resulting 
from a particular technical or systems issue to all of the affected 
Trading Permit Holders in accordance with proposed subparagraph (D), 
or if Cboe Trading or the Exchange determines to cancel all orders 
affected by the technical or systems issue in accordance with 
proposed subparagraph (a)(6), then Cboe Trading will liquidate any 
applicable Error Positions as soon as practicable. In liquidating 
such Error Positions, Cboe Trading will (a) provide complete time 
and price discretion for the trading to liquidate the Error 
Positions to a third-party broker-dealer and not attempt to exercise 
any influence or control over the timing or methods of such trading; 
and (b) establish and enforce policies and procedures that are 
reasonably designed to restrict the flow of confidential and 
proprietary information between the third-party broker-dealer and 
Cboe Trading/the Exchange associated with the liquidation of the 
Error Positions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    [cir] Cboe Trading and the Exchange will make and keep records to 
document all determinations to treat positions as Error Positions and 
all determinations for the assignment of Error Positions to Trading 
Permit Holders or the liquidation of Error Positions, as well as 
records associated with the liquidation of Error Positions through the 
third-party broker-dealer.
     The books, records, premises, officers, agents, directors, 
and employees of Cboe Trading as a facility of the Exchange are deemed 
to be the books, records, premises, officers, agents, directors, and 
employees of the Exchange for purposes of, and subject to oversight 
pursuant to, the Exchange Act. The books and records of Cboe Trading as 
a facility of the Exchange are subject at all times to inspection and 
copying by the Exchange and the Commission. Nothing in the Rules 
precludes officers, agents, directors, or employees of the Exchange 
from also serving as officers, agents, directors, and employees of Cboe 
Trading.
    The Exchange will comply with the above-listed conditions prior to 
offering outbound routing from Cboe Trading. In meeting the conditions, 
the Exchange will have mechanisms in place to protect the independence 
of the Exchange's regulatory responsibility with respect to Cboe 
Trading, as well as demonstrate the Cboe Trading cannot use any 
information that it may have because of its affiliation with the 
Exchange to its advantage. Current Rule 3.2(f) and proposed Rule 3.16 
provide that without prior Commission approval, no Trading Permit 
Holder may be or become affiliated with the Exchange. The Commission 
recently approved the adoption of Rule 3.18 regarding Cboe Trading (a 
C2 Trading Permit Holder) as the Inbound Router for C2.\17\ Such 
approval satisfies the requirement in current Rule 3.2(f) (and proposed 
Rule 3.16) for Commission approval of the Exchange affiliation with 
Cboe Trading.\18\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \17\ See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 82952 (March 27, 
2018), 83 FR 14096 (April 2, 2018) (SR-C2-2018-004).
    \18\ The proposed rule change makes nonsubstantive changes to 
Rule 3.18, including updating paragraph numbering and lettering and 
reflecting the defined term Cboe Trading and Cboe Exchange.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Chapter 6
    The proposed rule change adds a reference to C2 Rule 6.1 regarding 
the times at which the System accepts orders and quotes, which are set 
forth in

[[Page 22805]]

proposed C2 Rule 6.9 (as discussed below). The proposed rule change 
also adds Units to the list of options that the Exchange designates to 
remain open for trading beyond 4:00 p.m. but no later than 4:15 p.m., 
which is consistent with EDGX rules.\19\ The proposed rule change also 
deletes Interpretation and Policy .03 regarding the trading hours of 
Quarterly Index Expiration options, as they currently do not and will 
not trade on C2 upon the System migration.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \19\ See, e.g., EDGX Rule 21.2(a) (referred to as Fund Shares 
and exchange-traded notes in that rule); see also Cboe Options Rule 
6.1, Interpretation and Policy .03.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule change reformats C2 Rule 6.4 regarding the 
minimum increments for bids and offers on simple orders for options 
traded on the Exchange into a table, which the Exchange believes is 
easier to read, and moves certain information into Interpretations and 
Policies .01 and .02. The only substantive change is to provide that 
Mini-SPX Index (XSP) options, for as long as SPDR options (SPY) 
participate in the Penny Pilot Program, will have a $0.01 increment for 
all series rather than $0.01 for all series quoting less than $3 and a 
$0.05 for all series quoting more than $3. The current minimum 
increments for bids and offers for SPY options, which is an exchange-
traded fund that tracks the performance of 1/10th the value of the S&P 
500 Index, is $0.01 regardless of whether option series is quoted 
above, at, or below $3. Because both XSP options and SPY options prices 
are based, in some manner, on 1/10th the price of the S&P 500 Index, 
the Exchange believes that it is important that these products have the 
same minimum increments for consistency and competitive reasons. This 
is also consistent with rules of other exchanges.\20\ The proposed rule 
change also modifies the paragraph formatting and moves certain 
provisions to the Interpretations and Policies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \20\ See, e.g., Cboe Options Rule 6.42, Interpretation and 
Policy .03.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Current C2 Rule 6.34 describes current provisions regarding System 
access and connectivity, and the proposed rule change moves relevant 
provisions to proposed Rule 6.8. As stated in proposed Rule 6.8(a), 
only authorized Users and associated persons of Users may establish 
connectivity to and access the Exchange to submit orders and quotes and 
enter auction response in accordance with the Exchange's System access 
procedures, technical specifications, and requirements. This is 
consistent with current Rule 6.34(a), (d), and (e), which provides only 
authorized market participants (which may only be Trading Permit 
Holders and associated persons with authorized access, as well as 
Sponsored Users pursuant to C2 Rule 3.15) may access the Exchange 
electronically to facilitate quote and order entry as well as auction 
processing, in accordance with Exchange-prescribed technical 
specifications (to the extent any agreement is required to be signed, 
as indicated in current Rule 6.34(d), that would be indicated in such 
specifications).
    Proposed Rule 6.8(b) describes EFIDs. A Trading Permit Holder may 
obtain one or more EFIDs from the Exchange (in a form and manner 
determined by the Exchange). The Exchange assigns an EFID to a Trading 
Permit Holder, which the System uses to identify the Trading Permit 
Holder and clearing number for the execution of orders and quotes 
submitted to the System with that EFID. Each EFID corresponds to a 
single Trading Permit Holder and a single clearing number of a Clearing 
Trading Permit Holder with the Clearing Corporation. A Trading Permit 
Holder may obtain multiple EFIDs, which may be for the same or 
different clearing numbers. A Trading Permit Holder may only identify 
for any of its EFIDs the clearing number of a Clearing Trading Permit 
Holder that is a Designated Give Up or Guarantor of the Trading Permit 
Holder as set forth in Rule 6.30. A Trading Permit Holder is able (in a 
form and manner determined by the Exchange) to designate which of its 
EFIDs may be used for each of its ports. If a User submits an order or 
quote through a port with an EFID not enabled for that port, the System 
cancels or rejects the order or quote. The proposed rule change 
regarding EFIDs is similar to the current use of acronyms on the 
Exchange and consistent with the use of EFIDs on EDGX. The Exchange 
believes including a description of the use of EFIDs in the Rules adds 
transparency to the Rules.
    Consistent with the definition of port above, the proposed rule 
change adds Rule 6.8(c), which states a User may connect to the 
Exchange using a logical port available through an API, such as the 
industry-standard Financial Information eXchange (``FIX'') protocol or 
Binary Order Entry (``BOE'') protocol (Cboe Market Interface will no 
longer be available, as that is an API on C2's current system while BOE 
is an API available on the new technology platform). Users may use 
multiple logical ports. Additionally, this functionality is similar to 
bandwidth packets currently available on C2, as described in current 
Rule 6.35 (and therefore which the proposed rule change deletes). 
Bandwidth packets restrict the maximum number of orders and quotes per 
second in the same way logical ports do, and Users may similarly have 
multiple logical ports as they may have bandwidth packets to 
accommodate their order and quote entry needs. The Exchange believes it 
is reasonable to not limit bulk order ports, as the purpose of those 
ports is to submit message orders in bulk. As discussed below, the 
Exchange will be able to otherwise mitigate message traffic as 
necessary.
    Proposed Rule 6.9 describes the entry of orders. Users can enters 
into the System, or cancel previously entered orders, from 7:30 a.m. 
until market close, subject to the following requirements and 
conditions:
    (a) Users may transmit to the System multiple orders at a single 
price level or multiple price levels;
    (b) Each order a User submits to the Exchange must contain the 
minimum information identified in the Exchange's order entry 
specifications;
    (c) The System timestamps an order upon receipt, which determines 
the time ranking of the order for purposes of processing the order; and
    (d) For each System Security, the System transmits to OPRA for 
display the aggregate size of all orders in the System eligible for 
display at the best price to buy and sell.
    (e) After market close, Users may cancel orders with Time in Force 
of GTC or GTD that remain on the book until 4:45 p.m.
    Pursuant to current Rule 6.11(a), the Exchange begins accepting 
order and quotes no earlier than 2:00 a.m. Chicago time, so the 
proposed change amends this time to 7:30 a.m. Eastern time to be 
consistent with EDGX.\21\ The Exchange notes C2 currently begins 
accepting orders and quotes at approximately 6:30 a.m. Chicago time, 
which is consistent with the proposed rule change, and thus the 
proposed rule change will not modify the time at which the Exchange 
begins accepting orders and quotes. The provisions in paragraphs (a) 
through (d) above are consistent with current C2 System functionality, 
and the Exchange believes adding these provisions to the Rules provides 
additional transparency for market participants. They are also 
substantively the same as EDGX rules.\22\ Paragraph (e) above provides 
Users with additional flexibility to manage their orders that remain in 
the book following the market close. Cancelling a GTC or GTD order at 
4:30 p.m. has the same

[[Page 22806]]

effect as cancelling that order at 7:30 a.m. the following day--
ultimately, it accommodates the User's goal of cancelling an order 
prior to it potentially executing during the Opening Process the 
following morning.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \21\ See EDGX Rule 21.7(a).
    \22\ See EDGX Rule 21.6(a) through (d).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed C2 Rule 6.10 states the Exchange may determine to make 
certain order types, Order Instructions, and Times in Force not 
available for all Exchange systems or classes. This provision is 
consistent with current C2 Rule 6.10, which provides the Exchange with 
similar flexibility. As discussed above, the proposed rule change moves 
definitions of order types that will be available on C2 following the 
technology migration to proposed C2 Rule 1.1. The proposed rule change 
deletes all-or-none and market-on-close orders from Rule 6.10, as they 
will no longer be available on C2 following the technology 
migration.\23\ Additionally, the proposed rule change maintains a 
general definition of complex order in proposed C2 Rule 1.1 (as 
discussed above), but deletes the specific types of complex orders set 
forth in current Rule 6.10(d) (i.e. spread order, combination order, 
straddle order, strangle order, ratio order, butterfly spread orders, 
box/roll spread orders, collar orders and risk reversals). While these 
types of orders will continue to be permitted, the Exchange does not 
believe it is necessary to limit complex orders to these specific 
definitions, as investors may determine complex orders of other types 
are more appropriate with their investment strategies. The EDGX rules 
do not contain similar definitions and instead only contain a general 
definition of complex orders. The proposed rule change moves the 
provisions in Interpretation .01(A) and (C) ((B) is deleted, as it 
relates to an order type that will no longer be available) to Rule 
6.12(c), which will consolidate all provisions regarding order handling 
in a single location in the Rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \23\ The proposed rule change makes conforming changes 
throughout the rules to delete references to these order types and 
provisions solely related to these order types.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule change deletes current Rule 6.11 regarding the 
opening process on C2, as that opening process will not be available on 
C2 following the technology migration. Proposed Rule 6.11 describes the 
opening process that will apply to C2 following the technology 
migration, which is substantively the same as the current opening 
process on EDGX.\24\ The proposed opening process is generally similar 
to the current C2 opening process, as it provides for a pre-opening 
period and a determination of an opening price subject to certain 
restrictions to ensure the opening trading price for a series is 
reasonable and not too far away from the market price for a series. 
Additionally, the proposed process is used following a trading halt.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \24\ See EDGX Rule 21.7.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed Rule 6.11(a) describes the order entry period. The System 
accepts orders and quotes (including GTC and GTD orders remaining on 
the Book from the previous trading day) for inclusion in the opening 
process (the ``Opening Process'') beginning at 7:30 a.m. and continues 
to accept market and limit orders and quotes until the time when the 
System initiates the Opening Process in that option series (the ``Order 
Entry Period''). The System does not accept IOC or FOK orders prior to 
the completion of the Opening Process. The System accepts but does not 
enforce MTP Modifiers during the Opening Process. Complex orders will 
not participate in the Opening Process described in proposed Rule 6.11, 
and instead may participate in the COB Opening Process described in 
proposed Rule 6.13(c). The System converts all ISOs received prior to 
the completion of the Opening Process into non-ISOs. Orders entered 
during the Order Entry Period are not eligible for execution until the 
opening trade occurs, as described below. Pursuant to current C2 Rule 
6.11(a), the System begins accepting orders and quotes no earlier than 
2:00 a.m. central time (that time is currently set to 7:30 a.m. eastern 
time). The Exchange believes beginning the order entry period at 7:30 
a.m. eastern time will provide Users with sufficient time to submit 
orders and quotes prior to the beginning of the Opening Process. This 
time is the same as when the order entry period on C2 (and EDGX) 
currently begins. C2 currently also does not accept IOC or FOK orders 
during the pre-opening period (see current Rule 6.11(a)(1)), and it 
also does not accept ISOs (see current Rule 6.11(a)(1)) (rather than 
convert them to non-ISOs). The proposed functionality to convert ISOs 
to non-ISOs is the same as functionality that exists on EDGX today, and 
the Exchange believes this may increase the opportunity for execution 
of these orders during the Opening Process.
    Following the technology migration, the C2 System will not have 
functionality available to disseminate opening messages as it does 
today, so the proposed rule change deletes current Rule 6.11(a)(2). 
Additionally, when the Opening Process begins, the System will not 
disseminate a notice as it does today, so the proposed rule change 
deletes current Rule 6.11(b) and (c)(2).
    Following the technology migration, the Opening Process will be 
initiated at a similar time as it is today on C2. Proposed Rule 6.11(a) 
states after a time period (which the Exchange determines for all 
classes) following the first transaction in the securities underlying 
the options on the primary market that is disseminated (``First Listing 
Market Transaction'') after 9:30 a.m. with respect to Equity Options, 
or following 9:30 a.m. with respect to Index Options, the related 
option series open automatically in a random order, staggered over 
regular intervals of time (the Exchange determines the length and 
number of these intervals for all classes) pursuant to proposed 
subparagraphs (2) through (5). This is substantively the same as EDGX 
Rule 21.7(a). The proposed times will be the same for all classes of 
Equity Options, and all classes of Index Options, unlike currently on 
C2 (see current Rule 6.11(b)), where the opening of certain equity 
classes is triggered by time rather than the First Listing Market 
Transaction, and the opening of certain index classes is triggered by 
the receipt of a disseminated index value. Additionally, current C2 
Rule 6.11(c) provides for a similar Exchange-configurable delay before 
a series opens and provides for series to open in a random, staggered 
order over Exchange-determined time intervals.
    Proposed Rule 6.11(a)(2) describes how the new C2 System will 
calculate the opening price of a series. The System determines a single 
price at which a particular option series will be opened (the ``Opening 
Price'') within 30 seconds of the First Listing Market Transaction or 
9:30 a.m., as applicable. If there are no contracts in a series that 
would execute at any price, the System will open the series for trading 
without determining an Opening Price. The Opening Price, if determined 
to be valid as described below, of a series will be:
    (a) If there is both an NBB and NBO, the midpoint of the NBBO (if 
the midpoint is a half increment, the System rounds down to the nearest 
minimum increment (the ``NBBO Midpoint'');
    (b) if the NBBO Midpoint is not valid, the last disseminated 
transaction price in the series after 9:30 a.m. (the ``Last Print''); 
or
    (c) if the NBBO Midpoint and the Last Print are not valid, the last 
disseminated transaction in the series from the previous trading day 
(the ``Previous Close'').
    If the NBBO Midpoint, Last Print, and Previous Close are not valid, 
the

[[Page 22807]]

Exchange in its discretion may extend the Order Entry Period by up to 
30 seconds or open the series for trading.
    For purposes of validating the Opening Price:
    (a) the NBBO Midpoint, the Last Print, or the Previous Close is a 
valid price if it is not outside the NBBO, and the price is no more 
than the following Minimum Amount away from the NBB or NBO for the 
series:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Minimum
                             NBB                                 amount
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Below $2.00..................................................      $0.25
$2.00 to $5.00...............................................       0.40
Above $5.00 to $10.00........................................       0.50
Above $10.00 to $20.00.......................................       0.80
Above $20.00 to $50.00.......................................       1.00
Above $50.00 to $100.00......................................       1.50
Above $100.00................................................       2.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------

or
    (b) the Last Print or Previous Close is a valid price if there is 
no NBB and no NBO, or there is a NBB (NBO) and no NBO (NBB) and the 
price is equal to or greater (less) than the NBB (NBO).
    While these conditions to determine the validity of an opening 
price differ than the opening conditions currently applied on C2, the 
Exchange believes application of the proposed conditions will still 
determine a reasonable and fair opening price for series on C2. The 
proposed process to determine and validate an Opening Price is 
substantively the same as the process currently used on EDGX.\25\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \25\ See EDGX Rule 21.7(a)(1) and (2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed Rule 6.11(a)(4) states after establishing a valid Opening 
Price, the System matches orders and quotes in the System that are 
priced equal to or more aggressively than the Opening Price in 
accordance with priority applicable to the class pursuant to Rule 6.12. 
In other words, the System allocates orders and quotes in a class 
during the Opening Process using the same allocation from Rule 6.12(a) 
the Exchange applies to the class intraday. Matches occur until there 
is no remaining volume or an imbalance of orders. All orders and quotes 
(or unexecuted portions) matched pursuant to the Opening Process will 
be executed at the Opening Price. The System enters any non-executed 
orders and quotes (or unexecuted portions) into the Book in time 
sequence, where they may be processed in accordance with Rule 6.12. The 
System cancels any OPG orders (or unexecuted portions) that do not 
execute during the Opening Process. Proposed subparagraph (a)(5) states 
if the Exchange opens a series for trading when the NBBO Midpoint, Last 
Print, and Previous Close are not valid as described above, the System 
enters non-executed orders and quotes (or unexecuted portions) into the 
Book in time sequence, where they may be processed in accordance with 
Rule 6.12. This is similar to the opening rotation period described in 
current Rule 6.11(c) and Interpretation and Policy .01.\26\ While EDGX 
and C2 have different matching algorithms consistent with their market 
models, the proposed opening process represents a fair and objective 
manner to match orders during the opening. Additionally, proposed Rule 
6.11 indicates the opening process will generally occur within 30 
seconds (or an extended time at the discretion of the Exchange as noted 
above), while current Rule 6.11 indicates the opening process generally 
must occur within 60 seconds (subject to various opening conditions).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \26\ The Exchange does not intend to have a different algorithm 
apply at the open and intraday, and therefore proposes to delete 
current Rule 6.11, Interpretation and Policy .01.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed Rule 6.11(a)(5) provides if the Exchange opens a series 
for trading when the NBBO Midpoint, Last Print, and Previous Close are 
not valid as described above, the System enters non-executed orders and 
quotes (or unexecuted portions) into the Book in time sequence, where 
they may be posted, cancelled, executed, or routed in accordance with 
proposed Rule 6.12. This is similar C2's current authority to compel 
opening in a series even if the opening conditions are not met, as set 
forth in current Rule 6.11(e).
    Proposed Rule 6.11(b) describes how the Opening Process will be 
used to reopen trading following a halt. The Opening Process following 
a trading halt will be the same as the one used for regular trading (as 
described above), except as modified by proposed paragraph (b). 
Proposed Rule 6.11(b)(1) states there will be an Order Entry Period 
that begins immediately when the Exchange halts trading in the series 
if there is a Regulatory Halt (i.e. if the primary market for the 
applicable underlying security declares a regulatory trading halt, 
suspension, or pause with respect to such security); however, there 
will be no Order Entry Period if the Exchange halts for another reason. 
This is consistent with current Rule 6.11(f), which permits the 
Exchange to shorten or eliminate the pre-opening period after a halt. 
Proposed Rule 6.11(b)(2) states the System queues a User's open orders 
upon a Regulatory Halt, unless the User entered instructions to cancel 
its open orders upon a Regulatory Halt, for participation in the 
Opening Process following the Regulatory Halt. The System cancels a 
User's open orders upon a halt that is not a Regulatory Halt. This 
functionality will provide Users with additional flexibility to 
instruct the System how to handle their orders in the event of a 
Regulatory Halt. Following a trading halt, the System opens a series 
once the primary market lifts the Regulatory Halt or upon the 
Exchange's determination that the conditions that led to the halt are 
no longer present or that the interests of a fair and orderly market 
are best served by a resumption of trading, as described in proposed 
Rule 6.11(b)(3). Pursuant to proposed Rule 6.11(b)(4), the System 
determines the Opening Price within 30 seconds of the Regulatory Halt 
or other trading halt being lifted. The Exchange believes this proposed 
process for opening following a halt will permit C2 to reopen as 
quickly as possible and in a fair and orderly manner following a halt. 
The proposed rule change regarding how the System will open following a 
trading halt is substantively similar to the Opening Process that may 
be used following a trading halt described in EDGX Rule 21.7(a).
    The proposed rule change moves current Rule 6.11(e) regarding the 
Exchange's ability to deviate from the standard opening procedure to 
proposed Rule 6.11(c).
    Current C2 Rule 6.11 may be used for closing; however, the proposed 
rule change only applies to openings. Because C2 generally does not use 
its current process for a closing, the Exchange does not believe the 
fact that the proposed process may only be used for openings following 
the technology migration will impact trading on C2. Therefore, the 
proposed rule change deletes current C2 Rule 6.11(g).
    The proposed rule change moves current Rule 6.11, Interpretation 
and Policy .03 regarding how the System handles market orders if the 
underlying security is in a limit up-limit down state during the 
opening process to proposed Rule 6.11(d).
    Proposed Rule 6.11 is substantively the same as EDGX Rule 21.7, and 
the Exchange believes the proposed opening process (based on current 
use on EDGX) is a fair and orderly way to open series on C2 following 
the technology migration.
    The proposed rule change deletes current Rule 6.11, Interpretation 
and Policy .02 regarding Exchange determinations made pursuant to Rule 
6.11, as that is replaced by proposed Rule 1.2.
    Proposed Rule 6.12 describes how the System will process, display, 
prioritize,

[[Page 22808]]

and execute orders and quotes entered into the Book. Current C2 Rule 
6.12 provides orders and quotes may be allocated pursuant to price-time 
or pro-rata, and those two options will also be available on the new 
System. The proposed rule change revises the description to be similar 
to EDGX and BZX Rules 21.8. Proposed Rule 6.12(a)(1) states resting 
orders and quotes \27\ in the Book with the highest bid and lowest 
offer have priority.\28\ Proposed Rule 6.12(a)(2) states if there are 
two or more resting orders or quotes at the best price, the Exchange 
will determine for each class whether the time or pro-rata allocation 
applies. Pursuant to time priority (i.e. price-time), the System 
prioritizes orders and quotes at the same price in the order in which 
the System receives them (i.e. in time priority).\29\ Pursuant to pro-
rata priority, the System allocates orders and quotes proportionally 
according to size (i.e. in a pro-rata basis).\30\ All classes on EDGX 
are allocated in a pro-rata manner; however, current C2 rules permit 
the Exchange to determine for each class whether price-time or pro-rata 
will apply, and the proposed rule change maintains that flexibility.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \27\ Displayed orders and quotes always have priority over 
undisplayed orders and quotes, which is consistent with current C2 
functionality. See current Rule 6.12(c)(1) and proposed Rule 
6.12(a)(3). Since all-or-none orders will no longer be available on 
C2 following the technology migration, the only orders that will not 
be displayed on C2 are the reserve portions of Reserve Orders.
    \28\ See current C2 Rule 6.12(a)(1) and (2) (under both 
allocation algorithms, orders and quotes are first prioritized based 
on price); see also EDGX Rule 21.8(b).
    \29\ See current C2 Rule 6.12(a)(1); see also BZX Rule 21.8(a).
    \30\ See current C2 Rule 6.12(a)(2); see also EDGX Rule 21.8(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Currently on C2, with respect to the pro-rata allocation algorithm, 
the System allocates contracts to the first resting order or quote 
proportionally according to size (based on the number of contracts to 
be allocated and the size of the resting orders and quotes). Then, the 
System recalculates the number of contracts to which each remaining 
resting order and quote is afforded proportionally according to size 
(based on the number of remaining contracts to be allocated and the 
size of the remaining resting orders and quotes) and allocates 
contracts to the next resting order or quote. The System repeats this 
process until it allocates all contracts from the incoming order or 
quote. Following the System migration, the System instead will allocate 
executable quantity to the nearest whole number, with fractions \1/2\ 
or greater rounded up (in size-time priority) and fractions less than 
\1/2\ rounded down. If the executable quantity cannot be evenly 
allocated, the System distributes remaining contracts one at a time in 
size-time priority to orders that were rounded down. The Exchange 
believes this is a fair, objective process and simple systematic 
process to allocate ``extra'' contracts when more than one market 
participant may be entitled to those extra contracts after rounding, 
and it is consistent with EDGX Rule 21.8(c).
    Proposed Rule 6.12(a)(3) states displayed orders have priority over 
nondisplayed orders. This is consistent with current C2 Rule 
6.12(c)(1). Following migration, the only nondisplayed orders will be 
the reserve portions of reserve orders (as discussed above, all-or-none 
orders will no longer be available).
    The proposed rule change deletes current C2 Rule 6.12(a)(3) and 
(b), which permit the Exchange to apply customer priority, trade 
participation rights, or additional priority overlays (small order and 
market turner) to classes. The Exchange does not currently, and does 
not intend to, apply any of these priority overlays to any class. 
Therefore, it is not necessary to include these Rules in the C2 
Rulebook, and deleting these rules will have no impact on C2 
trading.\31\ The proposed rule change makes conforming changes 
throughout the rules to delete references to these priority overlays.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \31\ The Exchange notes EDGX Rule 21.8 includes customer 
priority and trade participation right overlays.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed Rule 6.12(b) describes a new Price Adjust process, which 
is a re-pricing mechanism offered to Users on EDGX.\32\ As discussed 
above, orders designated to be subject to the Price Adjust process or 
not designated as Cancel Back (and thus not subject to the Price Adjust 
process), will be handled pursuant to proposed Rule 6.12(b).\33\ If an 
order is subject to the Price Adjust process, the System ranks and 
displays a buy (sell) order that, at the time of entry, would lock or 
cross a Protected Quotation of the Exchange or another Exchange at one 
minimum price increment below (above) the current NBO (NBB).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \32\ See EDGX Rule 21.1(i).
    \33\ Under EDGX rules, the price adjust process is not the 
default setting for orders, like it will be for C2. However, EDGX 
Users still have the option to use or not use the price adjust 
process with various order instructions. Therefore, this is not a 
significant difference.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    If the NBBO changes so that an order subject to Price Adjust would 
not lock or cross a Protected Quotation, the System gives the order a 
new timestamp and displays the order at the price that locked the 
Protected Quotation at the time of entry. All orders the System re-
ranked and re-displayed pursuant to Price Adjust retain their priority 
as compared to other orders subject to Price Adjust based upon the time 
the System initially received such orders. Following the initial 
ranking and display of an order subject to Price Adjust, the System 
will only re-rank and re-display an order to the extent it achieves a 
more aggressive price. The System adjusts the ranked and displayed 
price of an order subject to Price Adjust once or multiple times 
depending upon the User's instructions and changes to the prevailing 
NBBO. A limit order subject to the Price Adjust process will not be 
displayed at any price worse than its limit price. This re-pricing 
mechanism (in addition to the proposed Cancel Back instruction 
described above) is an additional way in which C2 will ensure 
compliance with locked and crossed market rules in Chapter 6, Section 
of the C2 Rulebook and is substantively the same as EDGX Rule 21.1(i). 
It also provides Users with additional flexibility regarding how they 
want the System to handle their orders.
    Proposed Rule 6.12(c) describes how the System will handle orders 
in additional circumstances. Proposed subparagraph (1) states, subject 
to the exceptions contained in Rule 6.82(b), the System does not 
execute an order at a price that trades through a Protected Quotation 
of another options exchange. The System routes an order a User 
designates as routable in compliance with applicable Trade-Through 
restrictions. The System cancels or rejects any order not eligible for 
routing or the Price Adjust process that is entered with a price that 
locks or crosses a Protected Quotation of another options exchange. 
C2's System currently will not execute orders at trade-through prices, 
consistent with Chapter 6, Section E of the Rules. This provision is 
substantively the same as EDGX Rule 21.6(e) and (f).
    Additionally, the proposed rule change modifies the handling of 
stop orders to state the System cancels or rejects a buy (sell) stop or 
stop-limit order if the NBB (NBO) at the time the System receives the 
order is equal to or above (below) the stop price, and accepts a buy 
(sell) stop or stop-limit order if the consolidated last sale price at 
the time the System receives the order is equal to or above (below) the 
stop price.\34\ The Exchange believes comparing the stop price of a 
stop or

[[Page 22809]]

stop-limit order to the NBBO and last consolidated sale price rather 
than prices available on the Exchange is appropriate, as the NBBO 
better reflects the market price of the series. This is similar to 
various price protections in the rules, as discussed below, that 
compare order prices to national prices rather than Exchange prices. 
This is also the same as EDGX Rule 21.1(d)(11) and (12), which provide 
that stop and stop-limit orders on EDGX compare the stop price to the 
NBBO and last consolidated sale price. The C2 System following the 
technology migration will be unable to compare the stop price of a stop 
or stop-limit order to the last consolidated sale price upon receipt of 
the order, which is why the order will still be accepted even if the 
stop price is above (below) the last consolidated sale price when the 
System receives it.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \34\ Current description of the handling of stop orders is in 
current C2 Rule 6.11(i), which is being deleted.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed Rule 6.12(c)(3) states the System cancels or rejects a GTC 
or GTD order in an adjusted series.\35\ Pursuant to Rule 5.7, due to a 
corporate action by the issuer of the underlying, OCC may adjust the 
price of an underlying security. After a corporate action and a 
subsequent adjustment to the existing options, OPRA and OCC identify 
the series in question with a separate symbol consisting of the 
underlying symbol and a numerical appendage. As a standard procedure, 
exchanges listing options on an underlying security that undergoes a 
corporate action resulting in adjusted series will list new standard 
option series across all appropriate expiration months the day after 
the existing series are adjusted. The adjusted series are generally 
actively traded for a short period of time following adjustment, but 
prices of those series may have been impacted by the adjustment. As a 
result, any GTC or GTD orders submitted prior to the adjustment may no 
longer reflect the market price of the adjusted series, as the prices 
of the GTC or GTD orders do not factor in the adjustment. The Exchange 
believes any executions of such GTC and GTD orders in adjusted series 
may be at erroneous prices, and thus believes it is appropriate for the 
System to cancel these orders, which will permit Users to resubmit 
orders in the adjusted series at prices that reflect the adjustment and 
to submit orders in the new series.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \35\ This is true on any trading day on which the adjusted 
series continues to trade.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed Rule 6.12(c)(4) states the System does not execute an 
order with an MTP Modifier entered into the System against an order 
entered with an MTP Modifier and the same Unique Identifier, and 
instead handles them in accordance with Rule 1.1, as discussed above. 
This is consistent with the definition of MTP Modifiers added to Rule 
1.1 above and substantively the same as EDGX Rule 21.8(k).
    The proposed rule change moves provisions regarding how the System 
handles market and stop orders during a limit up-limit down state from 
current Rule 6.10, Interpretation and Policy .01 to proposed Rule 
6.12(c)(5).
    The proposed rule change deletes current C2 Rule 6.12(c) related to 
contingency orders. The Exchange does not believe the introductory 
language and subparagraphs (c)(2) and (3) are necessary, as the order 
instruction definitions discussed above and order handling instructions 
below contain detail regarding how the System will handle orders 
designated as stop, stop-limit, or reserve.\36\ The proposed rule 
change moves the provision in subparagraph (c)(1) regarding priority of 
displayed orders over nondisplayed orders to proposed Rule 6.12(a)(3), 
as discussed above. Because all-or-none orders will no longer be 
available following the technology migration, the proposed rule change 
deletes subparagraph (c)(4), which relates to handling of all-or-none 
orders.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \36\ Current C2 rules categorize all-or-none, market-on-close, 
stop, stop-limit, FOK, IOC, OPG, and reserve orders as contingency 
orders. As discussed above, the Exchange will no longer make all-or-
none and market-on-close orders available following the technology 
migration. Additionally, the Exchange believes FOK, IOC, and OPG 
relate to the time of execution of orders rather than a contingency, 
and thus the proposed rule change categorizes these instructions as 
Times-in-Force, as discussed above. Therefore, the only current 
orders that could be deemed contingency under current rules are 
stop, stop-limit, and reserve.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule change deletes current Rule 6.12(e)(2), which 
states if the price or quantity of one side of a quote is changed, the 
unchanged side retains its priority position. Additionally, the 
proposed rule change deletes the reference in Rule 6.12(e)(1) related 
to the changed side of a quote. Current C2 functionality provides 
Market-Maker with the ability to submit two-sided quotes, to which the 
above provisions relates. Following the technology migration, there 
will be no such functionality available. Market-Makers will submit 
quotes using order functionality, but it will only permit one-sided 
quotes to be input. Therefore, these provisions are no longer 
applicable.
    The proposed rule change deletes current Rule 6.12(g) regarding a 
complex order priority exception. Proposed Rule 6.13 (as described 
below) describes the priority rules related to the execution of complex 
orders, so current Rule 6.12(g) is not necessary. As further discussed 
below, complex orders will trade with leg markets prior to trading with 
other complex orders, and will never trade at the same price as the 
SBBO, which is consistent with current Rule 6.12(g).\37\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \37\ See proposed C2 Rule 6.13(f)(2).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule change adds proposed Rule 6.12(g), which states 
options subject to a trading halt initiated pursuant to Rule 6.32 open 
for trading following the halt at the time specified in Rule 6.11, 
which is consistent with current Rule 6.11(f). Additionally, proposed 
Rule 6.12(g) states when trading resumes, the System places orders and 
quotes that do not execute during the Opening Process in the Book in 
time priority and processes or executes them as described in Rule 6.12. 
The Exchange believes this is a fair, objective process and simple 
systematic process to prioritize orders following a trading halt, and 
is consistent with EDGX Rule 21.8(j).
    Proposed Rule 6.13 modifies C2's current complex order 
functionality to substantially conform to functionality that will be 
available on C2's new System and is currently used on EDGX. Trading of 
complex orders will be subject to all other Rules applicable to trading 
of orders, unless otherwise provided in Rule 6.13 (which is currently 
the case).
    The proposed rule change moves the definitions of COA and COB to 
proposed paragraph (a). Additionally, the proposed rule change adds 
definitions of synthetic best bid or offer (``SBBO'') and synthetic 
national best bid or offer (``SNBBO'') to proposed paragraph (a), which 
are referred to in current C2 Rule 1.1 as derivative spread market and 
national spread market. The proposed rule change also adds the 
following terms to Rule 6.13(a):
     Complex strategy: The term ``complex strategy'' means a 
particular combination of components and their ratios to one another. 
New complex strategies can be created as the result of the receipt of a 
complex instrument creation request or complex order for a complex 
strategy that is not currently in the System. The Exchange is thus 
proposing two methods to create a new complex strategy, one of which is 
a message that a Trading Permit Holder can send to create the strategy 
and the other is a message a Trading Permit Holder can send that will 
generate the strategy and that is also an order in that same strategy. 
These methods will be equally available to all Trading Permit Holders, 
but the Exchange anticipates that Trading Permit Holders and other

[[Page 22810]]

liquidity providers who anticipate providing larger amounts of trading 
activity in complex strategies are the most likely to send in a complex 
instrument creation request (i.e., to prepare for their trading in the 
complex strategy throughout the day), whereas other participants are 
more likely to simply send a complex order that simultaneously creates 
a new strategy. The Exchange may limit the number of new complex 
strategies that may be in the System or entered for an EFID (which EFID 
limit would be the same for all Users) at a particular time.
     Regular trading: The term ``regular trading'' means 
trading of complex orders that occurs during a trading session other 
than (a) at the opening of the COB or re-opening of the COB for trading 
following a halt (described in paragraph (c) below) or (b) during the 
COA process (described in proposed Rule 6.13(d)).
    These proposed defined terms are the same as those included in EDGX 
Rule 21.20(a).
    Proposed Rule 6.13(b) describes the order types, Order 
Instructions, and Times-in-Force that are eligible for complex orders 
to be entered into and handled by the System. As an initial matter, 
proposed paragraph (b) states the Exchange determines which Times-in-
Force of Day, GTC, GTD, IOC, or OPG are available for complex orders 
(including for eligibility to enter the COB and initiate a COA). The 
proposed rule change is also consistent with EDGX Rule 21.20(b). 
Complex orders are Book Only and may be market or limit orders. Because 
complex orders are not routable, and may not be Post Only, Book Only is 
the only available Order Instruction related to whether an order is 
routable or not routable. The only other available Order Instruction 
for complex orders is Attributable/Non-Attributable. This relates only 
to information that User wants, or does not want, included when a 
complex order is displayed, and has no impact on how complex orders are 
processed or execute. As they do for simple orders, certain Users want 
the ability to track their orders, such as which of the resting orders 
in the COB or which COA'd [sic] order is theirs. The Attributable 
designation means this information will appear in market data feeds and 
auction messages, permitting these Users to track their own orders.
    Proposed paragraph (b) also adds the following instructions that 
are permissible for complex orders:
     Complex Only Orders: A Market-Maker may designate a Day or 
IOC order as ``Complex Only,'' which may execute only against complex 
orders in the COB and may not Leg into the Simple Book. Unless 
designated as Complex Only, and for all other Times-in-Force and 
Capacities, a complex order may execute against complex orders in the 
COB and may Leg into the Simple Book. The Complex Only Order option is 
analogous to functionality on EDGX. The Exchange also believes the 
proposed functionality is analogous to other types of functionality 
already offered by C2 that provides Trading Permit Holders, including 
Market-Makers, the ability to direct the Exchange not to route their 
orders away from the Exchange (Book Only). Similar to such analogous 
features, the Exchange believes that Market-Makers may utilize Complex 
Only Order functionality as part of their strategies to maintain 
additional control over their executions, in connection with their 
attempt to provide and not remove liquidity, or in connection with 
applicable fees for executions.
     COA-Eligible and Do-Not-COA Orders: The Exchange proposes 
to allow all types of orders to initiate a COA but proposes to have 
certain types of orders default to initiating a COA upon arrival with 
the ability to opt-out of initiating a COA and other types of orders 
default to not initiating a COA upon arrival with the ability to opt-in 
to initiating a COA. Upon receipt of an IOC complex order, the System 
does not initiate a COA unless a User marked the order to initiate a 
COA, in which case the System cancels any unexecuted portion at the end 
of the COA. Upon receipt of a complex order with any other Time-in-
Force (except OPG), the System initiates a COA unless a User marked the 
order to not initiate a COA. Buy (sell) complex orders with User 
instructions to (or which default to) initiate a COA that are higher 
(lower) than the SBB (SBO) and higher (lower) than the price of complex 
orders resting at the top of the COB are ``COA-eligible orders,'' while 
buy (sell) complex orders with User instructions not to (or which 
default not to) initiate a COA or that are priced equal to or lower 
(higher) than the SBB (SBO) or equal to or lower (higher) than the 
price of complex orders resting at the top of the COB are ``do-not-COA 
orders.'' The Exchange believes that this gives market participants 
extra flexibility to control the handling and execution of their 
complex orders by the System by giving them the additional ability to 
determine whether they wish to have their complex order initiate a COA. 
The Exchange further believes that the proposed default values are 
consistent with the terms of the orders (e.g., IOC is intended as an 
immediate execution or cancellation whereas COA is a process that 
includes a short delay in order to broadcast and provide participants 
time to respond). Current Rule 6.13(c)(1)(B) defines COA-eligible 
orders as orders the Exchange determines to be eligible for COA based 
on size, type, and origin type, so the proposed rule change is 
consistent with this flexibility. The Exchange determines which 
Capacities (i.e., non-broker-dealer customers, broker-dealers that are 
not Market-Makers on an options exchange, or Market-Makers on an 
options exchange) are eligible for entry onto the COB.\38\ This is 
consistent with EDGX Rule 21.20(c). Additionally, current Rule 
6.13(c)(2)(A) indicates a COA will initiate if the COA-eligible order 
is marketable against the BBO, so the proposed marketability 
requirement in the definition of a COA-eligible is consistent with 
current COA rules as well as the proposed priority rule. Current Rule 
6.13(c)(2)(B) provides Trading Permit Holders with ability to choose 
whether an order is COA-eligible or not, as the proposed rule does. The 
proposed definition of COA-eligible order is substantively the same as 
EDGX Rule 21.20, Interpretation and Policy .02.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \38\ Currently, all Capacities may rest complex orders in the 
COB, which the Exchange plans to be the case following the 
technology migration.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Complex Orders with MTP Modifiers: Users may apply the 
following MTP Modifiers to complex orders: MTP Cancel Newest, MTP 
Cancel Oldest, and MTP Cancel Both. If a complex order would execute 
against a complex order in the COB with an MTP Modifier and the same 
Unique Identifier, the System handles the complex orders with these MTP 
Modifiers as described in Rule 1.1. If a complex order with an MTP 
Modifier would Leg into the Simple Book and execute against any leg on 
the Simple Book with an MTP Modifier and the same Unique Identifier, 
the System cancels the complex order. This will allow a User to avoid 
trading complex orders against its own orders or orders of affiliates, 
providing Users with an additional way to maintain control over their 
complex order executions.
    Current Rules 6.10 and 6.13(b) and (c) provide C2 with authority to 
determine which order types are available for COB and COA (and current 
paragraph (b) states complex orders may be IOC, Day, or GTC, as GTD 
functionality is not currently available on C2). Proposed paragraph (b) 
is consistent with this current Exchange authority and expands the 
Times-in-Force the Exchange may

[[Page 22811]]

permit for complex orders to be consistent with the Times-in-Force 
available for complex orders on EDGX. Proposed Rule 6.13(b) is 
substantively the same as EDGX Rule 21.20(b). This authority enables 
the Exchange to modify complex order types available on the Exchange as 
market conditions change and remain competitive.
    Proposed Rule 6.13(c) describes the process of accepting orders 
prior to the opening of the COB for trading (and prior to re-opening 
after a halt), and the process by which the Exchange will open the COB 
or re-open the COB following a halt (the ``Opening Process''). The 
current COB opening process is described in current Rule 6.13, 
Interpretation and Policy .07, which the proposed rule change deletes. 
The proposed COB opening process is substantively the same as the EDGX 
COB opening process described in EDGX Rule 21.20(c)(A) through (D).
    The COB Opening Process will occur at the beginning of each trading 
day and after a trading halt (similar to the current COB opening 
process, as stated in current Interpretation and Policy .07(b)). There 
will be a complex order entry period, during which the System will 
accept complex orders for inclusion in the COB Opening Process at the 
times and in the manner set forth in proposed Rule 6.11(a), except the 
Order Entry Period for complex orders ends when the complex strategy 
opens. Currently, C2 similarly accepts complex orders prior to the COB 
opening, at the same time it begins to accept simple orders. As 
discussed above, this time is changing from no earlier than 2:00 a.m. 
central to 7:30 a.m. eastern (which time is consistent with the current 
pre-open period on C2). The Exchange believes this provides Users with 
sufficient time to enter complex orders prior to the open. Complex 
orders entered during the Order Entry Period will not be eligible for 
execution until the COB Opening Process occurs. Beginning at 7:30 a.m. 
and updated every five seconds thereafter until the initiation of the 
COB Opening Process, the Exchange will disseminate indicative prices 
and order imbalance information based on complex orders queued in the 
System for the COB Opening Process. This is new functionality that will 
provide Users with information regarding the expected COB opening, 
which is the same as functionality available on EDGX (see EDGX Rule 
21.20(c)(2)(A)).
    The System initiates the COB Opening Process for a complex strategy 
after a number of seconds (which number the Exchange determines) after 
all legs of the strategy in the Simple Book are open for trading. This 
is consistent with the current COB Opening Process, as set forth in 
current Interpretation and Policy .07(a). All complex orders the System 
receives prior to opening a complex strategy pursuant to the COB 
Opening Process, including any delay applied by the Exchange, are 
eligible to be matched in the COB Opening Process and not during the 
Opening Process described in Rule 6.11. The proposed delay is 
consistent with current EDGX functionality and is additional detail in 
the C2 Rules. C2 similarly applies a delay period during the regular 
Opening Process, as described above.
    If there are matching complex orders in a complex strategy, the 
System determines the COB opening price, which is the price at which 
the most complex orders can trade. If there are multiple prices that 
would result in the same number of complex orders executed, the System 
chooses the price that would result in the smallest remaining imbalance 
as the COB opening price. If there are multiple prices that would 
result in the same number of complex orders executed and the same 
``smallest'' imbalance, the System chooses the price closest to the 
midpoint of the (i) SNBBO or (ii) if there is no SNBBO available, the 
highest and lowest potential opening prices as the COB opening price. 
If the midpoint price would result in an invalid increment, the System 
rounds the COB opening price up to the nearest permissible increment. 
If the COB opening price equals the SBBO, the System adjust the COB 
opening price to a price that is better than the corresponding bid or 
offer in the Simple Book by $0.01. This is consistent with EDGX Rule 
21.20(c)(2)(C), except on EDGX, the opening price must improve the SBBO 
only if there are priority customers on the legs.
    After the System determines a COB opening price, the Exchange 
executes matching complex orders in accordance with the priority in 
proposed Rule 6.12(a) applicable to the class at the COB opening price. 
The System enters any remaining complex orders (or unexecuted portions) 
into the COB, subject to a User's instructions. If there are no 
matching complex orders in a complex strategy, the System opens the 
complex strategy without a trade. If after an Exchange-established 
period of time that may not exceed 30 seconds, the System cannot match 
orders because (i) the System cannot determine a COB opening price 
(i.e., all queued orders are market orders) or (ii) the COB opening 
price is outside the SNBBO, the System opens the complex strategy 
without a trade. In both case, the System enters any orders in the 
complex strategy in the COB (in time priority), except it Legs any 
complex orders it can into the Simple Book. The proposed rule change 
provides additional detail regarding how the COB will open if there are 
no matching trades. Additionally, the Exchange believes the proposed 
configurable time period is important because the opening price 
protections are relatively restrictive (i.e., based on the SNBBO), and 
the configurable time period provides the Exchange with the ability to 
periodically review the process and modify it as necessary to ensure 
there is sufficient opportunity to have Opening Process executions 
without also waiting too long to transition to regular trading. This is 
similar to EDGX Rule 21.20(c)(2)(D).
    Currently on C2, the System opens the COB in a similar manner, 
however it first attempts to match complex orders against orders in the 
Simple Book, then matches complex orders against each other. As 
proposed, and consistent with EDGX Rule 21.20(c)(2)(C), complex orders 
will not leg into the book upon the COB open (unless there are no 
matching complex orders and a complex strategy opens without a trade); 
however, the COB opening price must improve the SBBO by at least $0.01 
as described above, thus providing protection to the leg markets 
(including customers). The proposed matching process for complex orders 
on the COB is similar to the process in current Interpretation and 
Policy .07(a)(ii). Additionally, C2 currently restricts valid opening 
trade prices to be within the SBBO rather than the SNBBO as the 
proposed opening process does. The SNBBO more accurately reflects the 
then-current market, rather than the SBBO, and thus the Exchange 
believes it is a better measure to use for purposes of determining the 
reasonability of the prices of orders.
    Proposed Rule 6.13(d) describes the COA process for COA-eligible 
orders. Orders in all classes will be eligible to participate in COA. 
Upon receipt of a COA-eligible order, the System initiates the COA 
process by sending a COA auction message to all subscribers to the 
Exchange's data feeds that deliver COA auction messages. A COA auction 
message identifies the COA auction ID, instrument ID (i.e., complex 
strategy), Capacity, quantity, and side of the market of the COA-
eligible order. The Exchange may also determine to include the price in 
COA auction messages, which will be the limit order price or the SBBO 
(if initiated by a market complex order), or the drill-through price if 
the order is subject to the drill-through protection in Rule 6.14(b). 
This

[[Page 22812]]

is similar to the RFR message the Exchange currently sends to Trading 
Permit Holders as set forth in current subparagraph (c)(2)(A).
    The System may initiate a COA in a complex strategy even though 
another COA in that complex strategy is ongoing. This concurrent COA 
functionality is not currently available on C2, but is available on 
EDGX (see EDGX Rule 21.20(d)(1)). The Exchange believes it will 
increase price improvement and execution opportunities for complex 
orders following the technology migration. The Exchange notes at the 
outset that based on how Exchange Systems operate (and computer 
processes generally), it is impossible for COAs to occur 
``simultaneously'', meaning that they would commence and conclude at 
exactly the same time. Thus, although it is possible as proposed for 
one or more COAs to overlap, each COA will be started in a sequence and 
with a time that will determine its processing. Thus, even if there are 
two COAs that commence and conclude at nearly the same time, each COA 
will have a distinct conclusion at which time the COA will be 
allocated.
    If there are multiple COAs ongoing for a specific complex strategy, 
each COA concludes sequentially based on the time each COA commenced, 
unless terminated early as described below. At the time each COA 
concludes, the System allocates the COA-eligible order pursuant to 
proposed Rule 6.13(d)(5) and takes into account all COA Responses for 
that COA, orders in the Simple Book, and unrelated complex orders on 
the COB at the time the COA concludes. If there are multiple COAs 
ongoing for a specific complex strategy that are each terminated early 
as described below, the System processes the COAs sequentially based on 
the order in which they commenced. If a COA Response is not fully 
executed at the end of the identified COA to which the COA Response was 
submitted, the System cancels or rejects it at the conclusion of the 
specified COA.
    In turn, when the first COA concludes, orders on the Simple Book 
and unrelated complex orders that then exist will be considered for 
participation in the COA. If unrelated orders are fully executed in 
such COA, then there will be no unrelated orders for consideration when 
the subsequent COA is processed (unless new unrelated order interest 
has arrived). If instead there is remaining unrelated order interest 
after the first COA has been allocated, then such unrelated order 
interest will be considered for allocation when the subsequent COA is 
processed. As another example, each COA Response is required to 
specifically identify the COA for which it is targeted and if not fully 
executed will be cancelled at the conclusion of the COA. Thus, COA 
Responses will only be considered in the specified COA.
    The proposed COA process is substantively the same as the COA 
process described in EDGX Rule 21.20(d), except there will be no 
customer priority on C2 for simple or complex orders.
    Proposed subparagraph (d)(3) defines the Response Time Interval as 
the period of time during which Users may submit responses to the COA 
auction message (``COA Responses''). The Exchange determines the 
duration of the Response Time Interval, which may not exceed 500 
milliseconds. This is similar to current subparagraph (c)(3)(B), except 
the proposed rule change reduces the maximum time period from three 
seconds to 500 milliseconds. The Exchange believes that 500 
milliseconds is a reasonable amount of time within which participants 
can respond to a COA auction message, as it is the maximum timeframe in 
EDGX Rule 21.20(d)(3). The current timer on C2 is 20 milliseconds, and 
therefore the Exchange believes market believes a maximum response time 
of 500 milliseconds is sufficient to respond to auctions.
    However, the Response Time Interval terminates prior to the end of 
that time duration:
    (1) When the System receives a non-COA-eligible order on the same 
side as the COA-eligible order that initiated the COA but with a price 
better than the COA price, in which case the System terminates the COA 
and processes the COA-eligible order as described below and posts the 
new order to the COB; or
    (2) when the System receives an order in a leg of the complex order 
that would improve the SBBO on the same side as the COA-eligible order 
that initiated the COA to a price equal to or better than the COA 
price, in which case the System terminates the COA and processes the 
COA-eligible order as described below, posts the new order to the COB, 
and updates the SBBO.
    These circumstances that cause a Response Time Interval to 
terminate prior to the end of the above-noted time duration are 
substantively the same as EDGX Rule 21.20(d)(5)(C)(i) and (ii). EDGX 
Rule 21.20(d)(5)(C)(iii) does not apply to C2, as it relates to 
Priority Customer orders, which have no allocation priority on C2. 
Current C2 Rule 6.13(c)(8)(C) describes how the System currently 
handles incoming COA-eligible orders on the same side of the original 
COA order at a better price. The proposed rule change deletes that 
provision, as it is being replaced by the functionality above (which 
order terminates a COA in that circumstance rather than joins the COA, 
but still provides execution opportunities for the new incoming order 
by placing it on the COB). The proposed rule change deletes current C2 
Rule 6.13(c)(8), which describes current circumstances that cause a COA 
to end early, as those will no long apply following the technology 
migration. The proposed rule change deletes current Rule 6.13(c)(8)(A) 
and (B) regarding incoming COA-eligible orders received during the 
Response Time Interval, as those orders may initiate a separate COA 
under the proposed rule change that permits concurrent COAs. The 
proposed rule change deletes current Rule 6.13(c)(D) and (E) relating 
to incoming do-not-COA orders and changes in the leg markets that would 
terminate an ongoing COA, as under the proposed rules, those new orders 
would not terminate a COA but would be eligible to execute against the 
COA-eligible order at the end of the COA) (see proposed subparagraph 
(d)(2), which states execution will occur against orders in the Simple 
Book and COB at the time the COA concludes). Ultimately, these incoming 
orders are eligible for execution against a COA-eligible order under 
current and proposed rules. The proposed rule change merely changes the 
potential execution time to the end of the full response interval time 
from an abbreviated response interval time.
    Proposed subparagraph (d)(4) describes COA Responses that may be 
submitted during the Response Time Interval for a specific COA. The 
System accepts a COA Response(s) with any Capacity in $0.01 increments 
during the Response Time Interval. Current subparagraph (c)(3) permits 
the Exchange to determine whether Market-Makers assigned to a class and 
Trading Permit Holders acting as agent for orders resting on the top of 
the COB in the relevant series, or all Trading Permit Holders, may 
submit COA Responses. Currently, the Exchange permits all Trading 
Permit Holders to submit COA Responses, so the proposed rule change is 
consistent with current C2 practice and merely eliminates this 
flexibility.
    A COA Response must specify the price, size, side of the market 
(i.e., a response to a buy COA as a sell or a response to a sell COA as 
a buy) and COA auction ID for the COA to which the User is submitting 
the COA Response. While this is not included in current C2 rules, it is 
consistent with System entry requirements for COA

[[Page 22813]]

Responses. The System aggregates the size of COA Responses submitted at 
the same price for an EFID, and caps the size of the aggregated COA 
Responses at the size of the COA-eligible order. This provision is 
similar to Cboe Options Rule 6.53(d)(v), which caps order and response 
sizes for allocation purposes to prevent Trading Permit Holders from 
taking advantage of a pro-rata allocation by submitting responses 
larger than the COA-eligible order to obtain a larger allocation from 
that order.
    During the Response Time Interval, COA Responses are not firm, and 
Users can modify or withdraw them at any time prior to the end of the 
Response Time Interval, although the System applies a new timestamp to 
any modified COA Response (unless the modification was to decrease its 
size), which will result in loss of priority. The Exchange does not 
display COA Responses. At the end of the Response Time Interval, COA 
Responses are firm (i.e., guaranteed at their price and size). A COA 
Response may only execute against the COA-eligible order for the COA to 
which a User submitted the COA Response. The System cancels or rejects 
any unexecuted COA Responses (or unexecuted portions) at the conclusion 
of the COA. This is substantively the same as current subparagraph 
(c)(7) and EDGX Rule 21.20(d)(4).
    Proposed subparagraph (d)(5) describes how COA-eligible orders are 
processed at the end of the Response Time Interval. At the end of the 
Response Time Interval, the System executes a COA-eligible order (in 
whole or in part) against contra side interest in price priority. If 
there is contra side interest at the same price, the System allocates 
the contra side interest as follows:
    (1) Orders and quotes in the Simple Book for the individual leg 
components of the complex order through Legging (subject to proposed 
paragraph (g), as described below), which the System allocates in 
accordance with the priority in proposed Rule 6.12(a) applicable to the 
class.
    (2) COA Responses and unrelated orders posted to the COB, which the 
System allocates in accordance with the priority in proposed Rule 
6.12(a) applicable to the class.
    This allocation is similar to the current allocation priority on C2 
following a COA, as set forth in current C2 Rule 6.13(c)(5), except the 
proposed rule allocates COA-eligible orders to COA responses and 
resting complex orders in the same priority as it does simple orders, 
rather than providing public customer complex orders and COA response 
with priority. The Exchange believes it is appropriate for complex 
orders to allocate in the same manner as simple orders. Additionally, 
on EDGX, COA responses and unrelated orders on the COB allocate in time 
priority, and Leg into the Simple Book in pro-rata priority, as that is 
the only allocation algorithm available for simple orders on EDGX. EDGX 
prioritizes customer orders in the simple book. As discussed above, 
there will be no customer priority on C2--this applies to both the 
Simple Book and the COB. However, by trading with the legs first, this 
provides protection to customer orders in the legs as well, and ensure 
no complex orders will trade against the COB ahead of customer orders 
in the legs.
    Proposed subparagraph (d)(5)(B) states the System enters any COA-
eligible order (or unexecuted portion) that does not execute at the end 
of the COA into the COB (if eligible for entry), and applies a 
timestamp based on the time it enters the COB (see current C2 Rule 
6.13(c)(6)). The System cancels or rejects any COA-eligible order (or 
unexecuted portion) that does not execute at the end of the COA if not 
eligible for entry into the COB or in accordance with the User's 
instructions. Once in the COB, the order may execute pursuant to 
proposed paragraph (e) following evaluation pursuant to proposed 
paragraph (i), both as described below, and remain on the COB until 
they execute or are cancelled or rejected. These provisions are 
substantively the same as EDGX Rule 21.20(d)(5)(A) and (B).
    Proposed Rule 6.13(e) describes how the System will handle do-not-
COA orders (i.e. orders that do not initiate a COA upon entry to the 
System) and orders resting in the COB. Upon receipt of a do-not-COA 
order, or if the System determines an order resting on the COB is 
eligible for execution following evaluation as described below, the 
System executes it (in whole or in part) against contra side interest 
in price priority. If there is contra side interest at the same price, 
the System allocates the contra side interest as follows:
    (1) Orders and quotes in the Simple Book for the individual leg 
components of the complex order through Legging (as described below), 
which the System allocates in accordance with the priority in proposed 
Rule 6.12(a) applicable to the class.
    (2) Complex orders resting on the COB, which the System allocates 
in accordance with the priority in proposed Rule 6.12(a) applicable to 
the class.
    The System enters any do-not-COA order (or unexecuted portion) that 
cannot execute against the individual leg markets or complex orders 
into the COB (if eligible for entry), and applies a timestamp based on 
the time it enters the COB. The System cancels or rejects any do-not-
COA order (or unexecuted portion) that would execute at a price outside 
of the SBBO, if not eligible for entry into the COB, or in accordance 
with the User's instructions. Complex orders resting on the COB may 
execute pursuant to proposed paragraph (e) following evaluation 
pursuant to proposed paragraph (i), both as described below, and remain 
on the COB until they execute or are cancelled or rejected.
    The proposed rule change is similar to current C2 Rule 6.13(b)(1). 
Additionally, the proposed rule change is substantively the same as 
EDGX Rule 21.20(c)(3)(B) and (5)(D), except for the priority of 
execution. As discussed above, on C2, complex orders will trade against 
the leg markets ahead of the COB (including customer orders), but will 
not prioritize customer orders on the leg markets. As discussed above, 
this is consistent with C2's allocation, which provides no customer 
priority.
    Proposed Rule 6.13(f)(1) states the minimum increment for bids and 
offers on a complex order is $0.01, and the components of a complex 
order may be executed in $0.01 increments, regardless of the minimum 
increments otherwise applicable to the individual components of the 
complex order. This is consistent with current and proposed Rule 6.4. 
Proposed Rule 6.13(f)(2) provides the System does not execute a complex 
order pursuant to Rule 6.13 at a net price (1) that would cause any 
component of the complex strategy to be executed at a price of zero, 
(2) worse than the SBBO, (3) that would cause any component of the 
complex strategy to be executed at a price worse than the individual 
component price on the Simple Book, (4) worse than the price that would 
be available if the complex order Legged into the Simple Book, or (5) 
ahead of orders on the Simple Book without improving the BBO on at 
least one component by at least $0.01. The System executes complex 
orders without consideration of any prices for the complex strategy 
that might be available on other exchanges trading the same complex 
strategy; provided, however, that such complex order price may be 
subject to the drill-through price protection described below. This is 
substantively the same as EDGX Rule 21.20(c). However, because complex 
orders will execute against the leg markets (including customer orders 
on

[[Page 22814]]

the legs) prior to executing against complex orders at the same price, 
complex orders will not execute ahead of a customer order on the legs. 
Additionally, this provision is substantively the same as current C2 
Rules 6.12(g) and 6.13(c)(5).
    Proposed paragraph (g) adopts restrictions on the ability of 
complex orders to Leg into the Simple Book. Specifically, a complex 
order may Leg into the Simple Book pursuant to proposed subparagraphs 
(d)(5)(A)(i) and (e)(i), subject to the restrictions in proposed 
paragraph (g), if it can execute in full or in a permissible ratio and 
if it has no more than a maximum number of legs (which the Exchange 
determines on a class-by-class basis and may be two, three or four), 
subject to the following restrictions:
    (1) All two leg COA-eligible Customer complex orders may Leg into 
the Simple Book without restriction.
    (2) Complex orders for any other Capacity with two option legs that 
are both buy or both sell and that are both calls or both puts may not 
Leg into the Simple Book. These orders may execute against other 
complex orders on the COB.
    (3) All complex orders with three or four option legs that are all 
buy or all sell (regardless of whether the option legs are calls or 
puts) may not Leg into the Simple Book. These orders may execute 
against other complex orders on the COB.
    The proposed rule change is substantively the same as EDGX Rule 
21.20(c)(2)(F), except it does not include restrictions related to 
Customer orders, because Customer priority will not apply on C2. These 
restrictions serve the same purpose as the protection included in 
current C2 Rule 6.13(c)(2)(A), which is to ensure that Market-Makers 
providing liquidity do not trade above their established risk tolerance 
levels. Currently, liquidity providers (typically Market Makers, though 
such functionality is not currently limited to registered Market 
Makers) in the Simple Book are protected by way of the Risk Monitor 
Mechanism by limiting the number of contracts they execute as described 
above. The Risk Monitor Mechanism allows Market-Makers and other 
liquidity providers to provide liquidity across potentially hundreds of 
options series without executing the full cumulative size of all such 
quotes before being given adequate opportunity to adjust the price and/
or size of their quotes.
    All of a participant's quotes in each option class are considered 
firm until such time as the Risk Monitor Mechanism's threshold has been 
equaled or exceeded and the participant's quotes are removed by the 
Risk Monitor Mechanism in all series of that option class. Thus the 
Legging of complex orders presents higher risk to Market-Makers and 
other liquidity providers as compared to simple orders being entered in 
multiple series of an options class in the simple market, as it can 
result in such participants exceeding their established risk thresholds 
by a greater number of contracts. Although Market-Makers and other 
liquidity providers can limit their risk through the use of the Risk 
Monitor Mechanism, the participant's quotes are not removed until after 
a trade is executed. As a result, because of the way complex orders leg 
into the regular market as a single transaction, Market-Makers and 
other liquidity providers may end up trading more than the cumulative 
risk thresholds they have established, and are therefore exposed to 
greater risk. The Exchange believes that Market Makers and other 
liquidity providers may be compelled to change their quoting and 
trading behavior to account for this additional risk by widening their 
quotes and reducing the size associated with their quotes, which would 
diminish the Exchange's quality of markets and the quality of the 
markets in general.
    Proposed Rule 6.13(h) contains additional provisions regarding the 
handling of complex orders:
     A complex market order or a limit order with a price that 
locks or crosses the then-current opposite side SBBO and does not 
execute because the SBBO is the best price but not available for 
execution (because it does not satisfy the complex order ratio or the 
complex order cannot Leg into the Simple Book) enters the COB with a 
book and display price that improves the then-current opposite side 
SBBO by $0.01. If the SBBO changes, the System continuously reprices 
the complex order's book and display price based on the new SBBO (up to 
the limit price, if it is a limit order), subject to the drill-through 
price protection described in Rule 6.14(b), until: (A) The complex 
order has been executed in its entirety; or (B) the complex order (or 
unexecuted portion) of the complex order is cancelled or rejected. This 
provision is substantively the same as EDGX Rule 21.20(c)(4) and (6), 
except it improves the SBBO by $0.01 in all cases. This is consistent 
with the proposed C2 rule to trade with the leg markets ahead of the 
COB. The purpose of using the calculated SBBO is to enable the System 
to determine a valid trading price range for complex strategies and to 
protect orders resting on the Simple Book by ensuring that they are 
executed when entitled. Additionally, this process ensures the System 
will not execute any component of a complex order at a price that would 
trade through an order on the Simple Book. The Exchange believes that 
this is reasonable because it prevents the components of a complex 
order from trading at a price that is inferior to a price at which the 
individual components may be traded on the Exchange or ahead of the leg 
markets.
     If there is a zero NBO for any leg, the System replaces 
the zero with a price $0.01 above NBB to calculate the SNBBO, and 
complex orders with any buy legs do not Leg into the Simple Book. If 
there is a zero NBB, the System replaces the zero with a price of 
$0.01, and complex orders with any sell legs do not Leg into the Simple 
Book. If there is a zero NBB and zero NBO, the System replaces the zero 
NBB with a price of $0.01 and replaces the zero NBO with a price of 
$0.02, and complex orders do not Leg into the Simple Book. The SBBO and 
SNBBO may not be calculated if the NBB or NBO is zero (as noted above, 
if the best bid or offer on the Exchange is not available, the System 
uses the NBB or NBO when calculating the SBBO). As discussed above, 
permissible execution prices are based on the SBBO. If the SBBO is not 
available, the System cannot determine permissible posting or execution 
pricing for a complex order (which are based on the SBBO), which could 
reduce execution opportunities for complex orders. If the System were 
to use the zero bid or offer when calculating the SBBO, it may also 
result in executions at erroneous prices (since there is no market 
indication for the price at which the leg should execute). For example, 
if a complex order has a buy leg in a series with no offer, there is no 
order in the leg markets against which this leg component could 
execute. This is consistent with functionality on EDGX, and the 
proposed rule change is merely including this detail in the C2 rules. 
This is also consistent with the proposed rule change (and EDGX rule) 
that states complex order executions are not permitted if the price of 
a leg would be zero. Additionally, this is similar to the proposed rule 
change described above to improve the posting price of a complex order 
by $0.01 if it would otherwise lock the SBBO. The proposed rule change 
is a reasonable process to ensure complex orders receive execution 
opportunities, even if there is no interest in the leg markets.\39\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \39\ Cboe Options Rule 6.13(b)(vi) states if a market order is 
received when the national best bid in a series is zero, if the 
Exchange best offer is less than or equal to $0.50, the Cboe Options 
system enters the market order into the book as a limit order with a 
price equal to the minimum trading increment for the series. Similar 
to the proposed rule change, this is an example of an exchange 
modifying an order price to provide execution opportunities for the 
order when there is a lack of contra-side interest when the order is 
received by the exchange.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 22815]]

    Proposed Rule 6.13(i) states the System evaluates an incoming 
complex order upon receipt after the open of trading to determine 
whether it is a COA-eligible order or a do-not-COA order and thus 
whether it should be processed pursuant to proposed paragraph (d) or 
(e), respectively. The System also re-evaluates a complex order resting 
on the COB (including an order (or unexecuted portion) that did not 
execute pursuant to proposed paragraph (d) or (e) upon initial receipt) 
(1) at time the COB opens, (2) following a halt, and (3) during the 
trading day when the leg market price or quantity changes to determine 
whether the complex order can execute (pursuant to proposed Rule 
6.13(e) described above), should be repriced (pursuant to proposed 
paragraph (h)), should remain resting on the COB, or should be 
cancelled. This is consistent with EDGX Rule 21.20(c)(2)(G) and (c)(5). 
This evaluation process ensures that the System is monitoring and 
assessing the COB for incoming complex orders, and changes in market 
conditions or events that cause complex orders to reprice or execute, 
and conditions or events that result in the cancellation of complex 
orders on the COB. This ensures the integrity of the Exchange's System 
in handling complex orders and results in a fair and orderly market for 
complex orders on the Exchange.
    Proposed Rule 6.13(j) states the System cancels or rejects a 
complex market order it receives when the underlying security is 
subject to a limit up-limit down state, as defined in Rule 6.39. If 
during a COA of a COA-eligible market order, the underlying security 
enters a limit up-limit down state, the System terminates the COA 
without trading and cancels or rejects all COA Responses. This is 
consistent with handling of simple market orders during a limit up-
limit down state, and is substantively the same as EDGX Rule 
21.20(d)(8) and current Rule 6.13(c)(9).
    Proposed Rule 6.13(k) describes the impact of trading halts on the 
trading of complex orders. If a trading halt exists for the underlying 
security or a component of a complex strategy, trading in the complex 
strategy will be suspended. The System queues a Trading Permit Holder's 
open orders during a Regulatory Halt, unless the Trading Permit Holder 
entered instructions to cancel its open complex orders upon a 
Regulatory Halt, for participation in the re-opening of the COB as 
described below. A Trading Permit Holder's complex orders are cancelled 
unless the Trading Permit Holder instructed the Exchange not to cancel 
its orders. The COB will remain available for Users to enter and manage 
complex orders that are not cancelled. Incoming complex orders that 
could otherwise execute or initiate a COA in the absence of a halt will 
be placed on the COB. Incoming complex orders with a time in force of 
IOC will be cancelled or rejected.
    If, during a COA, any component(s) and/or the underlying security 
of a COA-eligible order is halted, the COA ends early without trading 
and all COA Responses are cancelled or rejected. Remaining complex 
orders will be placed on the COB if eligible or will be cancelled. When 
trading in the halted component(s) and/or underlying security of the 
complex order resumes, the System will re-open the COB pursuant to 
proposed paragraph (c) (as described above). The System queues any 
complex orders designated for a re-opening following a halt until the 
halt has ended, at which time they are eligible for execution in the 
Opening Process. This proposed rule change regarding the handling of 
complex orders during a trading halt is substantively the same as EDGX 
Rule 21.20, Interpretation and Policy .05.
    The Exchange believes the proposed provisions described above 
regarding complex order handling and executions provide a framework 
that will enable the efficient trading of complex orders in a manner 
that is similar to current C2 functionality and substantively the same 
as EDGX functionality. As described above, complex order executions are 
designed to work in concert with a priority of allocation that 
continues to respect the priority of allocations on the Simple Book 
while protecting orders in the Simple Book.
    Proposed Interpretation and Policy .01 states Market-Makers are not 
required to quote on the COB. Complex strategies are not subject to any 
quoting requirements applicable to Market-Makers in the simple market. 
The Exchange does not take into account Market-Makers' volume executed 
in complex strategies when deterring whether Market-Makers meet their 
quoting obligations in the simple market. This codifies current C2 
practice and is identical to EDGX Rule 21.20, Interpretation and Policy 
.01.\40\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \40\ The proposed rule change deletes current C2 Rule 6.13, 
Interpretation and Policy .01 regarding determinations made by the 
Exchange, which is being replaced by proposed Rule 1.2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule change deletes current Rule 6.13, Interpretation 
and Policy .02, which describes how orders resting on the COB may 
initiate a COA under certain conditions. This ``re-COA'' functionality 
will not be available on C2 following the technology migration. 
However, as described above, the System continuously evaluates orders 
resting on the COB for execution opportunities against incoming complex 
orders or orders in the leg markets. Pursuant to EDGX Rule 
21.20(c)(5)(B), continual evaluation of orders on the COB does not 
determine whether orders may be subject to another COA. Therefore, the 
proposed rule change is consistent with EDGX rules, which do not permit 
``re-COA.''
    Proposed Interpretation and Policy .02 states a Trading Permit 
Holder's dissemination of information related to COA-eligible orders to 
third parties or a pattern or practice of submitting orders that cause 
a COA to conclude early will be deemed conduct inconsistent with just 
and equitable principles of trade and a violation of Rule 4.1. This 
combines EDGX Rule 21.20, Interpretation and Policy .02 and current C2 
Rule 6.13, Interpretation and Policy .03 into a single provision 
regarding behavior related to COAs that may be deemed inconsistent with 
just and equitable principles of trade.
    Stock-option orders will not be available on C2 following the 
technology migration, so the proposed rule change deletes all 
provisions related to, and references to, stock-option orders from Rule 
6.13 (including Interpretation and Policy .06) and elsewhere in the 
Rules. Stock-option order functionality is not currently available on 
C2, so this proposed rule change will have no impact on C2 market 
participants.
    As discussed above, proposed Rule 6.13 regarding complex orders is 
substantially the same as EDGX Rule 21.20 or current Rule 6.13, except 
for provisions related to priority, as C2 will not have customer 
priority. Proposed Rule 6.13 has nonsubstantive differences compared to 
EDGX Rule 21.20, which differences are intended to simplify the 
description of complex orders, re-organize the provisions, and 
eliminate duplicative language.
    Current C2 Rule 6.14 describes SAL, an electronic auction mechanism 
that provides price improvement for simple orders. Pursuant to this 
rule, the Exchange may determine whether to make SAL available on C2. 
The proposed rule change deletes this rule

[[Page 22816]]

(and makes conforming changes throughout the rules, including deleting 
references to SAL and Rule 6.14), as this functionality will not be 
available on C2 following the technology migration. Currently, the 
Exchange has not made SAL available for any classes on C2.
    Proposed C2 Rule 6.14 consolidates all order and quote price 
protection mechanisms and risk controls into a single rule, and states 
the System's acceptance and execution of orders and quotes pursuant to 
the Rules, including proposed Rules 6.11 through 6.13, are subject to 
the price protection mechanisms and risk controls in proposed Rule 
6.14. Proposed Rule 6.14 categorizes these mechanisms and controls as 
ones applicable to simple orders (proposed paragraph (a)), complex 
orders (proposed paragraph (b)), and all (i.e. simple and complex) 
orders (proposed paragraph (c)).
    The following table identifies the current price protection 
mechanism and risk control, the current C2 Rule, the proposed C2 Rule, 
the corresponding EDGX rule (if any), and any proposed changes:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Price protection/ risk control       Current C2 rule        Proposed C2 rule          EDGX rule                       Proposed changes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Handling of market orders received   6.12(h)..............  6.14(a)(1)...........  N/A..................  Pursuant to the proposed rule change, the
 in no-bid series.                                                                                         System cancels or rejects a market order if
                                                                                                           there is no-bid and the Exchange best offer
                                                                                                           is less than or equal to $0.50. Under current
                                                                                                           functionality, the System would treat the
                                                                                                           sell order as a limit order with a price
                                                                                                           equal to the minimum increment in this
                                                                                                           situation. The proposed rule change also
                                                                                                           expands the same protection to market orders
                                                                                                           in no-offer series. The Exchange believes the
                                                                                                           proposed rule change will provide protection
                                                                                                           for these orders to prevent execution at
                                                                                                           potentially erroneous prices when a market
                                                                                                           order is entered in a series with no bid or
                                                                                                           offer.
Market order NBBO width protection.  6.17(a)(1)...........  6.14(a)(2)...........  21.17(a).............  The proposed functionality is generally the
                                                                                                           same as current functionality, except the
                                                                                                           acceptable amount away from NBBO a market
                                                                                                           order may execute will be determined by a
                                                                                                           percentage away from the NBBO midpoint
                                                                                                           (subject to a minimum and maximum dollar
                                                                                                           amount) rather than specified dollar ranges
                                                                                                           based on premium, providing the Exchange with
                                                                                                           flexibility it believes appropriate given
                                                                                                           previous experience with risk controls.
Buy order put check................  6.17(d)..............  6.14(a)(3)...........  21.17(c).............  The proposed rule change will apply to market
                                                                                                           order executions during the Opening Process,
                                                                                                           and deletes the call underlying value check
                                                                                                           in current Rule 6.17(d)(1)(B), as this
                                                                                                           functionality will not be available on C2's
                                                                                                           new system following the technology
                                                                                                           migration. The proposed rule change also
                                                                                                           deletes references to auctions because C2
                                                                                                           will have no simple order auctions following
                                                                                                           the migration.
Drill-through protection (simple)..  6.17(a)(2)...........  6.14(a)(4)...........  21.17(d).............  The proposed functionality is generally the
                                                                                                           same as current functionality, except the
                                                                                                           drill-through amount is a buffer amount
                                                                                                           determined by class and premium rather than a
                                                                                                           number ticks. The proposed rule change
                                                                                                           deletes the distinction between orders
                                                                                                           exposed via SAL or HAL, as those auction
                                                                                                           mechanisms will not be available on C2's new
                                                                                                           system following the technology migration.
                                                                                                           The proposed functionality applies to Day
                                                                                                           orders, as well as GTD and GTC orders that
                                                                                                           reenter the Book from the prior trading day,
                                                                                                           but not IOC or FOK, as resting in the Book
                                                                                                           for a period of time is inconsistent with
                                                                                                           their purpose (which is to cancel if not
                                                                                                           executed immediately).
Definitions of vertical spread,      6.13.04..............  6.14(b)(1)...........  21.20.04(a)..........  No substantive changes.
 butterfly spread, and box spread.
Credit-to-debit parameters.........  6.13.04(b)...........  6.14(b)(2)...........  21.20.04(b)..........  No substantive changes.
Debit/credit price reasonability     6.13.04(c)...........  6.17(b)(3)...........  21.20.04(c)..........  The proposed functionality is generally the
 checks.                                                                                                   same as current functionality, except the
                                                                                                           acceptable price is subject to a pre-set
                                                                                                           buffer amount, which flexibility is
                                                                                                           consistent with EDGX functionality. The
                                                                                                           proposed rule change also makes an additional
                                                                                                           change to conform to a Cboe Options rule, as
                                                                                                           described below.
Buy strategy parameters............  6.13.04(d)...........  6.17(b)(4)...........  21.20.04(d)..........  The proposed functionality is generally the
                                                                                                           same as current functionality, except the net
                                                                                                           credit price is subject to a buffer amount
                                                                                                           (consistent with EDGX functionality). The
                                                                                                           proposed rule change deletes the mechanism's
                                                                                                           applicability to sell strategies, as that
                                                                                                           functionality will not be available on C2
                                                                                                           following the technology migration.
Maximum value acceptable price       6.13.04(h)...........  6.17(b)(5)...........  21.20.04(e)..........  The proposed functionality is generally the
 range.                                                                                                    same as current functionality, except the
                                                                                                           price range is calculated using a buffer
                                                                                                           amount (consistent with EDGX functionality)
                                                                                                           rather than a percentage amount.

[[Page 22817]]

 
Drill-through protection (complex).  N/A..................  6.17(b)(6)...........  21.20.04(f)..........  The proposed functionality is generally the
                                                                                                           same as current functionality that applies to
                                                                                                           simple orders, and expands it to complex
                                                                                                           orders. The proposed rule change replaces
                                                                                                           market width parameter protection and
                                                                                                           acceptable percentage range parameter in
                                                                                                           current Rule 6.13.04(a) and (e),
                                                                                                           respectively, which currently protect C2
                                                                                                           complex orders from executing at potentially
                                                                                                           erroneous prices too far away from the
                                                                                                           order's price or the market's best price. The
                                                                                                           proposed rule is substantially similar to
                                                                                                           EDGX Rule 21.20(c)(2)(E), except as follows:
                                                                                                           (1) The proposed rule change adds the concept
                                                                                                           that a COA-eligible order would initiate a
                                                                                                           COA at the drill-through price (this is
                                                                                                           consistent with current EDGX functionality
                                                                                                           and is additional detail in the C2 Rules)
                                                                                                           (the prices for complex strategy executions
                                                                                                           may be subject to the drill-through
                                                                                                           protection, which is intended to capture the
                                                                                                           concept that the price of a COA may be
                                                                                                           impacted by the drill-through protection; the
                                                                                                           proposed rule change makes this explicit in
                                                                                                           the C2 rules); and (2) describes how a change
                                                                                                           in the SBBO prior to the end of the time
                                                                                                           period but the complex order cannot Leg, and
                                                                                                           the new SBO (SBB) crosses the drill-through
                                                                                                           price, the System changes the displayed price
                                                                                                           of the complex order to the new SBO (SBB)
                                                                                                           minus (plus) $0.01, and the order will not be
                                                                                                           cancelled at the end of the time period
                                                                                                           (consistent with EDGX functionality, and the
                                                                                                           proposed rule change adds this detail to the
                                                                                                           C2 Rules). The proposed rule change merely
                                                                                                           permits an order to remain on the COB since
                                                                                                           the market reflects interest to trade (but
                                                                                                           not currently executable due to Legging
                                                                                                           Restrictions) that was not there was not at
                                                                                                           the beginning of the time period, providing
                                                                                                           additional execution opportunities prior to
                                                                                                           cancellation.
Limit Order Fat Finger Check.......  6.13.04(g) and         6.14(c)(1)...........  21.17(b) and 21.20,    The proposed functionality is generally the
                                      6.17(b).                                      Interpretation and     same as current functionality, except the
                                                                                    Policy .06.            amount away from the NBBO a limit order price
                                                                                                           may be is a buffer amount rather than a
                                                                                                           number of ticks with no minimum, and Exchange
                                                                                                           may determine whether the check applies to
                                                                                                           simple orders prior to the conclusion of the
                                                                                                           Opening Process (current rules codify pre-
                                                                                                           open application), providing the Exchange
                                                                                                           with flexibility it believes appropriate
                                                                                                           given previous experience with risk controls.
                                                                                                           The proposed rule change does not apply to
                                                                                                           GTC or GTD orders that reenter the Book from
                                                                                                           the prior trading day, as this check only
                                                                                                           applies to orders when the System receives
                                                                                                           them. The proposed rule change provides Users
                                                                                                           with ability to set a different buffer amount
                                                                                                           to accommodate its own risk modeling; does
                                                                                                           not apply to adjusted series prior to the
                                                                                                           Opening Process, as prices may reflect the
                                                                                                           corporate action for the underlying but the
                                                                                                           previous day's NBBO would not reflect that
                                                                                                           action. If the check applies prior to the
                                                                                                           Opening Process, the System compares the
                                                                                                           order's price to the midpoint of the NBBO
                                                                                                           rather than the previous day's closing price,
                                                                                                           which the Exchange believes is another
                                                                                                           reasonable price comparison; will no longer
                                                                                                           exclude ISOs, which is consistent with EDGX
                                                                                                           functionality.
Maximum contract size..............  6.17(h)..............  6.14(c)(2)...........  N/A..................  The proposed functionality is generally the
                                                                                                           same as current functionality, except the
                                                                                                           Exchange will set a default amount rather
                                                                                                           than permit User to set amount. The proposed
                                                                                                           rule change applies per port rather than
                                                                                                           acronym or login. The functionality to cancel
                                                                                                           a resting order or quote if replacement order
                                                                                                           or quote is entered will not be available on
                                                                                                           C2 following the technology migration
                                                                                                           (however, a User can enable cancel on reject
                                                                                                           functionality described below to receive same
                                                                                                           result).
Maximum notional value.............  N/A..................  6.14(c)(3)...........  Technical              Voluntary functionality similar to maximum
                                                                                    specifications.        contract size, except the System cancels or
                                                                                                           rejects an incoming order or quote with a
                                                                                                           notional value that exceeds the maximum
                                                                                                           notional value a User establishes for each of
                                                                                                           its ports. The proposed rule change provides
                                                                                                           an additional, voluntary control for Users to
                                                                                                           manage their order and execution risk on C2.
Daily risk limits..................  N/A..................  6.14(c)(4)...........  Technical              Voluntary functionality pursuant to which a
                                                                                    specifications.        User may establish limits for cumulative
                                                                                                           notional booked bid (``CBB'') or offer
                                                                                                           (``CBO'') value, and cumulative notional
                                                                                                           executed bid (``CEB'') or offer (``CEO'')
                                                                                                           value for each of its ports on a net or gross
                                                                                                           basis, or both, and may establish limits for
                                                                                                           market or limit orders (counting both simple
                                                                                                           and complex), or both. If a User exceeds a
                                                                                                           cutoff value (by aggregating amounts across
                                                                                                           the User's ports), the System cancels or
                                                                                                           rejects incoming limit or market orders, or
                                                                                                           both, as applicable.41
Risk monitor mechanism.............  6.17(g) and 8.12.....  6.14(c)(5)...........  6.36.................  Similar functionality to current C2 quote risk
                                                                                                           monitor and order entry, execution, and price
                                                                                                           parameter rate checks, which will not be
                                                                                                           available on C2 following the technology
                                                                                                           migration (discussed below) [sic].

[[Page 22818]]

 
Cancel on reject...................  N/A..................  6.14(c)(6)...........  Technical              Additional, voluntary control for Users to
                                                                                    specifications.        manage their order and execution risk on C2,
                                                                                                           pursuant to which the System cancels a
                                                                                                           resting order or quote if the System rejects
                                                                                                           a cancel or modification instruction
                                                                                                           (because, for example, it had an invalid
                                                                                                           instruction) for that resting order or quote.
                                                                                                           The proposed rule change is consistent with
                                                                                                           the purpose of a cancel or modification,
                                                                                                           which is to cancel the resting order or
                                                                                                           quote, and carries out this purpose despite
                                                                                                           an erroneous instruction on the cancel/
                                                                                                           modification message.
Kill switch........................  6.17(i)..............  6.14(c)(7)...........  22.11................  The proposed functionality is generally the
                                                                                                           same as current functionality, except Users
                                                                                                           may apply it to different categories of
                                                                                                           orders by EFID rather than acronym or login
                                                                                                           (consistent with new System functionality),
                                                                                                           and block of incoming orders or quotes is a
                                                                                                           separate request by Users.
Cancel on disconnect...............  6.48.................  6.14(c)(8)...........  Technical              The proposed functionality is generally the
                                                                                    specifications.        same as current technical disconnect
                                                                                                           functionality, except it is the same for both
                                                                                                           APIs on the new C2 system. The proposed rule
                                                                                                           change will continue to protect Users against
                                                                                                           erroneous executions if it appears they are
                                                                                                           experiencing a system disruption. The
                                                                                                           proposed functionality will no longer provide
                                                                                                           TPHs with ability to determine length of
                                                                                                           interval, but does provide additional
                                                                                                           flexibility with respect to which order types
                                                                                                           may be cancelled--current functionality
                                                                                                           permits a choice of market-maker quotes and
                                                                                                           day orders, while the proposed functionality
                                                                                                           permits a choice of day and GTC/GTD orders,
                                                                                                           or just day orders.
Block new orders...................  N/A..................  N/A..................  22.11................  Similar to automatic functionality that occurs
                                                                                                           on C2 currently when a Trading Permit Holder
                                                                                                           uses kill switch functionality. The proposed
                                                                                                           rule change merely provides a separate way to
                                                                                                           achieve this result on the new System,
                                                                                                           providing Users with flexibility regarding
                                                                                                           how to manage their resting orders and
                                                                                                           quotes.
Duplicate order protection.........  N/A..................  N/A..................  Technical              Additional, voluntary control for Users to
                                                                                    specifications.        manage their order and execution risk on C2.
                                                                                                           The proposed rule change protects Users
                                                                                                           against execution of multiple orders that may
                                                                                                           have been erroneously entered.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule change deletes the mechanisms related to 
execution of quotes that lock or cross the NBBO and quotes inverting 
the NBBO. Since there will be no separate order and quote 
functionality, orders submitted by Market-Makers will be subject to the 
protections described above.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \41\ The System calculates a notional cutoff on a gross basis by 
summing CBB, CBO, CEB, and CEO. The System calculates a notional 
cutoff on a net basis by summing CEO and CBO, then subtracting the 
sum of CEB and CBB, and then taking the absolute value of the 
resulting amount.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Under the current EDGX debit/credit price reasonability check (see 
EDGX Rule 21.20.04(c)), the System only pairs calls (puts) if they have 
the same expiration date but different exercise prices or the same 
exercise price but different expiration dates. Under the current C2 
debit/credit reasonability check, with respect to pairs with different 
expiration the System pairs of calls (puts) with different expiration 
dates if the exercise price for the call (put) with the farther 
expiration date is lower (higher) than the exercise price for the 
nearer expiration date in addition to those with different expiration 
dates and the same exercise price. The proposed rule change amends this 
check to pair orders in the same manner as EDGX, which is to pair calls 
(puts) if they have the same expiration date but different exercise 
prices or the same exercise price but different expiration dates.
    Additionally, the proposed rule change deletes the exception for 
complex orders with European-style exercise. The Exchange no longer 
believes this exception is necessary and will expand this check to 
index options with all exercise styles.
    The proposed Risk Monitor Mechanism is substantively the same as 
the functionality currently available on EDGX. Because there will no 
longer be separate order and quote functionality on C2 following the 
technology migration, there will no longer be separate mechanisms to 
monitor entry and execution rates, as there are on C2 today. Each User 
may establish limits for the following parameters in the Exchange's 
counting program. The System counts each of the following within a 
class (``class limit'') and across all classes for an EFID (``firm 
limit'') over a User-established time period (``interval'') on a 
rolling basis up to five minutes (except as set forth in (iv) below) 
and on an absolute basis for a trading day (``absolute limits''):
    (i) Number of contracts executed (``volume'');
    (ii) notional value of executions (``notional'');
    (iii) number of executions (``count''); and
    (iv) number of contracts executed as a percentage of number of 
contracts outstanding within an Exchange-designated time period or 
during the trading day, as applicable (``percentage''), which the 
System determines by calculating the percentage of a User's outstanding 
contracts that executed on each side of the market during the time 
period or trading day, as applicable, and then summing the series 
percentages on each side in the class.
    When the System determines the volume, notional, count, or 
percentage:
    (i) Exceeds a User's class limit within the interval or the 
absolute limit for the class, the Risk Monitor Mechanism cancels or 
rejects such User's orders or quotes in all series of the class and 
cancels or rejects any additional orders or quotes from the User in the 
class until the counting program resets (as described below).
    (ii) exceeds a User's firm limit within the interval or the 
absolute limit for the firm, the Risk Monitor Mechanism cancels or 
rejects such User's orders or quotes in all classes and cancels or 
rejects any additional orders or quotes from the User in all classes 
until the counting program resets (as described below).

[[Page 22819]]

    The Risk Monitor Mechanism will also attempt to cancel or reject 
any orders routed away to other exchanges.
    The System processes messages in the order in which they are 
received. Therefore, it will execute any marketable orders or quotes 
that are executable against a User's order or quote and received by the 
System prior to the time the Risk Monitor Mechanism is triggered at the 
price up to the size of the User's order or quote, even if such 
execution results in executions in excess of the User's parameters.
    The System will not accept new orders or quotes from a User after a 
class limit is reached until the User submits an electronic instruction 
to the System to reset the counting program for the class. The System 
will not accept new orders or quotes from a User after a firm limit is 
reached until the User manually notifies the Trade Desk to reset the 
counting program for the firm, unless the User instructs the Exchange 
to permit it to reset the counting program by submitting an electronic 
message to the System. The Exchange may restrict the number of User 
class and firm resets per second.
    The System counts executed COA responses as part of the Risk 
Monitor Mechanism. The System counts individual trades executed as part 
of a complex order when determining whether the volume, notional, or 
count limit has been reached. The System counts the percentage executed 
of a complex order when determining whether the percentage limit has 
been reached.
    The Risk Monitor Mechanism providers Users with similar ability to 
manage their order and execution risk to the quote risk monitor and 
rate checks currently available on C2. It merely uses different 
parameters and modifies the functionality to conform C2's new System.
    With respect to various price protections and risk controls in 
current Rules 6.13, Interpretation and Policy .04, and 6.17, the 
Exchange has the authority to provide intraday relief by widening or 
inactivating one or more of the parameter settings for the mechanisms 
in those rules. This authority is included in proposed Interpretation 
and Policy .01, to provide this flexibility for all price protections 
and risk controls for which the Exchange sets parameters, providing the 
Exchange with flexibility it believes appropriate given previous 
experience with risk controls. The Exchange will continue to make and 
keep records to document all determinations to grant intraday relief, 
and periodically review these determinations for consistency with the 
interest of a fair and orderly market.
    The proposed rule change moves the provision regarding the 
Exchange's ability to share User-designated risk settings in the System 
with a Clearing Trading Permit Holder that clears Exchange transactions 
on behalf of the User from the introduction of current Rule 6.17 to 
proposed Rule 6.14, Interpretation and Policy .02.
    Proposed Rule 6.15 replaces current Rule 6.36 regarding routing of 
orders to other exchanges. C2 will continue to support orders that are 
designated to be routed to the NBBO as well as orders that will execute 
only within C2 (as discussed above). Orders designated to execute at 
the NBBO will be routed to other options markets for execution when the 
Exchange is not at the NBBO, consistent with the Options Order 
Protection and Locked/Crossed Market Plan. Subject to the exceptions 
contained in Rule 6.81, the System will ensure that an order will not 
be executed at a price that trades through another options exchange. An 
order that is designated by a Trading Permit Holder as routable will be 
routed in compliance with applicable Trade-Through restrictions. Any 
order entered with a price that would lock or cross a Protected 
Quotation that is not eligible for either routing, or the Price Adjust 
process described above, will be cancelled.
    Proposed Rule 6.15 states for System securities, the order routing 
process is available to Users from 9:30 a.m. until market close. Users 
can designate an order as either available or not available for 
routing. Orders designated as not available for routing (either Book 
Only or Post Only) are processed pursuant to Rule 6.12. For an order 
designated as available for routing, the System first checks for the 
Book for available contracts for execution against the order pursuant 
to Rule 6.12. Unless otherwise instructed by the User, the System then 
designates the order (or unexecuted portion) as IOC and routes it to 
one or more options exchanges for potential execution, per the User's 
instructions. After the System receives responses to the order, to the 
extent it was not executed in full through the routing process, the 
System processes the order (or unexecuted portion) as follows, 
depending on parameters set by the User when the incoming order was 
originally entered:
     Cancels the order (or unexecuted portion) back to the 
User;
     posts the unfilled balance of the order to the Book, 
subject to the Price Adjust process described in proposed Rule 6.12(b), 
if applicable. [sic]
     repeats the process described above by executing against 
the Book and/or routing to the other options exchanges until the 
original, incoming order is executed in its entirety;
     repeats the process described above by executing against 
the Book and/or routing to the other options exchanges until the 
original, incoming order is executed in its entirety, or, if not 
executed in its entirety and a limit order, posts the unfilled balance 
of the order on the Book if the order's limit price is reached; or
     to the extent the System is unable to access a Protected 
Quotation and there are no other accessible Protected Quotations at the 
NBBO, cancels or rejects the order back to the User, provided, however, 
that this provision does not apply to Protected Quotations published by 
an options exchange against which the Exchange has declared self-help.
    Currently, C2 automatically routes intermarket sweep orders, 
consistent with the definition in Rule 6.80(8). This routing process is 
functionally equivalent to the current C2 routing process, and referred 
to as SWPA and is specifically described in proposed Rule 
6.15(a)(2)(B). Specifically, SWPA is a routing option (which will be 
the default routing option following migration, and thus, if no other 
routing option is specified by a User, a User's order subject to 
routing will be handled in the same way it is today). Following the 
technology migration, C2 will offer additional routing options 
identical to the routing options offered by EDGX.\42\ Routing options 
may be combined with all available Order Instructions and Times-in-
Force, with the exception of those whose terms are inconsistent with 
the terms of a particular routing option. The System considers the 
quotations only of accessible markets. The term ``System routing 
table'' refers to the proprietary process for determining the specific 
options exchanges to which the System routes orders and the order in 
which it routes them. The Exchanges reserves the right to maintain a 
different System routing table for different routing options and to 
modify the System routing table at any time without notice. These 
additional routing

[[Page 22820]]

options are ROUT, destination specific, and directed ISO:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \42\ Users may mark orders as eligible for routing (with one of 
the four proposed routing instructions) or not eligible for routing 
(with either a Book Only or Post Only instruction). Separately, both 
routable and non-routable orders may be marked with re-pricing 
instructions (either Price Adjust (single or multiple) and Cancel 
Back), which instruction the System will apply when it receives the 
order from the User or receives any unexecuted portion of an order 
upon returning from routing.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     ROUT is a routing option under which the System checks the 
Book for available contracts to execute against an order and then sends 
it to destinations on the System routing table. A User may select 
either Route To Improve (``RTI'') or Route To Fill (``RTF'') for the 
ROUT routing option. RTI may route to multiple destinations at a single 
price level simultaneously while RTF may route to multiple destinations 
and at multiple price levels simultaneously.
     Destination specific is a routing option under which the 
System checks the Book for available contracts to execute against an 
order and then sends it to a specific away options exchange.
     Directed ISO is a routing option under which the System 
does not check the Book for available contracts and sends the order to 
another options exchange specified by the User. It is the enter Trading 
Permit Holder's responsibility, not the Exchanges responsibility, to 
comply with the requirements relating to Intermarket Sweep Orders.
    The Exchange also proposes to offer two options for Re-Route 
instructions, Aggressive Re-Route and Super Aggressive Re-Route, either 
of which can be assigned to routable orders:
     Pursuant to the Aggressive Re-Route instruction, if the 
remaining portion of a routable order has been posted to the Book 
pursuant proposed paragraph (a)(1) above, if the order's price is 
subsequently crossed by the quote of another accessible options 
exchange, the System routes the order to the crossing options exchange 
if the User has selected the Aggressive Re-Route instruction.
     Pursuant to the Super Aggressive Re-Route instruction, to 
the extent the unfilled balance of a routable order has been posted to 
the Book pursuant to subparagraph (a)(1) above, if the order's price is 
subsequently locked or crossed by the quote of another accessible 
options exchange, the System routes the order to the locking or 
crossing options exchange if the User has selected the Super Aggressive 
Re-Route instruction.
    Proposed Rule 6.15(b) states the System does not rank or maintain 
in the Book pursuant to Rule 6.12 orders it has routed to other options 
exchanges, and therefore those orders are not available to execute 
against incoming orders. Once routed by the System, an order becomes 
subject to the rules and procedures of the destination options exchange 
including, but not limited to, order cancellation. If a routed order 
(or unexecuted portion) is subsequently returned to the Exchange, the 
order (or unexecuted portion), the order receives a new time stamp 
reflected the time the System receives the returned order. Proposed 
Rule 6.15(c) states Users whose orders are routed to other options 
exchanges must honor trades of those orders executed on other options 
exchanges to the same extent they would be required to honor trades of 
those orders if they had executed on the Exchange. These provisions are 
consistent with current C2 functionality, and the proposed rule change 
adds this detail to the C2 Rules. They are also substantively the same 
as EDGX Rule 21.9(b) and (c).
    C2 will route orders in options via Cboe Trading, which will serve 
as the Outbound Router of the Exchange, as discussed above. The 
Outbound Router will route orders in options listed and open for 
trading on C2 to other options exchanges pursuant to C2 Rules solely on 
behalf of C2. The Outbound Router is subject to regulation as a 
facility of the Exchange, including the requirement to file proposed 
rule changes under Section 19 of the Exchange Act. Use of Cboe Trading 
or Routing Services as described below to route orders to other market 
centers is optional. Parties that do not desire to use Cboe Trading or 
other Routing Services provided by the Exchange must designate orders 
as not available for routing.
    In the event the Exchange is not able to provide Routing Services 
through its affiliated broker-dealer, the Exchange will route orders to 
other options exchanges in conjunction with one or more routing brokers 
that are not affiliated with the Exchange. C2 does not currently have 
an affiliated broker-dealer that provides routing services, and thus it 
currently routes orders to other options exchanges in conjunction with 
one or more routing brokers not affiliated with the Exchange, as 
provided in current Rule 6.36(a). In connection with Routing Services, 
the same conditions will apply to routing brokers that currently apply 
to C2 routing brokers pursuant to current Rule 6.36(a) (which are 
proposed to be moved to Rule 6.15(e)) and are the same as EDGX Rule 
21.9(e).
    Proposed Rule 6.15(f) states in addition to the Rules regarding 
routing to away options exchanges, Cboe Trading has, pursuant to Rule 
15c3-5 under the Exchange Act, implemented certain tests designed to 
mitigate the financial and regulatory risks associated with providing 
Trading Permit Holders with access to away options exchanges. Pursuant 
to the policies and procedures developed by Cboe Trading to comply with 
Rule 15c3-5, if an order or series of orders are deemed to be erroneous 
or duplicative, would cause the entering Trading Permit Holder's credit 
exposure to exceed a preset credit threshold, or are noncompliant with 
applicable pre-trade regulatory requirements, Cboe Trading will reject 
the orders prior to routing and/or seek to cancel any orders that have 
been routed. This provision is the same as EDGX Rule 21.9(f), and 
currently applies to Cboe Trading.
    The proposed rule, including the various routing options, is 
substantially the same as EDGX Rule 21.9. The various routing options 
will provide Users with additional flexibility to instruct the Exchange 
how to handle the routing of their orders. The Re-Route instructions 
will provide unexecuted orders resting on the Book with additional 
execution opportunities. The proposed routing process and options are 
identical to those available on EDGX.
    Current C2 Rule 6.18 describes HAL, a feature that automates 
handling of orders not at the NBBO by auctioning them at the NBBO for 
potential price improvement on the Exchange prior to routing. Pursuant 
to this rule, the Exchange may determine whether to make HAL available 
on C2. The proposed rule change deletes this rule (and makes conforming 
changes throughout the rules, including deleting references to HAL and 
Rule 6.18), as this functionality will not be available on C2 following 
the technology migration.
    The proposed rule change deletes current C2 Rule 6.19 regarding 
types of order formats, as these formats are available on the current 
C2 system but will not be applicable on C2's new system following the 
technology migration. Information regarding order formats are available 
in technical specifications on the Exchange's website.\43\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \43\ See http://markets.cboe.com/us/options/support/technical/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Proposed C2 Rule 6.28 states the System sends to a User aggregated 
and individual transaction reports for the User's transactions, which 
reports include transaction details; the contra party's EFID, clearing 
Trading Permit Holder account number, and Capacity; and the name of any 
away exchange if an order was routed for execution. The Exchange 
reveals a User's identity (1) when a registered clearing agency ceases 
to act for a participant, or the User's Clearing Trading Permit Holder, 
and the registered clearing agency determines not to guarantee the 
settlement of the User's trades, or (2) for regulatory purposes or to 
comply with an order of

[[Page 22821]]

an arbitrator or court. C2 currently sends out transaction reports 
containing similar information, and the Exchange believes including 
this information in the Rules will provide more transparency to market 
participants about these reports. The proposed rule change is 
substantively the same as EDGX Rule 21.10 and is consistent with 
current Exchange and options industry practices, including the fact 
that clearing information available through OCC provides contra-party 
information, as well as the ability of a User to disclose its identify 
on orders.
    Current C2 Rule 6.49 describes the C2 Trade Match System (``CTM'') 
functionality available on C2's current System, which permits Trading 
Permit Holders to update transaction reports. The functionality 
available on C2's System following the technology migration is called 
the Clearing Editor. The Clearing Editor, like CTM, allows Trading 
Permit Holders to update executed trades on their trading date and 
revise them for clearing. The Clearing Editor may be used to correct 
certain bona fide errors. Trading Permit Holders may change the 
following fields through the Clearing Editor: executing firm and contra 
firm; executing broker and contra broker; CMTA; account and subaccount 
(not just market-maker account and subaccount, as is the case currently 
on CTM): Customer ID; position effect (open/close); or Capacity 
(because there will be no customer priority on C2, there is no need to 
restrict Capacity changes as set forth in current Rule 6.49). The 
proposed rule change deletes Rule 6.49(b), which are fields Trading 
Permit Holders may change only if they provide notice to the Exchange, 
as Clearing Editor does not permit Trading Permit Holders to change 
these fields. If a Trading Permit Holder must change the series, 
quantity, buy or sell, or premium price, it must contact the Exchange 
pursuant to proposed Rule 6.29 regarding obvious errors. Current Rule 
6.49(c) and Interpretation and Policy .01 are moved to Rule 6.31(c) and 
Interpretation and Policy .01 with no substantive changes.
    C2 Rule 6.32 describes when the Exchange may halt trading in a 
class and is substantially similar to EDGX Rules 20.3 and 20.4. Current 
Rule 6.32(a) lists various factors, among others, the Exchange may 
consider when determining whether to halt trading in a class, but adds 
the following two to be consistent with EDGX Rule 20.3:
     Occurrence of an act of God or other event outside the 
Exchange's control; and
     occurrence of a System technical failure or failures 
including, but not limited to, the failure of a part of the central 
processing system, a number of Trading Permit Holder applications, or 
the electrical power supply to the System itself or any related system 
(the Exchange believes this broader factor regarding system 
functionality covers the current factor in paragraph (a)(4) regarding 
the status of a rotation, which is a system process).
    As the current rule permits the Exchange to consider factors other 
than those currently listed, including the two factors proposed to be 
added (which the Exchange currently does consider when determining 
whether to halt a class), the proposed rule change is consistent 
current Rule 6.32(a). The proposed rule change moves the provision in 
Interpretation and Policy .02 to subparagraph (a)(1). The proposed rule 
change moves the provisions in current Interpretations and Policies .01 
and .05 to proposed paragraph (c).
    The proposed rule change adds proposed paragraph (b), which states 
if the Exchange determines to halt trading, all trading in the effected 
class(es) will be halted, and the System cancels all orders in the 
class(es) unless a User entered instructions to cancel all orders 
except GTC and GTD orders or not cancel orders during a halt. C2 
disseminates through its trading facilities and over OPRA a symbol with 
respect to the class(es) indicating that trading in the class(es) has 
been halted. The Exchange makes available to vendors a record of the 
time and duration of the halt. Following the technology migration, C2 
will have functionality availability that permits Trading Permit 
Holders to enter a standing instruction regarding the handling of its 
orders during a halt. The remainder of proposed paragraph (b) is 
consistent with C2's current practice. The proposed paragraph (b) is 
also substantively the same as EDGX Rule 20.3(b).
    C2's new technology platform is currently the platform for EDGX and 
other Cboe Affiliated Exchanges, and thus has an established disaster 
recovery plan. Therefore, the proposed rule change deletes the majority 
of C2's disaster recovery provisions, contained in current Rules 6.45 
and 6.34(f) (regarding mandatory testing), and adopts proposed Rule 
6.34, which is substantially similar to EDGX Rule 2.4. Proposed Rule 
6.34 states the Exchange maintains business continuity and disaster 
recovery plans, including backup systems, it may activate to maintain 
fair and orderly markets in the event of a systems failure, disaster, 
or other unusual circumstance that may threaten the ability to conduct 
business on the Exchange, which is consistent with current Rule 
6.45(a).
    Proposed Rule 6.34(b) states Trading Permit Holders that contribute 
a meaningful percentage of the Exchange's overall volume must connect 
to the Exchange's backup systems and participate in functional and 
performance testing as announced by the Exchange, which will occur at 
least once every 12 months. The Exchange has established the following 
standards to identify Trading Permit Holders that account for a 
meaningful percentage of the Exchange's overall volume and, taken as a 
whole, the constitute the minimum necessary for the maintenance of fair 
and orderly markets in the event of the activation of business 
continuity and disaster recovery plans:
     The Exchange will determine the percentage of volume it 
considers to be meaningful for purposes of this Rule.
     The Exchange will measure volume executed on the Exchange 
on a quarterly basis. The Exchange will also individually notify all 
Trading Permit Holders quarterly that are subject to this paragraph 
based on the prior calendar quarter's volume.
     If a Trading Permit Holder has not previously been subject 
to the requirements of this paragraph, such Trading Permit Holder will 
have until the next calendar quarter before such requirements are 
applicable.
    Proposed Rule 6.34(c) states all Trading Permit Holders may connect 
to the Exchange's backup systems and participate in testing of such 
systems. Current Rule 6.45 similarly requires certain Trading Permit 
Holders designated by the Exchange to connect to back-up systems and 
participate in testing (current Rule 6.34(f) also requires 
participation in mandatory systems testing). The proposed rule change 
designates different but reasonable criteria for determining which 
Trading Permit Holders must participate in mandatory testing.
    Proposed paragraphs (b) and (c) are consistent with Regulation SCI 
requirements, which apply to certain self-regulatory organizations 
(including the Exchange), alternative trading systems (``ATSs''), plan 
processors, and exempt clearing agencies (collectively, ``SCI 
entities''), and requires these SCI entities to comply with 
requirements with respect to the automated systems central to the 
performance of their regulated activities. The Exchange takes pride in 
the reliability and availability of its systems. C2 has, and the Cboe 
Affiliate Exchanges that operate on the

[[Page 22822]]

technology platform to which C2 will migrate have, put extensive time 
and resources toward planning for system failures and already maintain 
robust business continuity and disaster recovery BC/DR plans consistent 
with the Rule.
    Propose Rule 6.35 describes steps the Exchange may take to mitigate 
message traffic, based on C2's traffic with respect to target traffic 
levels and in accordance with C2's overall objective of reducing both 
peak and overall traffic. First, the System does not send an outbound 
message \44\ in a series that is about to be sent if a more current 
quote message for the same series is available for sending, but does 
not delay the sending of any messages (referred to in proposed Rule 
6.35 as ``replace on queue''). Second, the System will prioritize price 
update messages over size update messages in all series and in 
conjunction with the replace on queue functionality described above. 
Current C2 Rules contains various provisions the current system uses to 
mitigate message traffic, such as Rules 6.34(b) (permits the Exchange 
to limit the number of messages Trading Permit Holders may send) and 
(c) (newly received quotations and other changes to the BBO may not be 
disseminated for a period of up to, but no more than, one second), 6.35 
(regarding bandwidth packets), and 8.11.\45\ The proposed rule change 
essentially replaces these provisions. C2 does not have unlimited 
capacity to support unlimited messages, and the technology platform 
onto which it will migrates contains the above functionality, which are 
reasonable measures the Exchange may take to manage message traffic and 
protect the integrity of the System. The proposed change is 
substantively the same as EDGX Rule 21.14, except it does not include 
the provision regarding EDGX's ability to periodically delist options 
with an average daily volume of less than 100 contracts. Additionally, 
current C2 Rule 6.34(c) (which is being deleted and replaced by the 
message traffic mitigation provisions in proposed Rule 6.35) permits 
the Exchange to utilize a mechanism so that newly received quotes and 
other changes to the BBO are not disseminated for a period of up to but 
no more than one second in order to control the number of quotes the 
Exchange disseminates. Cboe Options Rule 5.4, Interpretation and Policy 
.13 (which is incorporated by reference into C2's Rules) permits the 
Exchange to delist any class immediately if the class is open for 
trading on another national securities exchange, or to not open any 
additional series for trading if the class is solely open for trading 
on C2. This provision achieves the same purpose as EDGX Rule 21.14(a), 
and thus it is unnecessary to add the EDGX provision to C2 Rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \44\ This refers to outbound messages being sent to data feeds 
and OPRA.
    \45\ The proposed rule change deletes the remainder of current 
Rule 6.34(b), which states the Exchange may impose restrictions on 
the use of a computer connected through an API if necessary to 
ensure the proper performance of the System. The proposed rules do 
not contain a similar provision; however, to the extent C2 in the 
future wanted to impose any type of these restrictions, it would 
similarly submit a rule change for Commission approval.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule change adds Interpretations and Policies .01 
through .04 to Rule 6.50 regarding the order exposure requirement:
     Rule 6.50 prevents a Trading Permit Holder from executing 
agency orders to increase its economic gain from trading against the 
order without first giving other trading interest on the Exchange an 
opportunity to either trade with the agency order or to trade at the 
execution price when the Trading Permit Holder was already bidding or 
offering on the Book. Rule 6.50 imposes an exposure requirement of one 
second before such orders may execute. However, the Exchange recognizes 
that it may be possible for a Trading Permit Holder to establish a 
relationship with a customer or other person to deny agency orders the 
opportunity to interact on the Exchange and to realize similar economic 
benefits as it would achieve by executing agency orders as principal. 
It is a violation of the Rule for a Trading Permit Holder to be a party 
to any arrangement designed to circumvent this Rule by providing an 
opportunity for a customer to regularly execute against agency orders 
handled by the Trading Permit Holder immediately upon their entry into 
the System.
     It is a violation of Rule 6.50 for Trading Permit Holder 
to cause the execution of an order it represents as agent on C2 against 
orders it solicited from Trading Permit Holders and non-Trading Permit 
Holder broker-dealers, whether such solicited orders are entered into 
C2 directly by the Trading Permit Holder or by the solicited party 
(either directly or through another Trading Permit Holder), if the 
Trading Permit Holder fails to expose orders on C2 as required by the 
Rule.
     With respect to nondisplayed portions of reserve orders, 
the exposure requirement of Rule 6.50 is satisfied if the displayed 
portion of the order is displayed at its displayable price for one 
second.
     Prior to or after submitting an order to the System, a 
Trading Permit Holder cannot inform another Trading Permit Holder or 
any other third party of any of the terms of the order.
    While these provisions are not currently stated in the C2 Rules, 
they are consistent with the C2's interpretation of current Rule 6.50. 
Current C2 Rule 6.50 is substantively the same as EDGX Rule 22.12, and 
the following proposed Interpretations and Policies .01 through .04 are 
substantively the same as EDGX Rule 22.12, Interpretations and Policies 
.01 through .04.
    Current C2 Rule 6.51 describes the Automated Improvement Mechanism 
(``AIM''), an electronic auction mechanism that provides potential 
price improvement for eligible incoming orders, and current C2 Rule 
6.52 describes the Solicitation Auction Mechanism (``SAM''), an 
electronic auction mechanism that provides potential price improvement 
for the all-or-none orders with size of 500 or more. Pursuant to those 
rules, the Exchange may determine whether to make this functionality 
available on C2. The proposed rule change deletes these rules (and 
makes conforming changes throughout the rules, including deleting 
references to AIM, SAM, and the rules), as this functionality will not 
be available on C2 following the technology migration.
Chapter 8
    The proposed rule change adds paragraph (d) to Rule 8.1, which 
states a Trading Permit Holder or prospective Trading Permit Holder 
adversely affected by an Exchange determination under this Chapter 8, 
including the Exchange's termination or suspension of a Trading Permit 
Holder's status as a Market-Maker or a Market-Maker's appointment to a 
class, may obtain a review of such determination in accordance with the 
provisions of Chapter 19. Current Rule 8.2 contains a similar provision 
applicable to that Rule; however, the remaining rules in Chapter 8 
contain various provision that permit the Exchange to make 
determinations, which would be subject to review under Chapter 19. 
Therefore, the Exchange believes it is appropriate to include a similar 
provision applicable to the entire Chapter 8.
    The proposed rule change modifies rule provisions throughout 
Chapter 8 to clarify the distinction between Market-Maker registration 
and appointment. A Trading Permit Holder may register as a Market-Maker 
which is a function available on the Exchange. A Trading Permit Holder 
registered as a Market-Maker may select appointments to classes in 
which it agrees to satisfy obligations as a Market-Maker and

[[Page 22823]]

obtain Market-Maker treatment for its trading activity in those 
classes.
    The proposed rule change renames Rule 8.2 to be Market-Maker Class 
Appointments, as the rule generally describes how a Market-Maker may 
obtain appointments to classes, rather than continuing Market-Maker 
registration. To retain status as a registered Market-Maker, a Market-
Maker must satisfy its obligations in its appointed classes (as 
discussed below) and otherwise stay in good standing, as described in 
Rule 8.4 (as discussed below). Currently, and following the System 
migration, Market-Makers may select their own class appointments 
through an Exchange system. Rule 8.2(b) states a Market-Maker may 
register in one or more classes in a manner prescribed by the Exchange. 
The proposed rule change adds detail, which conforms to EDGX Rule 
22.3(b), which states a Market-Maker may enter an appointment request 
via an Exchange-approved electronic interface with the Exchange's 
systems by 9:00 a.m., which appointment will become effective on the 
day the Market-Maker enters the appointment request. The Exchange notes 
Market-Makers on EDGX may select appointments to series, while Market-
Makers on C2 will continue to be able to select appointments to a 
class, as they do today. This proposed process is similar to the one 
Market-Makers use on C2's current systems for selecting appointments. 
The proposed rule change deletes the language in current Rule 8.2(d) 
stating a Market-Maker may change its registered classes upon advance 
notification to the Exchange, as that is duplicative of proposed Rule 
8.2(b), which requires Market-Makers to select appointments prior to a 
trading day for that appointment to become effective on that trading 
day.
    The proposed rule change deletes the provision in current Rule 
8.2(b) that permits the Exchange to register a Market-Maker in one or 
more classes of option contracts, as the Exchange does not, and does 
not intend, to impose appointments on Market-Makers. Similarly, the 
proposed rule change deletes current Rule 8.2(c), which states no 
option class registration may be made without the Market-Maker's 
consent to such registration, provided that refusal to accept a 
registration may be deemed sufficient cause for termination or 
suspension of a Market-Maker. As noted above, Market-Makers select 
their own appointments. Rules 8.1(b) and 8.4(b), among others, describe 
circumstances under which the Exchange may suspend or terminate a 
Trading Permit Holder's registration as a Market-Maker or a Market-
Maker's appointment in a class. Additionally, the proposed rule change 
deletes the provision permitting it to arrange two or more classes of 
contracts into the groupings and make registrations to those groupings 
rather than to individual classes, as the Exchange does not, and does 
not intend, to create groups of registrations. Market-Makers only 
select appointments by class.
    Proposed Rule 8.2(c) states a Market-Maker's appointment in a class 
confers the right of the Market-Maker to quote (using order 
functionality) in that class. On C2's current system, there is separate 
quote functionality for quoting in appointed classes. Following the 
technology migration, the new System permits Market-Makers to quote in 
appointed classes using order functionality (which is the case today on 
EDGX). A similar provision is contained in current Rule 8.2(d).
    The proposed rule change adds proposed Rule 8.2(d), which 
references the Exchange's ability to limit appointments pursuant to 
proposed Rule 8.1(c), as described above.
    Current Rule 8.2(d) describes the appointment costs of Market-Maker 
class appointments. The proposed rule change merely moves the 
description of appointment costs to proposed Rule 8.3.
    The proposed rule change deletes current Rule 8.4(a)(2), which 
states a Market-Maker must continue to satisfy the Market-Maker 
qualification requirements specified by the Exchange, because it is 
redundant of the language in subparagraph (a)(1), which states a 
Market-Maker must continue to meet the general requirements for Trading 
Permit Holders set forth in Chapter 3 and Market-Maker requirements set 
forth in Chapter 8. These are generally the only requirements 
applicable to qualify as a Market-Maker.
    Rule 8.5 currently describes general obligations imposed on Market-
Makers, while Rule 8.6 describes requirements applicable to Market-
Maker quotes (the proposed rule change renames Rule 8.6 to apply to all 
quote requirements rather than the firm quote requirement, which is 
still included in proposed Rule 8.6(a)). The proposed rule moves the 
description of the continuous quoting obligation to proposed Rule 
8.6(d) from current Rule 8.5(a)(1), but there are no substantive 
changes to the continuous quoting obligation. The proposed rule change 
also adds that the Market-Maker continuous quoting obligations in 
proposed Rule 8.6(d) apply collectively to Market-Makers associated 
with the same Trading Permit Holder firm. This is consistent with the 
Exchange's current interpretation of this obligation, and the proposed 
rule change merely codifies it in the Rules to provide additional 
transparency. This structure conforms to EDGX Rules 22.5 and 22.6.\46\ 
The proposed rule change also moves current Rule 8.5(d) to proposed 
Rule 8.6(e), which permits the Exchange to call on a Market-Maker to 
submit a single quote or maintain continuous quotes in one or more 
series of a Market-Maker's appointed class whenever, in the judgment of 
the Exchange, it is necessary to do so in the interest of maintaining a 
fair and orderly market. The revised language is substantially the same 
as EDGX Rule 22.6(d)(2). The proposed rule change also moves current 
Rule 8.5, Interpretation and Policy .01 to proposed Rule 8.6(d)(4), 
which provides a Market-Maker has no quoting obligations while the 
underlying security for an appointed class is in a limit up-limit down 
state. The revised language is substantially similar to EDGX Rule 
22.6(d)(5).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \46\ EDGX rules permit appointments by series, while C2 Rules 
will continue to permit appointments by class. Ultimately, an EDGX 
market-maker has the same flexibility to select its appointments, 
and is subject to the same quoting obligations, as C2 Market-Makers. 
The proposed rule change does not add the obligation in EDGX Rule 
22.5(a)(7), which states a Market-Maker must honor all orders the 
trading system routes to away markets. The Exchange believes this 
obligation is unnecessary, as it is true for all orders. 
Additionally, the Exchange expects Market-Makers will often use Post 
Only orders to add liquidity to the Book as quotes (including 
through use of the bulk order port), and those orders, like current 
quotes today, do not route to other exchanges.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule change adds the following quoting obligations to 
Rule 8.6, which are the same as obligations in EDGX Rule 22.6:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Proposed C2
               Obligation                      rule          EDGX rule
------------------------------------------------------------------------
A Market-Maker's bid (offer) for a                8.6(b)         22.6(a)
 series must be accompanied by the
 number of contracts at the price of the
 bid (offer) the Market-Maker is willing
 to buy (sell), and the best bid and
 best offer entered by a Market-Maker
 must have a size of at least one
 contract...............................

[[Page 22824]]

 
A Market-Maker that enters a bid (offer)          8.6(c)         22.6(b)
 on the Exchange in a series in an
 appointed class must enter an offer
 (bid)..................................
A Market-Maker is considered an OEF               8.6(f)         22.6(c)
 under the Rules in all classes in which
 the Market-Maker has no appointment.
 The total number of contracts a Market-
 Maker may execute in classes in which
 it has no appointment may not exceed
 25% of the total number of all
 contracts the Market-Maker executes on
 the Exchange in any calendar quarter...
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed size requirement in proposed Rule 8.6(b) is consistent 
with the firm quote rule, and, as a bid and offer currently cannot have 
size of zero, the minimum size requirement is consistent with current 
C2 System functionality.
    While there is no explicit requirement in current C2 rules that a 
Market-Maker must enter two-sided quotes in appointed series like the 
one in proposed Rule 8.6(c), the continuous quoting obligation requires 
a continuous two-sided market (see current Rule 8.5(a)(1)) and general 
obligations require a Market-Maker to, among other things, compete with 
other Market-Makers in its appointed classes, update quotes in response 
to changes market conditions, and maintain active markets in its 
appointed classes (see current Rule 8.5(a)(3) through (5)), which are 
consistent with the requirement to enter two-sided quotes. 
Additionally, current C2 System functionality permits Market-Makers to 
submit two-sided quotes.
    Current C2 Rules contain no specific requirement regarding the 
percentage of a Market-Makers executed volume that must be within their 
appointed classes. However, such a requirement is consistent with 
Market-Makers current obligations to maintain continuous two-sided 
quotes in their appointed classes for a significant part of the trading 
day, compete in their appointed classes, and update quotes and maintain 
active markets in their appointed classes.
    The Exchange believes these additional explicit requirements in the 
rules will continue to offset the benefits a Market-Maker receives in 
its appointed classes, as the proposed Market-Maker requirements are 
consistent with current C2 Market-maker obligations and observed 
quoting behavior, and they are the substantively the same as those in 
the EDGX rules. The Exchange believes having consistent Market-Maker 
obligations in the C2 and EDGX rules will simplify the regulatory 
requirements and increase the understanding of the Exchange's 
operations for Trading Permit Holders that are Market-Makers on both C2 
and EDGX.
    The proposed rule change combines Rules 8.8 and 8.10 regarding 
financial requirements and arrangements of Market-Makers into a single 
Rule 8.8.
    Current Rule 8.11 provides the Exchange may impose an upper limit 
on the aggregate number of Market-Makers that may quote in each product 
(the ``CQL''). Current and proposed Rule 8.1(c) permits the Exchange to 
limit the number of Market-Makers in a class and monitor quote 
capacity, in a similar manner as EDGX may impose any such limits.\47\ 
Therefore, the proposed rule change deletes Rule 8.11, since it is 
duplicative.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \47\ See EDGX Rule 22.2(c).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Currently, there are no Primary Market-Makers (``PMM'') (see Rule 
8.13) or Designated Primary Market-Makers (``DPM'') (see Rules 8.14 
through 8.21), and C2 does not intend to appoint any PMMs or DPMs in 
the future. Therefore, the proposed rule change deletes Rules 8.13 
through 8.21, as well as the definition of DPM in Rule 1.1. The 
proposed rule change makes corresponding changes throughout the rules 
to delete references to those rule numbers and to PMMs and DPMs.
Other Nonsubstantive Changes
    The proposed rule change deletes the supplemental rule (a) to 
Chapter 4 regarding proxy voting. C2 Chapter 4 incorporates Cboe 
Options Chapter IV by reference. Recently, Cboe Options adopted Cboe 
Options Rule 4.25, which is substantively identical to the C2 Chapter 4 
supplement rule (a). By virtue of the incorporation by reference of 
Cboe Options Chapter IV, including Rule 4.25, into C2 Chapter 4, Cboe 
Options Rule 4.25 applies to C2 Trading Permit Holders pursuant to C2 
Chapter 4. Therefore, the supplement rule (a) is now duplicative of 
Cboe Options Rule 4.25 and is no longer necessary.
    The proposed rule change deletes Rule 6.20, which is currently 
reserved and contains no rule text.
    The following rules contain language that the C2 board of directors 
may make certain trading decisions:
     Rule 6.1, Interpretations and Policies .01 and .02 
(proposed to be Rule 6.1(b)), which states the board determines trading 
hours and Exchange holidays.
     Rule 6.4 states the board will establish minimum quoting 
increments for options traded on the Exchange.
     Rule 6.33, which permits the board to designate persons 
other than the CEO or President to halt or suspend trading and take 
other action if necessary or appropriate for the maintenance of a fair 
and orderly market or the protection of investors, due to emergency 
conditions.
     Rule 8.1(c), which permits the board or its designee to 
limit access to the System, for a period to be determined in the 
board's discretion, pending any action required to address the issue of 
concern to the board, and to the extent the board places permanent 
limitations on access to the System on any Trading Permit Holder, such 
limits will be objectively determined and submitted to the Commission 
for approval pursuant to a rule change filing.
    These decisions relate to Exchange trading and operations, and thus 
are made by Exchange management, rather than the Board, which generally 
is not involved in determinations related to day-to-day operations of 
the Exchange. Therefore, the proposed rule change modifies these 
provisions to indicate the Exchange will make these determinations 
rather than the Board. The Exchange notes pursuant to corresponding 
EDGX rules, EDGX makes those determinations rather than EDGX's board.
    The proposed rule change deletes current Rule 6.38, which requires 
Trading Permit Holders to file with the Exchange trade information 
covering each Exchange transaction during a business day. Because all 
transactions on the Exchange are electronic, as soon as a transaction 
executes on the Exchange, the Exchange has all of the information 
indicated in Rule 6.38 and thus does not require Trading Permit Holders 
to submit a separate report with this information, as that is 
duplicative. The Exchange notes EDGX does not contain a similar rule.
    The proposed rule change deletes Rule 6.41, which states a Trading 
Permit Holder may not bid, offer, purchase, or write on the Exchange 
any security other than an option contract currently open for trading 
in accordance with the

[[Page 22825]]

provisions of Chapter 5. This rule is unnecessary, as the System would 
not permit the entry or execution of orders or quotes in securities not 
open for trading.
    The proposed rule change deletes Rule 6.46 regarding Trading Permit 
Holder Education, because it is duplicative of Rule 3.13.
    Attached as Exhibits 3A, 3B, and 3C are the following updated 
forms:
     C2 Trading Permit Holder Notification of Designated Give-
Ups;
     C2 Give Up Change Form; and
     C2 Give Up Change Form for Accepting Clearing Trading 
Permit Holders.
    These forms relate to the manner in which a Trading Permit Holder 
may designate Clearing Trading Permit Holder to be a Designated Give Up 
pursuant to Rule 6.30. The proposed rule change eliminates the term 
acronym from the forms (as noted above, that term will no longer be 
used from a system perspective following the technology migration) and 
makes other nonsubstantive clarifications (such as adding defined 
terms).
    The proposed rule change makes various nonsubstantive changes 
throughout the rules, in addition to nonsubstantive changes described 
above, to simplify or clarify rules, delete duplicative rule 
provisions, conform paragraph numbering and lettering throughout the 
rules, update Exchange department names, revise chapter and rule names, 
use plain English (e.g., change ``shall'' to ``must,'' change passive 
voice to active voice), and conform language to corresponding EDGX 
rules. In these cases, the Exchange intends no substantive changes to 
the meaning or application of the rules.
    Chapter 24 incorporates rules in Cboe Options Chapter XXIV by 
reference, but states certain rules do not apply to C2. One rule that 
is excluded is Rule 24.17 (RAES Eligibility in Broad-Based Index 
Options and Options on Exchange Traded funds on Broad Based Indexes). 
This rule has been deleted from Cboe Options Chapter XXIV, and thus the 
proposed rule change deletes the reference to that rule in Chapter 24.
    Additionally, the proposed rule change moves certain rules within 
the C2 rulebook as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Current C2   Proposed    Corresponding
              Rule                  rule       C2 rule      EDGX rule
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Affiliates, order routing/error  3.2(f),     3.16, 3.17  2.10, 2.11, and
 accounts/order cancellation      6.36,       and 6.15.   21.9.
 and release.                     6.37, and
                                  6.47.
Nullification and adjustment of  6.15.       6.29.       20.6.
 options transactions including
 obvious errors.
Price binding despite erroneous  6.16.       6.26(b).    21.11.
 report.
Reporting of matched trades to   6.31.       6.27.       21.13.
 OCC.
Contract made on acceptance of   6.40.       6.26(a).    21.11.
 bid or offer.
Trading on knowledge of          6.55.       6.51.       N/A.
 imminent undisclosed solicited
 transaction.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Statutory Basis
    The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the ``Act'') and the rules and 
regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, 
the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.\48\ Specifically, the 
Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the 
Section 6(b)(5) \49\ requirements that the rules of an exchange be 
designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to 
promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation 
and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, 
settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating 
transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the 
mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, 
in general, to protect investors and the public interest. Additionally, 
the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the 
Section 6(b)(5) \50\ requirement that the rules of an exchange not be 
designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, 
brokers, or dealers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \48\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
    \49\ 15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
    \50\ Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule changes are generally intended to add or align 
certain system functionality currently offered by EDGX and other Cboe 
Affiliated Exchanges in order to provide a consistent technology 
offering for the Cboe Affiliated Exchanges. A consistent technology 
offering, in turn, will simplify the technology implementation, changes 
and maintenance by Users of the Exchange that are also participants on 
Cboe Affiliated Exchanges. The proposed rule changes would also provide 
Users with access to functionality that is generally available on 
markets other than the Cboe Affiliated Exchanges and may result in the 
efficient execution of such orders and will provide additional 
flexibility as well as increased functionality to the Exchange's System 
and its Users. The proposed rule change does not propose to implement 
new or unique functionality that has not been previously filed with the 
Commission or is not available on Cboe Affiliated Exchanges. The 
Exchange notes that the proposed rule text is generally based on EDGX 
Rules and is different only to the extent necessary to conform to the 
Exchange's current rules, retain intended differences based on the 
Exchange's market model, or make other nonsubstantive changes to 
simplify, clarify, eliminate duplicative language, or make the rule 
provisions plain English.
    To the extent a proposed rule change is based on an existing Cboe 
Affiliated Exchange rule, the language of Exchange Rules and Cboe 
Affiliated Exchange rules may differ to extent necessary to conform 
with existing Exchange rule text or to account for details or 
descriptions included in the Exchange's Rules but not in the applicable 
EDGX rule. Where possible, the Exchange has substantively mirrored Cboe 
Affiliated Exchange rules, because consistent rules will simplify the 
regulatory requirements and increase the understanding of the 
Exchange's operations for Trading Permit Holders that are also 
participants on EDGX. The proposed rule change would provide greater 
harmonization between the rules of the Cboe Affiliated Exchanges, 
resulting in greater uniformity and less burdensome and more efficient 
regulatory compliance. As such, the proposed rule change would foster 
cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in facilitating 
transactions in securities and would remove impediments to and perfect 
the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system. 
The Exchange also believes that the proposed amendments will contribute 
to the protection of investors and the public interest by making the 
Exchange's rules easier to understand. Where necessary, the Exchange 
has

[[Page 22826]]

proposed language consistent with the Exchange's operations on EDGX 
technology, even if there are specific details not contained in the 
current structure of EDGX rules. The Exchange believes it is consistent 
with the Act to maintain its current structure and such detail, rather 
than removing such details simply to conform to the structure or format 
of EDGX rules, again because the Exchange believes this will increase 
the understanding of the Exchange's operations for all Trading Permit 
Holders of the Exchange.
    The proposed order instructions and TIFs not currently available on 
C2 add functionality currently offered by EDGX in order to provide 
consistent order handling options across the Cboe Affiliated Exchanges. 
The proposed rule changes would also provide Users with access to 
optional functionality that may result in the efficient execution of 
such orders and will provide additional flexibility as well as 
increased functionality to the Exchange's System and its Users. As 
explained above, the proposed functionality is substantially similar to 
functionality on EDGX, and is optional for Users. The proposed rule 
change would provide greater harmonization between the order handling 
instructions available amongst the Cboe Affiliated Exchanges, resulting 
in greater uniformity and less burdensome and more efficient regulatory 
compliance. With respect to the proposed MTP modifier functionality, 
the Exchange believes the various proposed modifier options would allow 
firms to better manage order flow and prevent undesirable executions 
against themselves, and the proposed change described herein enhances 
the choices available to such firms in how they do so. The proposed 
rule change also is designed to support the principles of Section 
11A(a)(1) of the Act \51\ in that it seeks to assure fair competition 
among brokers and dealers and among exchange markets. The proposed rule 
change would also provide Users with access to functionality that may 
result in the efficient execution of such orders and will provide 
additional flexibility as well as increased functionality to the 
Exchange's System and its Users.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \51\ 15 U.S.C. 78k-1(a)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed rule change to define ports will reduce complexity and 
increase understanding of the Exchange's operations for all Users of 
the Exchange following migration. As the ports are the same as used on 
certain Cboe Affiliated Exchanges, Users of the Exchange and these 
other exchanges will have access to similar functionality on all Cboe 
Affiliated exchanges. As such, the proposed rule change will foster 
cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in facilitating 
transactions in securities and would remove impediments to and perfect 
the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system.
    The Exchange further believes that the proposed definition of bulk 
order entry ports to provide that only Post Only Orders with a time in 
force of DAY or GTD may be entered, modified, or cancelled through such 
ports will protect investors and the public interest and maintain fair 
and orderly markets by offering specific functionality through which 
Users can submit orders that will result in quotations on the Exchange. 
In particular, the options markets are quote driven markets dependent 
on liquidity providers to an even greater extent than equities markets. 
In contrast to the approximately 7,000 different securities traded in 
the U.S. equities markets each day, there are more than 500,000 unique, 
regularly quoted option series. Given this breadth in options series 
the options markets are more dependent on liquidity providers than 
equities markets; such liquidity is provided most commonly by 
registered market makers but also by other professional traders. As 
such, the Exchange believes maintaining specific functionality to 
maintain quotations on the Exchange through bulk order entry ports will 
protect investors and the public interest and the maintenance of fair 
and orderly markets by ensuring that an efficient process to enter and 
update quotations is available to Exchange Users. The Exchange also 
believes this is reasonable, as it will establish a marketplace that 
operates more similar to C2's current market, which is a quote-based 
market.
    The Exchange believes the proposed rule change to modify the 
minimum increment for XSP options with those for SPY options perfects 
the mechanism for a free and open market and a national market system 
because both products are based, in some manner, on 1/10th the price of 
the S&P 500 Index, and therefore it makes sense to have the same 
minimum increments of bids and offers for both. This proposed rule 
change is also substantively the same as a Cboe Options rule, as 
discussed above.
    The proposed Opening Process is designed to promote just and 
equitable principles of trade and remove impediments to, and perfect 
the mechanism of, a free and open market system because it would align 
with the EDGX Opening Process as it relates to: Which orders may 
participate in the process, how the price of the opening transaction is 
determined; and the process for late openings and re-openings. 
Conforming the C2 Opening Process to the EDGX opening process will 
contribute to the protection of investors and the public interest by 
avoiding investor confusion and providing consistent functionality 
across Cboe Affiliated Exchanges.
    Following the technology migration, orders and quotes will 
generally be allocated in the same manner as they are today on C2--
either pursuant to pro-rata or price-time priority. Deleting other 
priority overlays that are not used and will not be used on C2 protects 
investors by eliminating potential confusion regarding which rules 
apply to trading on C2. The proposed change regarding how the System 
rounds the number of contracts when they cannot be allocated 
proportionally in whole numbers pursuant to the pro-rata algorithm 
(which previously only addressed the situation if there one additional 
contract for two market participants) and proposed aggregated pro-rata 
algorithm (which previously was silent on this matter) adds detail to 
the rules regarding the allocation process and provides a fair, 
objective manner for rounding and distribution in all situations in 
which the number of contracts many not be allocated proportionally in 
whole numbers. Rounding and distributing contracts in the proposed 
manner is also substantively the same as an EDGX rule, as discussed 
above.
    The Exchange believes that the general provisions regarding the 
trading of complex orders provide a clear framework for trading of 
complex orders in a manner consistent with EDGX. This consistency 
should promote a fair and orderly national options market system. The 
proposed execution and priority rules will allow complex orders to 
interact with interest in the Simple Book and, conversely, interest on 
the Simple Book to interact with complex orders in an efficient and 
orderly manner. Consistent with C2's current rules and the rules of 
other exchanges, proposed Rule 6.13(f)(2) will not execute a complex 
order at a net price ahead of orders on the Simple Book without 
improving the BBO on at least one component of the complex strategy by 
at least $0.01. Additionally, before executing against another complex 
order, a complex order on the Exchange will execute first against 
orders on the Simple Book if that would result in the best price prior 
to executing against complex orders on the COB. The complex order 
priority pursuant to which complex orders will trade against

[[Page 22827]]

the leg markets prior to execution against complex orders is consistent 
with the complex order priority currently available on C2 and ensures 
protection of the leg markets.
    The Exchange proposes that complex orders may be submitted as limit 
orders and market orders, and orders with a Time in Force of GTD, IOC, 
DAY, GTC, or OPG, or as a Complex Only order, COA-eligible or do-not-
COA order. In particular, the Exchange believes that limit orders, GTD, 
IOC, DAY, GTC, and OPG orders all provide valuable limitations on 
execution price and time that help to protect Exchange participants and 
investors in both the Simple Book and the COB. In addition, the 
Exchange believes that offering participants the ability to utilize MTP 
Modifiers for complex orders in a similar way to the way they are used 
on the Simple Book provides such participants with the ability to 
protect themselves from inadvertently matching against their own 
interest. As discussed above, because complex orders do not route and 
may not be Post Only, all complex orders are Book Only, which is 
consistent with current C2 complex order functionality. The proposed 
rule change also clarifies that Attributable/Non-Attributable 
instructions are available for complex orders; however, these 
instructions merely apply to information that is displayed for the 
orders but do not impact how they execute.
    The Exchange believes that permitting complex orders to be entered 
with these varying order types and modifiers will give the Exchange 
participants greater control and flexibility over the manner and 
circumstances in which their orders may be executed, modified, or 
cancelled, and thus will provide for the protection of investors and 
contribute to market efficiency.
    In particular, the Exchange notes that while both the Complex Only 
Order and the do-not-COA instruction may reduce execution opportunities 
for the entering Market-Maker or User, respectively, similar features 
are already offered by EDGX (and C2 with respect to do-not-COA) in 
connection with complex order functionality and that they are 
reasonable limitations a Market-Maker or User, respectively, may wish 
to include on their order in order to participate on the COB.
    Evaluation of the executability of complex orders is central to the 
removal of impediments to, and the perfection of, the mechanisms of a 
free and open market and a national market system and, in general, the 
protection of investors and the public interest. The proposed 
evaluation process pursuant to proposed Rule 6.13(i) ensures that the 
System will capture and act upon complex orders that are due for 
execution. The regular and event-driven evaluation process removes 
potential impediments to the mechanisms of the free and open market and 
the national market system by ensuring that complex orders are given 
the best possible chance at execution at the best price, evaluating the 
availability of complex orders to be handled in a number of ways as 
described in this proposal. Any potential impediments to the order 
handling and execution process respecting complex orders are 
substantially removed due to their continual and event-driven 
evaluation for subsequent action to be taken by the System. This 
protects investors and the public interest by ensuring that complex 
orders in the System are continually monitored and evaluated for 
potential action(s) to be taken on behalf of investors that submit 
their complex orders to the Exchange.
    If a complex order is not priced equal to, or better than, the SBBO 
or is not priced to improve other complex orders resting at the top of 
the COB, the Exchange does not believe that it is reasonable to 
anticipate that it would generate a meaningful number of COA Responses 
such that there would be price improvement of the complex order's limit 
price. Promoting the orderly initiation of COAs is essential to 
maintaining a fair and orderly market for complex orders; otherwise, 
the initiation of COAs that are unlikely to result in price improvement 
could affect the orderliness of the marketplace in general.
    The Exchange believes that this removes impediments to and perfects 
the mechanisms of a free and open market and a national market system 
by promoting the orderly initiation of COAs, and by limiting the 
likelihood of unnecessary COAs that are not expected to result in price 
improvement.
    The Exchange believes the proposed maximum 500 millisecond Response 
Time Interval promotes just and equitable principles of trade and 
removes impediments to a free and open market because it allows 
sufficient time for Trading Permit Holders participating in a COA to 
submit COA Responses and would encourage competition among 
participants, thereby enhancing the potential for price improvement for 
complex orders in the COA to the benefit of investors and public 
interest. The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is not 
unfairly discriminatory because it establishes a Response Time Interval 
applicable to all Exchange participants participating in a COA, which 
is the same maximum Response Time Interval on EDGX.
    The Exchange again notes that it has not proposed to limit the 
frequency of COAs for a complex strategy and could have multiple COAs 
occurring concurrently with respect to a particular complex strategy. 
The Exchange represents that it has systems capacity to process 
multiple overlapping COAs consistent with the proposal, including 
systems necessary to conduct surveillance of activity occurring in such 
auctions. Further, EDGX may currently have multiple complex auctions in 
the same strategy run concurrently. EDGX Rule 21.20, Interpretation and 
Policy .02 similarly permits multiple complex auctions in the same 
strategy to run concurrently. The Exchange does not anticipate 
overlapping auctions necessarily to be a common occurrence, however, 
after considerable review, believes that such behavior is more fair and 
reasonable with respect to Trading Permit Holders who submit orders to 
the COB because the alternative presents other issues to such Trading 
Permit Holders. Specifically, if the Exchange does not permit 
overlapping COAs, then a Trading Permit Holder who wishes to submit a 
COA-eligible order but has its order rejected because another COA is 
already underway in the complex strategy must either wait for such COA 
to conclude and re-submit the order to the Exchange (possibly 
constantly resubmitting the complex order to ensure it is received by 
the Exchange before another COA commences) or must send the order to 
another options exchange that accepts complex orders.
    The Legging restrictions protects investors and the public interest 
by ensuring that Market-Makers and other liquidity providers do not 
trade above their established risk tolerance levels, as described 
above. Despite the enhanced execution opportunities provided by 
Legging, the Exchange believes it is reasonable and consistent with the 
Act to permit Market-Makers to submit orders designated as Complex Only 
Orders that will not leg into the Simple Book. This is analogous to 
functionality on EDGX,\52\ as well as other types of functionality 
offered by the Exchange that provides Trading Permit Holders the 
ability to direct the Exchange not to route their orders or remove 
liquidity from the Exchange. Similar to such analogous features, the 
Exchange believes that Market-Makers may utilize Complex Only Order 
functionality as part of their strategy to maintain additional control 
over their executions,

[[Page 22828]]

in connection with their attempt to provide and not remove liquidity, 
or in connection with applicable fees for executions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \52\ See EDGX Rule 21.20(b)(1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Based on the foregoing, the Exchange does not believe that the 
proposed complex order functionality raises any new or novel concepts 
under the Act, and instead is consistent with the goals of the Act to 
remove impediments to and to perfect the mechanism of a free and open 
market and a national market system, and to protect investors and the 
public interest.
    The proposed rule change regarding price adjust is consistent with 
linkage rules that require exchanges to reasonably avoid displaying 
quotations that lock or cross any Protected Quotation, as well as EDGX 
Rule 21.1(i). The proposed functionality will assist Users by 
displaying orders and quotes at permissible prices.
    The Exchange believes the additional and enhanced price protection 
mechanisms and risk controls will protect investors and the public 
interest and maintain fair and orderly markets by mitigating potential 
risks associated with market participants entering orders and quotes at 
unintended prices, and risks associated with orders and quotes trading 
at prices that are extreme and potentially erroneous, which may likely 
have resulted from human or operational error. While the Exchange 
currently offers many similar protections and controls, as described 
above, the Exchange believes Users will benefit from the additional 
functionality that will be available following the technology 
migration. The Exchange notes the proposed rule change does not 
establish outer boundaries or limits to the levels at which mechanisms 
can be set. The Exchange believes this is reasonable and necessary to 
afford the Exchange and Users flexibility to establish and modify the 
default parameters in order to protect investors and the public 
interest, and maintain a fair and orderly market. The Exchange notes 
any Exchange-determined parameters will always be available on C2's 
website via specification or Notice. The Exchange notes the proposed 
rule changes related to price protection mechanisms and risk controls 
are substantially the same as EDGX rules and specifications, as 
discussed above. The proposed rule change is also similar to current C2 
and Cboe Options Rules.
    The Exchange believes the proposed additional explicit Market-Maker 
requirements in the rules will continue to offset the benefits a 
Market-Maker receives in its appointed classes, as the proposed Market-
Maker requirements are consistent with current C2 Market-maker 
obligations and observed quoting behavior, and they are the 
substantively the same as Market-Maker requirements in the EDGX rules.
    The Exchange believes the proposed rule change regarding 
information to be provided to Users in transaction reports is 
consistent with current practice and provides market participants with 
additional transparency regarding these reports. It is also consistent 
with other Exchange and options industry practices, including the fact 
that clearing information available through OCC already provides 
contra-party information as well as the ability of a User on the 
Exchange to disclose its identify when quoting. The Exchange believes 
this is consistent with the Act, as it is designed to foster 
cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in clearing, 
settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating 
transactions in securities.
    The proposed rule change makes various nonsubstantive changes 
throughout the rules, in addition to nonsubstantive changes described 
above, will protect investors and benefit market participants, as these 
changes simplify or clarify rules, delete duplicative rule provisions, 
conform paragraph numbering and lettering throughout the rules, update 
Exchange department names, use plain English, and conform language to 
corresponding EDGX rules.
    As described above, the fundamental premise of the proposal is that 
the Exchange will operate its options market in a similar manner to its 
affiliated options exchange, EDGX (which as discussed above in the 
purpose section, is similar in many ways to how C2 currently operates), 
with the exception of the priority model and certain other limited 
differences. The basis for the majority of the proposed rule changes in 
this filing are the approved rules of EDGX, which have already been 
found to be consistent with the Act. For instance, the Exchange does 
not believe that any of the proposed order types or order type 
functionality or allocation and priority provisions raise any new or 
novel issues that have not previously been considered.
    Thus, the Exchange further believes that the functionality that it 
proposes to offer is consistent with Section 6(b)(5) of the Act, 
because the System upon the technology migration is designed to 
continue to be efficient and its operation transparent, thereby 
facilitating transactions in securities, removing impediments to and 
perfecting the mechanism of a free and open market and a national 
market system.
    Proposed Rule 3.16 (related to Exchange affiliations with Trading 
Permit Holders) and 3.17 (related to Cboe Trading providing Outbound 
Router services) are substantially similar to EDGX Rule 2.10 and 2.11. 
Additionally, proposed Rule 3.16 incorporates the provisions in current 
C2 Rule 3.2(f) related to restrictions on Exchange affiliations with 
Trading Permit Holders. As noted above, the provisions related to 
Exchange affiliations with Trading Permit Holders (including exceptions 
to any restrictions in the Rules) are consistent with the governing 
documents of C2. Additionally, the Commission recently approved the 
Exchange affiliation with Cboe Trading related to its performing 
inbound routing services for C2. The Exchange believes proposed Rule 
3.17 promotes the maintenance of a fair and orderly market, the 
protection of investors and the public interest, and is in the best 
interests of the Exchange and its Trading Permit Holders as it will 
allow the routing of orders to Trading Centers (including affiliated 
exchanges BZX Options and EDGX Options) from the Exchange in the same 
manner as certain Cboe-affiliated exchanges currently route orders. 
Moreover, in meeting the requirements of Rule 3.17 (i.e., regulation as 
a facility, FINRA acting as the designated examining authority, 
optional use of Cboe Trading as an outbound router, restrictions on 
business of Cboe Trading, procedures and internal controls, 
cancellation of orders, maintenance of error account), the Exchange 
believes it will have mechanisms in place that protect the independence 
of the Exchange's regulatory responsibility with respect to Cboe 
Trading, as well as demonstrates that Cboe Trading cannot use any 
information that it may have because of its affiliation with the 
Exchange to its advantage. This will help prevent an unfair burden on 
competition and unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, 
brokers, or dealers.

B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition

    C2 does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any 
burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in 
furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange reiterates that 
the proposed rule change is being proposed in the context of the 
technology integration of the Cboe Affiliated Exchanges. Thus, the 
Exchange believes this proposed rule change is necessary to permit fair 
competition among national securities exchanges. In addition, the 
Exchange believes the proposed rule change will

[[Page 22829]]

benefit Exchange participants in that it will provide a consistent 
technology offering for Users by the Cboe Affiliated Exchanges. 
Following the technology migration, the C2 System, as described in this 
proposed rule change, will apply to all Users and order and quotes 
submitted by Users in the same manner. As discussed above, the basis 
for the majority of the proposed rule changes in this filing are the 
approved rules of EDGX, while a few other changes are based on approved 
rules of Cboe Options and BZX, which have already been found to be 
consistent with the Act.

C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed 
Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others

    The Exchange neither solicited nor received comments on the 
proposed rule change.

III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for 
Commission Action

    The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 
19(b)(3)(A) of the Act \53\ and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) \54\ thereunder. 
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly 
affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose 
any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 
30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as 
the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to 
Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act \55\ and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) \56\ 
thereunder.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \53\ 15 U.S.C. 78(b)(3)(A).
    \54\ 17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
    \55\ 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A).
    \56\ 17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) 
requires the Exchange to give the Commission written notice of the 
Exchange's intent to file the proposed rule change, along with a 
brief description and text of the proposed rule change, at least 
five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule 
change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The 
Exchange has satisfied this requirement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) \57\ normally 
does not become operative prior to 30 days after the date of the 
filing. However, pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii),\58\ the Commission 
may designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with 
protection of investors and the public interest. The Exchange has asked 
the Commission to waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposed 
rule change may become operative prior to the proposed C2 technology 
migration on May 14, 2018. In support of its waiver request, the 
Exchange states that many of the proposed rule changes are based on 
rules of EDGX Options and BZX Options and the proposed rule changes 
will align much of C2's System with that of those other Cboe Affiliated 
Changes, which will simplify the User experience for those firms that 
are members of one or more of the other Cboe Affiliated Exchanges, and 
also will promote stability across the affiliated trading platforms. 
The Commission notes that, because migrating C2's trading platform 
technology over to EDGX Options technology is a material event, the 
Exchange has publicized its plans well in advance by issuing periodic 
updates to Trading Permit Holders regarding the technology migration 
changes and the anticipated timeline in order to enable Trading Permit 
Holders to make and test system changes at the firm and User level to 
accommodate the transition and ensure uninterrupted access to the 
Exchange after the migration. In addition, as described in detail 
above, the Exchange's proposal does not raise any new or novel issues, 
as the nature of the changes are connected to the migration of C2 to 
the existing technology and functionality of the EDGX Options platform. 
Therefore, the Commission believes that waving the 30-day operative 
delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public 
interest. Accordingly, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day 
operative delay and designates the proposal operative on May 11, 
2018.\59\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \57\ 17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
    \58\ 17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
    \59\ For purposes only of waving the 30-day operative delay, the 
Commission has considered the purposed rule's impact on efficiency, 
competition, and capital formation. See 15 U.S.C. 78c(f).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule 
change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule 
change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or 
appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or 
otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission 
takes such action, the Commission will institute proceedings to 
determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or 
disapproved.

IV. Solicitation of Comments

    Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and 
arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule 
change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of 
the following methods:

Electronic Comments

     Use the Commission's internet comment form (http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml); or
     Send an email to [email protected]. Please include 
File Number SR-C2-2018-005 on the subject line.

Paper Comments

     Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities 
and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.

All submissions should refer to File Number SR-C2-2018-005. This file 
number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help 
the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, 
please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on 
the Commission's internet website (http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml). 
Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written 
statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with 
the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed 
rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those 
that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions 
of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in 
the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 
20549 on official business days between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 
3:00 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection 
and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. All comments 
received will be posted without change. Persons submitting comments are 
cautioned that we do not redact or edit personal identifying 
information from comment submissions. You should submit only 
information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions 
should refer to File Number SR-C2-2018-005 and should be submitted on 
or before June 6, 2018.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \60\ 17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).

    For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, 
pursuant to delegated authority.\60\
Eduardo A. Aleman,
Assistant Secretary.
[FR Doc. 2018-10417 Filed 5-15-18; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 8011-01-P



                                                 22796                                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                 SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE                                           Exchange, Inc. (‘‘EDGX’’ or ‘‘EDGX                                             Options’’), Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc.
                                                 COMMISSION                                                        Options’’).                                                                    (‘‘BZX’’), and Cboe BYX Exchange, Inc.
                                                                                                                      The text of the proposed rule change                                        (‘‘BYX’’ and, together with C2, Cboe
                                                 [Release No. 34–83214; File No. SR–C2–                            is also available on the Exchange’s                                            Options, EDGX, EDGA, and BZX, the
                                                 2018–005]                                                         website (http://www.cboe.com/About                                             ‘‘Cboe Affiliated Exchanges’’). C2
                                                                                                                   CBOE/CBOELegalRegulatory                                                       intends to migrate its technology onto
                                                 Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe
                                                                                                                   Home.aspx), at the Exchange’s Office of                                        the same trading platform as EDGX. In
                                                 C2 Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and
                                                                                                                   the Secretary, and at the Commission’s                                         this context, C2 proposes to align
                                                 Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed
                                                                                                                   Public Reference Room.                                                         certain system functionality with EDGX
                                                 Rule Change To Amend Rules in
                                                 Connection With the Migration of Cboe                             II. Self-Regulatory Organization’s                                             (and BZX in certain circumstances),
                                                 C2 to Cboe EDGX Options Technology                                Statement of the Purpose of, and                                               while retaining certain C2 functionality,
                                                                                                                   Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule                                         as well as to make other nonsubstantive
                                                 May 11, 2018.                                                     Change                                                                         changes to the rules, retaining only
                                                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the                                                                                                           intended differences between it and the
                                                 Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the                                 In its filing with the Commission, the                                      Cboe Affiliated Exchanges. Although the
                                                 ‘‘Act’’),1 and Rule 19b–4 thereunder,2                            Exchange included statements                                                   Exchange intentionally offers certain
                                                 notice is hereby given that on April 27,                          concerning the purpose of and basis for                                        features that differ from those offered by
                                                 2018, Cboe C2 Exchange, Inc. (the                                 the proposed rule change and discussed                                         the Cboe Affiliated Exchanges and will
                                                 ‘‘Exchange’’ or ‘‘C2’’) filed with the                            any comments it received on the                                                continue to do so, the Exchange believes
                                                 Securities and Exchange Commission                                proposed rule change. The text of these                                        offering similar functionality to the
                                                 (the ‘‘Commission’’) the proposed rule                            statements may be examined at the                                              extent practicable will reduce potential
                                                 change as described in Items I and II                             places specified in Item IV below. The                                         confusion for market participants. The
                                                 below, which Items have been prepared                             Exchange has prepared summaries, set                                           proposed rule change modifies or adds
                                                 by the Exchange. The Exchange filed the                           forth in sections A, B, and C below, of                                        certain system functionality currently
                                                 proposal as a ‘‘non-controversial’’                               the most significant aspects of such                                           offered by EDGX to provide a consistent
                                                 proposed rule change pursuant to                                  statements.                                                                    technology offering for users of Cboe
                                                 Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 3 and                         A. Self-Regulatory Organization’s                                              Affiliated Exchanges.
                                                 Rule 19b–4(f)(6) thereunder.4 The                                 Statement of the Purpose of, and                                               Chapter 1
                                                 Commission is publishing this notice to                           Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule
                                                 solicit comments on the proposed rule                             Change                                                                           The proposed rule change makes the
                                                 change from interested persons.                                                                                                                  following changes to Chapter 1 of the C2
                                                                                                                   1. Purpose                                                                     Rulebook.
                                                 I. Self-Regulatory Organization’s                                    In 2016, the Exchange’s parent                                                The following table identifies the
                                                 Statement of the Terms of Substance of                            company, Cboe Global Markets, Inc.                                             defined terms that are proposed to be
                                                 the Proposed Rule Change                                          (formerly named CBOE Holdings, Inc.)                                           added to or amended in C2 Rule 1.1,
                                                    The Exchange proposes to amend C2’s                            (‘‘Cboe Global’’), which is also the                                           whether the proposed amended rule
                                                 rulebook in preparation for the                                   parent company of Cboe Exchange, Inc.                                          was moved from a current C2 rule or
                                                 technology migration of C2 onto the                               (‘‘Cboe Options’’), acquired EDGX and                                          corresponds to the rule of EDGX or
                                                 options platform of an Exchange’s                                 its affiliated exchanges, Cboe EDGA                                            another exchange, and proposed
                                                 affiliated options exchange, Cboe EDGX                            Exchange, Inc. (‘‘EDGA’’ or ‘‘EDGA                                             substantive changes.
                                                                                                                                                                         Corresponding other
                                                   Defined term                                  Provision                            Current C2 rule                                                                  Description of change
                                                                                                                                                                           exchange rule

                                                 ABBO ...............        best bid(s) or offer(s) disseminated by other       N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 21.20(a)(1)                Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                                               Eligible Exchanges 5 and calculated by the
                                                                               Exchange based on market information the
                                                                               Exchange receives from OPRA.
                                                 Adjusted Series             series in which, as a result of a corporate ac-     8.5(a)(1) ......................      N/A ..............................   Moved to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                                               tion by the underlying security, one option
                                                                               contract in the series represents the delivery
                                                                               of other than 100 shares of underlying stock
                                                                               or Units.
                                                 Bid ....................    the price of a limit order or quote to buy one      N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(6)                 Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                                               or more options contracts.
                                                 Book or Simple              electronic book of simple orders and quotes         1.1 ...............................   EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(9)                 Adding that Book may also be referred to as
                                                   Book.                       maintained by the System.                                                                                                      Simple Book.
                                                 Call ...................    option contract under which the holder of the       1.1 ...............................   EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(12)                Added clarifying language consistent with put
                                                                               option has the right, in accordance with the                                                                                   definition to conform to EDGX rule.
                                                                               terms of the option and Rules of the Clear-
                                                                               ing Corporation, to purchase from the Clear-
                                                                               ing Corporation the number of units of the
                                                                               underlying security or index covered by the
                                                                               option contract, at a price per unit equal to
                                                                               the exercise price, upon the timely exercise
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                               of the option.




                                                    1 15   U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).                                         3 15   U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                                                    2 17   CFR 240.19b–4.                                            4 17   CFR 240.19b–4(f)(6).



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014             18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00002        Fmt 4701        Sfmt 4703        E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM                16MYN2


                                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                                                                             22797

                                                                                                                                                                                     Corresponding other
                                                   Defined term                                     Provision                                     Current C2 rule                                                                   Description of change
                                                                                                                                                                                       exchange rule

                                                 Capacity ...........      capacity in which a User submits an order,                        N/A ..............................    N/A ..............................   C2 currently refers to capacity as origin code;
                                                                              which the User specifies by applying the                                                                                                    current C2 origin codes are in Regulatory
                                                                              corresponding code to the order, and in-                                                                                                    Circular RG13–015, and are the same as
                                                                              cludes B (account of a broker or dealer, in-                                                                                                the proposed Capacities, except the pro-
                                                                              cluding a Foreign Broker-Dealer), C (Public                                                                                                 posed rule changes W to U (see EDGX
                                                                              Customer account), F (OCC clearing firm                                                                                                     specifications 6), and adds L, which is not
                                                                              proprietary account), J (joint back office ac-                                                                                              currently permitted on C2 (see Cboe Op-
                                                                              count), L (non-Trading Permit Holder affil-                                                                                                 tions Regulatory Circular RG13–038).
                                                                              iate account), M (Market-Maker account), N
                                                                              (market-maker or specialist on another op-
                                                                              tions exchange), U (Professional account).
                                                 Cboe Trading ...          Cboe Trading, Inc., broker-dealer affiliated                      3.18 .............................    EDGX Rule 2.11 .........             Moved to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                                              with C2 and will serve as inbound and out-
                                                                              bound router for C2, as discussed below.
                                                 Class ................    all option contracts with the same unit of trad-                  1.1 ...............................   EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(13)                Deletes unnecessary reference to options,
                                                                              ing covering the same underlying security or                                                                                                given only options trade on C2; adds that
                                                                              index.                                                                                                                                      options may cover an index (see C2 Chap-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          ter 24); deletes that a class means options
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          of the same type (currently defined as put
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          or call), as a class is comprised of both puts
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          and calls; adds that a class is comprised of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          option contracts with the same unit of trad-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          ing covering the same underlying security or
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          index (discussed below).
                                                 Clearing Cor-             Options Clearing Corporation ...........................          1.1 ...............................   EDGX Rule 16.1(14) ...               Adding that the Clearing Corporation may also
                                                   poration or                                                                                                                                                            be referred to as OCC.
                                                   OCC.
                                                 Clearing Trading          a Trading Permit Holder that has been admit-                      1.1 ...............................   EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(15)                Added that Clearing Trading Permit Holders
                                                   Permit Holder.            ted to membership in the Clearing Corpora-                                                                                                   self-clear or clear on behalf of others (con-
                                                                             tion pursuant to the provisions of the rules                                                                                                 sistent with C2 today).
                                                                             of the Clearing Corporation and is self-clear-
                                                                             ing or that clears transactions for other
                                                                             Trading Permit Holders.
                                                 Commission or             U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ....                      1.1 ...............................   EDGX Rule 1.5(g) .......             Adding that the Commission may also be re-
                                                   SEC.                                                                                                                                                                   ferred to as SEC.
                                                 Complex Order             order involving the concurrent execution of                       6.13(a)(1) ....................       EDGX Rule 21.20(a)(5)                Moved to C2 Rule 1.1 and 6.12(a); added that
                                                                             two or more different series in the same                                                                                                     C2, like EDGX, can impose a maximum
                                                                             class (the ‘‘legs’’ or ‘‘components’’ of the                                                                                                 number of legs and determine in which
                                                                             order), for the same account, occurring at or                                                                                                classes complex orders are available.
                                                                             near the same time in a ratio greater than
                                                                             or equal to one-to-three and less than or
                                                                             equal to three-to-one and for the purpose of
                                                                             executing a particular investment strategy
                                                                             with no more than the applicable number of
                                                                             legs (which number the Exchange deter-
                                                                             mines on a class-by-class basis); the Ex-
                                                                             change determines in which classes com-
                                                                             plex orders are eligible for processing.
                                                 Customer ..........       Public Customer or broker-dealer ....................             N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(19)                Added to C2 Rule 1.1; new definition in C2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Rules, but concept of customers exists
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          throughout current C2 rules (including in pri-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          ority rules).
                                                 Customer Order            agency order for the account of a Customer ...                    N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(20)                Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                 Discretion .........      authority of a broker or dealer to determine for                  N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(21)                Added to C2 Rule 1.1; substantively the same
                                                                             a Customer the type of option, class or se-                                                                                                  as the EDGX definition.
                                                                             ries of options, the number of contracts, or
                                                                             whether options are to be bought or sold.
                                                 EFID .................    Executing Firm ID .............................................   N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 21.1(c)(1)                 Added to C2 Rule 1.1; EDGX rule refers to
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          the term MPID, which is generally equiva-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          lent to EFID; similar to the term acronym,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          which is used in current C2 rules; EFID is
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          the term used in C2 technical specification
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          following migration, and thus more appro-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          priate for the C2 rules; as noted below, a
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          firm may have multiple EFIDs.
                                                 Equity Option ...         option on an equity security or Unit .................            N/A (equity options                   EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(27)                Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                                                                                                               permitted by C2
                                                                                                                                               Chapter 5).
                                                 Exchange Act ...          Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including                        1.1 ...............................   EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(23)                Added rules and regulations, which also apply
                                                                              rules and regulations thereunder.                                                                                                           to the Exchange rules.
                                                 Expiration Date           third Friday of expiration month .......................          1.1 ...............................   N/A ..............................   Deleted language about series that expire on
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Saturday rather than Friday, as no more
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          grandfathered series are listed on the Ex-
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          change.
                                                 He, Him, His .....        deemed to refer to persons of female as well                      N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(25)                Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                                             as male gender and to include organiza-
                                                                             tions, as well as individuals, when the con-
                                                                             text requires.
                                                 Index Option .....        option on a broad-based, narrow-based, micro                      N/A (index options per-               EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(26)                Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                                             narrow-based or other index of equity secu-                       mitted by C2 Chap-
                                                                             rities prices.                                                    ter 24).



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014           18:43 May 15, 2018        Jkt 244001       PO 00000       Frm 00003         Fmt 4701        Sfmt 4703        E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM                16MYN2


                                                 22798                                   Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                                                                                                                                         Corresponding other
                                                   Defined term                                    Provision                                 Current C2 rule                                                  Description of change
                                                                                                                                                                           exchange rule

                                                 Market Close ....          time the Exchange specifies for the end of N/A (market close time                           EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(34)     Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                                               trading on the Exchange on that trading day.          set forth in C2 Rule
                                                                                                                                     6.1).
                                                 Market Open ....           time the Exchange specifies for the start of N/A (market open time                          EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(35)     Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                                               trading on the Exchange on that trading day.          set forth in C2 Rules
                                                                                                                                     6.1 and 6.10).
                                                 Notional Value ..          value calculated by multiplying the number of 6.15(e)(1)(C) ...............                 EDGX Rule                 Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                                               contracts (contract size multiplied by the                                                20.6(e)(1)(C).
                                                                               contract multiplier) in an order by the order’s
                                                                               limit price.
                                                 NBB, NBO, and              national best bid, national best offer, and na- 1.1 ...............................         EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(29)     Added NBB and NBO to C2 definition.
                                                  NBBO.                        tional best bid or offer the Exchange cal-
                                                                               culates based on market information it re-
                                                                               ceives from OPRA.
                                                 Offer .................    the price of a limit order or quote to sell one N/A ..............................          EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(30)     Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                                               more option contracts.
                                                 OPRA ...............       Options Price Reporting Authority .................... N/A ..............................   EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(41)     Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                 Order ................     firm commitment to buy or sell option con- 1.1 and 6.10(a) and (b)                          EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(42)     Moved market order and limit order definitions
                                                                               tracts that the System receives from a User,                                              and 21.1(c).               to C2 Rule 1.1, as all orders must be mar-
                                                                               which may be a limit order or market order.                                                                          ket or limit.
                                                 Order Entry                Trading Permit Holder representing as agent N/A ..............................              EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(36)     Added to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                   Firm/OEF.                   Customer Orders on the Exchange and
                                                                               non-Market-Maker Trading Permit Holder
                                                                               conducting proprietary trading.
                                                 Order Instruction          processing instruction a User may apply to an N/A ..............................            EDGX Rule 21.1(d) .....   Added to C2 Rule 1.1 (rules currently permit
                                                                               order (multiple instructions may apply to a                                                                          various instructions); various order instruc-
                                                                               single order) when entering it into the Sys-                                                                         tions substantively similar to those available
                                                                               tem.                                                                                                                 on EDGX.
                                                 Attributable .......       order a User designates for display (price and 6.10(f) ..........................           EDGX Rule 21.1(c)(1)      Moved to C2 Rule 1.1, Order Instruction.
                                                                               size) that includes the User’s EFID or other
                                                                               unique identifier.
                                                 Book Only ........         order the System ranks and executes pursu- 6.10(j) ..........................               EDGX Rule 21.1(d)(7)      Moved to C2 Rule 1.1, Order Instruction (pre-
                                                                               ant to Rule 6.12, subjects to the Price Ad-                                                                         viously called C2-Only Order).
                                                                               just process pursuant to Rule 6.12, or can-
                                                                               cels, as applicable (in accordance with User
                                                                               instructions), without routing away to an-
                                                                               other exchange.
                                                 Cancel Back .....          order a User designates to not be subject to N/A ..............................             EDGX Rule 11.6(b) .....   Added to C2 Rule 1.1 (consistent with Rule
                                                                               the Price Adjust process pursuant to Rule                                                                            6.82) and substantively similar EDGX Rule
                                                                               6.12 that the System cancels or rejects (im-                                                                         (further discussed below).
                                                                               mediately at the time the System receives
                                                                               the order or upon return to the System after
                                                                               being routed away) if displaying the order
                                                                               on the Book would create a violation of Rule
                                                                               6.82, or if the order cannot otherwise be ex-
                                                                               ecuted or displayed in the Book at its limit
                                                                               price.
                                                 Intermarket                order that has the meaning provided in Sec- 6.10(g) .........................               EDGX Rule 21.1(d)(2)      Moved to C2 Rule 1.1 (consistent with current
                                                    Sweep Order/               tion E of Chapter 6, which may be executed                                                                          C2 system).
                                                    ISO.                       at one or multiple price levels in the System
                                                                               without regard to Protected Quotations at
                                                                               other options exchanges; the Exchange re-
                                                                               lies on the marking of an order by a User as
                                                                               an ISO order when handling such order,
                                                                               and thus, it is the entering Trading Permit
                                                                               Holder’s responsibility, not the Exchange’s
                                                                               responsibility, to comply with the require-
                                                                               ments relating to ISOs.
                                                 Match Trade                order not executed against a resting opposite 6.10(k) .........................             EDGX Rule 21.1(g) .....   Moved to C2 Rule 1.1 and conformed to
                                                  Prevention/                  side order or quote also designated with an                                                                         EDGX rule (further discussed below).
                                                  MTP Modifier.                MTP modifier and originating from the same
                                                                               EFID, Trading Permit Holder identifier, trad-
                                                                               ing group identifier, or Sponsored User
                                                                               identifier (‘‘Unique Identifier’’), with five
                                                                               types of modifiers available.
                                                 Minimum Quan-              order that requires a specified minimum quan- N/A ..............................            EDGX Rule 21.1(d)(3)      Added to C2 Rule 1.1 (further discussed
                                                   tity.                       tity of contracts be executed or is cancelled;                                                                       below).
                                                                               Minimum Quantity orders will only execute
                                                                               against multiple, aggregated orders if such
                                                                               executions would occur simultaneously, and
                                                                               only a Book Only order with TIF designation
                                                                               of IOC may have a Minimum Quantity in-
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                               struction (the System disregards a Minimum
                                                                               Quantity instruction on any other order).
                                                 Non-Attributable           order a User designates for display (price and N/A ..............................           EDGX Rule 21.1(c)(2)      Added to C2 Rule 1.1—orders currently not
                                                                               size) on an anonymous basis or not des-                                                                              marked Attributable on C2 are non-attrib-
                                                                               ignated as an Attributable Order.                                                                                    utable; proposed rule change merely per-
                                                                                                                                                                                                    mits Users to affirmatively designate orders
                                                                                                                                                                                                    as non-attributable, and specify the Ex-
                                                                                                                                                                                                    change will by default treat orders as Non-
                                                                                                                                                                                                    Attributable unless the User designates it as
                                                                                                                                                                                                    Attributable.



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014            18:43 May 15, 2018      Jkt 244001     PO 00000      Frm 00004      Fmt 4701      Sfmt 4703     E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM      16MYN2


                                                                                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                                                           22799

                                                                                                                                                                           Corresponding other
                                                   Defined term                                  Provision                               Current C2 rule                                                         Description of change
                                                                                                                                                                             exchange rule

                                                 Post Only .........         order the System ranks and executes pursu-             N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 21.1(d)(8)       Added to C2 Rule 1.1 (further discussed
                                                                                ant to Rule 6.12, subject to the Price Adjust                                                                          below).
                                                                                process pursuant to Rule 6.12, or cancels
                                                                                or rejects (including if it is not subject to the
                                                                                Price Adjust process and locks or crosses a
                                                                                Protected Quotation of another exchange),
                                                                                as applicable, except the order may not re-
                                                                                move liquidity from the Book or route away
                                                                                to another Exchange.
                                                 Price Adjust ......         order a User designates to be subject to the           N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 21.1(i) ......   Added to C2 Rule 1.1 (Price Adjust process
                                                                                Price Adjust process pursuant to Rule 6.12,                                                                            described further below).
                                                                                or an order a User does not designate as
                                                                                Cancel Back.
                                                 Reserve Order ..            limit order with both a portion of the quantity        6.10(c)(8) and 6.12(c)                BZX Rule 21.1(d)(1) ...    Moved to C2 Rule 1.1 (further discussed
                                                                                displayed (‘‘Display Quantity’’) and a re-                                                                            below).
                                                                                serve portion of the quantity (‘‘Reserve
                                                                                Quantity’’) not displayed; both display quan-
                                                                                tity and reserve quantity are available for
                                                                                potential execution against incoming orders,
                                                                                with Max Floor and replenishment instruc-
                                                                                tions available.
                                                 Stop (Stop-                 order to buy (sell) that becomes a market              6. 10(c)(3) ...................       BZX Rule 21.1(d)(11)       Moved to C2 Rule 1.1; modified to compare
                                                   Loss) Order.                 order when the consolidated last sale price                                                                           stop prices to national prices rather than Ex-
                                                                                (excluding prices from complex order trades                                                                           change prices (EDGX similarly uses the
                                                                                if outside the NBBO) or NBB (NBO) for a                                                                               NBBO), which reflect price from entire mar-
                                                                                particular option contract is equal to or                                                                             ket (similar change in Rule 6.10(c) provision
                                                                                above (below) the stop price specified by                                                                             regarding stop orders).
                                                                                the User.
                                                 Stop-Limit Order            order to buy (sell) that becomes a limit order         6.10(c)(4) ....................       BZX Rule 21.1(d)(12)       Moved to C2 Rule 1.1; modified to compare
                                                                                when the consolidated last sale price (ex-                                                                             stop prices to national prices rather than Ex-
                                                                                cluding prices from complex order trades if                                                                            change prices (EDGX similarly uses the
                                                                                outside the NBBO) or NBB (NBO) for a par-                                                                              NBBO), which reflect price from entire mar-
                                                                                ticular option contract is equal to or above                                                                           ket (similar change in Rule 6.10(c) provision
                                                                                (below) the stop price specified by the User.                                                                          regarding stop orders).
                                                 Port ...................    adds definitions of various types of ports avail-      N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 21.1(j) ......   Added to C2 Rule 1.1 (further discussed
                                                                                able in the new Exchange system.                                                                                       below).
                                                 Primary Market              primary exchange on which an underlying se-            N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(44)      Added to C2 Rule 1.1 (concept exists in cur-
                                                                                curity is listed.                                                                                                      rent C2 rules, such a 6.11(b)).
                                                 Protected                   a Protected Bid or Protected Offer, as each of         6.80 .............................    EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(47)      Added to list of defined terms in C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                   Quotation.                   those terms is defined in Rule 6.80.
                                                 Put ....................    option contract under which the holder of the          1.1 ...............................   EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(49)      Added clarifying language consistent with put
                                                                                option has the right, in accordance with the                                                                           definition to conform to EDGX rule.
                                                                                terms and provisions of the option and
                                                                                Rules of the Clearing Corporation, to sell to
                                                                                the Clearing Corporation the number of
                                                                                units of the underlying security covered by
                                                                                the option contract, at a price per unit equal
                                                                                to the exercise price, upon the timely exer-
                                                                                cise of such option.
                                                 Quote or                    bid or offer entered by a Market-Maker as a            1.1 ...............................   EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(51)      Conforms C2 definition to EDGX definition (in-
                                                  quotation.                    firm order, which updates the Market-Mak-                                                                              cluding to state that Market-Maker quotes
                                                                                er’s previous bid or offer, if any.                                                                                    are entered using order functionality).
                                                 SBBO ...............        best bid and offer on the Exchange for a com-          1.1 ...............................   EDGX Rule                  Moved to proposed C2 Rule 6.13(a); currently
                                                                                plex strategy calculated using the BBO for                                                 21.20(a)(11).               defined as Exchange Spread Market in C2
                                                                                each component of a complex strategy to                                                                                Rule 1.1, which definition is being deleted.
                                                                                establish the best net bid and offer for a
                                                                                complex strategy.
                                                 Series ...............      all option contracts of the same class that are        1.1 ...............................   EDGX 16.1(a)(55) .......   Clarified that a series consists of options of
                                                                                the same type of option and have the same                                                                              the same type (i.e. options with the same
                                                                                exercise price, and expiration date.                                                                                   exercise price and date that are calls are a
                                                                                                                                                                                                       series, and options with the same exercise
                                                                                                                                                                                                       price and date that are puts are another se-
                                                                                                                                                                                                       ries).
                                                 Size ..................     number of contracts up to 999,999 associated           N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 21.1(e) .....    Added to C2 Rule 1.1 (consistent with current
                                                                                with an order or quote.                                                                                                C2 system).
                                                 SNBBO .............         national best bid and offer for a complex strat-       1.1 ...............................   EDGX Rule                  Moved to Rule 6.13(a); currently defined as
                                                                                egy calculated using the NBBO for each                                                     21.20(a)(12).               National Spread Market in C2 Rule 1.1,
                                                                                component of a complex strategy to estab-                                                                              which definition is being deleted.
                                                                                lish the best net bid and offer for a complex
                                                                                strategy.
                                                 System Securi-              options that currently trade on the Exchange           N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 21.1(b) .....    Added to C2 Rule 1.1 (additional term for op-
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   ties.                        pursuant to Chapters 5 and 24.                                                                                         tions listed for trading).
                                                 Time-in-Force ...           period of time the System will hold an order           N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 21.1(f) ......   Added to C2 Rule 1.1 (general term to cover
                                                                                for potential execution.                                                                                               various time-in-force instructions).
                                                 Day ...................     time-in-force that means an order to buy or            6.10(e)(1) ....................       EDGX Rule 21.1(f)(3)       Moved to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                                                sell that, if not executed, expires at market
                                                                                close.
                                                 Fill-or-Kill/FOK ..         time-in-force that means an order that is to be        6.10(c)(5) ....................       EDGX Rule 21.1(f)(5)       Moved to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                                                executed in its entirety as soon as the Sys-
                                                                                tem receives it and, if not so executed, can-
                                                                                celled.



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014             18:43 May 15, 2018    Jkt 244001   PO 00000     Frm 00005        Fmt 4701        Sfmt 4703       E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM       16MYN2


                                                 22800                                      Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                                                                                                                                                       Corresponding other
                                                   Defined term                                       Provision                                     Current C2 rule                                                                   Description of change
                                                                                                                                                                                         exchange rule

                                                 Good-til-Can-               time-in-force that means, if after entry into the                 6.10(c)(2) ....................       EDGX Rule 21.1(f)(4)                 Moved to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                  celled/GTC.                   System, the order is not fully executed, the
                                                                                order (or unexecuted portion) remains avail-
                                                                                able for potential display or execution (with
                                                                                the same timestamp) unless cancelled by
                                                                                the entering User, or until the option ex-
                                                                                pires, whichever comes first.
                                                 Good-til-Date/              time-in-force that means, if after entry into the                 N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 21.1(f)(1)                 Added to C2 Rule 1.1 (similar to EDGX time-
                                                  GTD.                          System, the order is not fully executed, the                                                                                                in-force, as further discussed below).
                                                                                order (or unexecuted portion) remains avail-
                                                                                able for potential display or execution (with
                                                                                the same timestamp) until a date and time
                                                                                specified by the entering User unless can-
                                                                                celled by the entering User.
                                                 Immediate-or-               time-in-force for a limit order that is to be exe-                6.10(c)(6) ....................       EDGX Rule 21.1(f)(2)                 Moved to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                   Cancel/IOC.                  cuted in whole or in part as soon as the
                                                                                System receives it; the System cancels and
                                                                                does not post to the Book any portion of an
                                                                                IOC order (or unexecuted portion) not exe-
                                                                                cuted immediately on the Exchange or an-
                                                                                other options exchange.
                                                 At the Open/                time-in-force means an order that may only                        6.10(c)(7) ....................       EDGX Rule 21.1(f)(6)                 Moved to C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                   OPG.                         participate in the Opening Process on the
                                                                                Exchange; the System cancels an OPG
                                                                                order (or unexecuted portion) that does not
                                                                                execute during the Opening Process.
                                                 Trade Desk ......           Exchange operations staff authorized to make                      1.1 ...............................   N/A ..............................   Changed to Trade Desk, which is new term
                                                                                certain trading determinations on behalf of                                                                                                 for Help Desk at the Exchange (which term
                                                                                the Exchange.                                                                                                                               is being deleted from the Rules).
                                                 Transaction ......          transaction involving a contract effected on or                   N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(11)                Added to C2 Rule 1.1 (same as EDGX rule,
                                                                                through the Exchange or its facilities or sys-                                                                                              consistent with industry term).
                                                                                tems.
                                                 Unit ...................    shares or other securities traded on a national                   5.3, Interpretation and               EDGX Rule 19.3(i)                    Added to list of defined terms in C2 Rule 1.1.
                                                                                securities exchange and defined as an                            Policy .06.                          (Units defined as
                                                                                ‘‘NMS stock’’ under Rule 600 of Regulation                                                            Fund Shares in
                                                                                NMS, and that satisfy the criteria in Rule                                                            EDGX Rules).
                                                                                5.3, Interpretation and Policy .06.
                                                 Unit of Trading             defined in Rule 6.2 ...........................................   6.2 ...............................   N/A ..............................   Added to list of defined terms in C2 Rule 1.1
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            (discussed below).
                                                 User ..................     any Trading Permit Holder or Sponsored User                       N/A ..............................    EDGX Rule 16.1(a)(63)                Added to C2 Rule 1.1 (common term to apply
                                                                               who is authorized to obtain access to the                                                                                                    to two types of market participants defined
                                                                               System pursuant to Rule 6.8.                                                                                                                 in C2 Rules, which are the only two market
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            participants that may access the System
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            under C2 Rules).



                                                   The proposed rule change makes                                              are calls constitute another series.                                             proposed definition). The proposed
                                                 changes throughout C2 Rules to conform                                        Additionally, there are some exceptions                                          definition accounts for these exceptions,
                                                 to the changes to defined terms.                                              for options that cover the same                                                  and is a more accurate definition of
                                                   As noted above, the proposed rule                                           underlying but constitute a separate                                             what options constitute a class today on
                                                 change amends the definition of class to                                      class, and the proposed definition                                               the Exchange.
                                                 mean all option contracts with the same                                       incorporates this concept.7 For example,                                           As noted above, the proposed rule
                                                 unit of trading (including adjusted                                           mini-options cover the same underlying                                           change adds the following order
                                                 series as determined by OCC) covering                                         security as standard options, but are                                            instructions to C2 Rule 1.1, which order
                                                 the same underlying security or index.                                        considered as separate class since they                                          instructions are available on EDGX or
                                                 The current definition states a class                                         have a different deliverable (10 shares of                                       BZX, as indicated.
                                                 consists of options of the same type,                                         the underlying security rather than 100                                            • Cancel Back: A Book Only or Post
                                                 which is defined as either a put or a call.                                   shares of the underlying security,                                               Only order a User designates to not be
                                                 However, the term class is generally                                          respectively). Additionally, when OCC                                            subject to the Price Adjust Process
                                                 understood to include both puts and                                           adjusts series in connection with                                                pursuant to Rule 6.12, which the System
                                                 calls, which are types of series, not                                         corporate actions (see Rule 5.7), it                                             cancels or rejects if it locks or crosses
                                                 separate classes, making this definition                                      announces whether those series are part                                          the opposite side of the ABBO. The
                                                 outdated. As described above, options                                         of the same existing class or a new class                                        System executes a Book Only—Cancel
                                                 with the same exercise price and                                              covering the same underlying security.                                           Back order against resting orders and
                                                 expiration date that are puts constitute                                      The concept of unit of trading more                                              quotes, and cancels or rejects a Post
                                                 one series, and options with the same                                         accurately describes the series that                                             Only—Cancel Back order, that locks or
                                                 exercise price and expiration date that                                       constitute a class (e.g. the unit of trading
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                                                                                                                                crosses the opposite side of the BBO.
                                                                                                                               for a mini-option is 10, and the unit of                                         The proposed functionality is partially
                                                   5 Eligible Exchange is defined in Cboe Rule
                                                                                                                               trading for a standard option is 100,                                            included in the definition of Post Only
                                                 6.80(7).
                                                   6 BOE Specifications, available at http://
                                                                                                                               making each a separate class under the                                           in the EDGX rules.8 The proposed rule
                                                 cdn.batstrading.com/resources/membership/BATS_                                                                                                                 change extends the definition to Book
                                                 US_Options_BOE2_Specification.pdf, and FIX                                       7 The proposed definition is based on the OCC
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Only orders and is consistent with
                                                 Specifications, available at http://                                          definition of class. See OCC By-Laws Article I,
                                                 cdn.batstrading.com/resources/membership/BATS_                                C.(11). The proposed definition of unit of trading
                                                 US_Options_BZX_FIX_Specification.pdf.                                         is consistent with C2 Rule 6.2.                                                     8 See   EDGX Rule 21.6(d)(8).



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014             18:43 May 15, 2018        Jkt 244001       PO 00000       Frm 00006         Fmt 4701        Sfmt 4703        E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM                16MYN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                              22801

                                                 linkage rules included in Chapter 6,                    execute against a resting order marked                potentially undesirable executions
                                                 Section E of the Rules and is consistent                with any MTP modifier originating from                without negatively impacting broker-
                                                 with EDGX Rule 21.6(f). Book Only                       the same Unique Identifier. If both                   dealer best execution obligations.
                                                 orders and Post Only orders do not                      orders are equivalent in size, the System                • Minimum Quantity Order: An order
                                                 route by definition, and the Cancel Back                cancels or rejects both orders. If the                that requires a specified minimum
                                                 instruction provides an option for Users                orders are not equivalent in size, the                quantity of contracts be executed or is
                                                 to determine how they will be handled                   System cancels or rejects the smaller of              cancelled. Minimum Quantity orders
                                                 within the System, consistent with their                the two orders and decrements the size                will only execute against multiple,
                                                 definitions.9                                           of the larger order by the size of the                aggregated orders if such executions
                                                    • Match Trade Prevention (MTP)                       smaller order, which remaining balance                would occur simultaneously. Only a
                                                 Modifiers: Current C2 Rule 6.10(k)                      remains on or processes in accordance                 Book Only order with a time-in-force
                                                 defines a Market-Maker Trade                            with Rule 6.12, as applicable.                        designation of IOC may have a
                                                 Prevention Order as an IOC order                        Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless a               Minimum Quantity instruction (the
                                                 market with the Market-Maker Trade                      User instructs the Exchange not to do                 System disregards a Minimum Quantity
                                                 Prevention designation. A Market-Maker                  so, the System cancels or rejects both                instruction on any other order). This
                                                 Trade Prevention Order that would                       orders if the resting order is marked                 functionality ensures a User’s order will
                                                 trade against a resting quote or order for              with any MTP modifier other than MDC                  not partially execute for less than the
                                                 the same Market-Maker will be                           and the incoming order is smaller in                  minimum amount of contracts a User
                                                 cancelled, as will the resting quote or                 size than the resting order.                          desires to execute as part of its
                                                 order (unless the Market-Maker Trade                      Æ MTP Cancel Both (‘‘MCB’’): An                     investment strategy. Only permitting
                                                 Prevention Order is received while an                   incoming order marked with the ‘‘MCB’’                this functionality for Book Only IOC
                                                 order for the same Market-Maker is                      modifier does not execute against a                   order is consistent with the purpose of
                                                 subject to an auction, in which case                    resting order marked with any MTP                     this functionality, as current Exchange
                                                 only the Market-Maker Trade                             modifier originating from the same                    functionality cannot guarantee that an
                                                 Prevention Order will be cancelled).                    Unique Identifier. The System cancels                 order that routes or rests on the book to
                                                 The Exchange proposes to adopt MTP                      or rejects both orders.                               execute against incoming orders will be
                                                 modifiers substantively the same as                       Æ MTP Cancel Smallest (‘‘MCS’’): An                 executed for the minimum requested
                                                 those available on EDGX.10 The                          incoming order marked with the ‘‘MCS’’                amount.
                                                 proposed MTP modifiers expand this                      modifier does not execute against a                      • Post Only Order: An order the
                                                 functionality to all Users, rather than                 resting order marked with any MTP                     System ranks and executes pursuant to
                                                 just Market-Makers, and provide Users                   modifier originating from the same                    proposed Rule 6.12, subjects to the Price
                                                 with multiple options regarding how the                 Unique Identifier. If both orders are                 Adjust process pursuant to Rule 6.12, or
                                                 System handles orders and quotes with                   equivalent in size, the System cancels or             cancels (including if it is not subject to
                                                 the same Unique Identifiers. Pursuant to                rejects both orders. If the orders are not            the Price Adjust process and it would
                                                 the proposed rule change, an order                      equivalent in size, the System cancels or             lock or cross a Protected Quotation on
                                                 designated with any MTP modifier is                     rejects the smaller of the two orders, and            another exchange), as applicable (in
                                                 not executed against a resting opposite                 the larger order remains on the Book or               accordance with User instructions),
                                                 side order or quote also designated with                processes in accordance with Rule 6.12,               except the order may not remove
                                                                                                         as applicable.                                        liquidity from the Book or route away to
                                                 an MTP modifier and originating from
                                                                                                           The proposed MTP functionality is                   another Exchange. This proposed
                                                 the same Unique Identifier. Except for
                                                                                                         designed to prevent market participants               instructions is nearly identical to the C2
                                                 the MDC modifier described below, the                   from unintentionally causing a                        Only/Book Only order instruction,
                                                 MTP modifier on the incoming order                      proprietary self-trade. The Exchange                  except it will also not remove liquidity
                                                 controls the interaction between two                    believes these modifiers will allow firms             from the Book. The Exchange currently
                                                 orders marked with MTP modifiers:                       to better manage order flow and prevent               has a maker-taker fee structure,
                                                    Æ MTP Cancel Newest (‘‘MCN’’): An
                                                                                                         undesirable executions with themselves.               pursuant to which an execution taking
                                                 incoming order marked with the ‘‘MCN’’
                                                                                                         Trading Permit Holders may have                       liquidity from the Book is subject to a
                                                 modifier does not execute against a                     multiple connections into the Exchange                taker fee. This proposed instruction
                                                 resting order marked with any MTP                       consistent with their business needs and              provides Users with flexibility to avoid
                                                 modifier originating from the same                      function. As a result, orders routed by               incurring a taker fee if their intent is to
                                                 Unique Identifier. The System cancels                   the same firm via different connections               submit an order to add liquidity to the
                                                 or rejects the incoming order, and the                  may, in certain circumstances, trade                  Book.
                                                 resting order remains in the Book.                      against each other. The proposed                         • Reserve Order: A limit order with
                                                    Æ MTP Cancel Oldest (‘‘MCO’’): An                    modifiers provide Trading Permit                      both a portion of the quantity displayed
                                                 incoming order marked with the ‘‘MCO’’                  Holders with functionality (in addition               (‘‘Display Quantity’’) and a reserve
                                                 modifier does not execute against a                     to what is available on C2 today) with                portion of the quantity (‘‘Reserve
                                                 resting order marked with any MTP                       the opportunity to prevent these                      Quantity’’) not displayed. Both the
                                                 modifier originating from the same                      potentially undesirable trades. The                   Display Quantity and Reserve Quantity
                                                 Unique Identifier. The System cancels                   Exchange notes that offering the MTP                  of the Reserve Order are available for
                                                 or rejects the resting order, and                       modifiers may streamline certain                      potential execution against incoming
                                                 processes the incoming order in                         regulatory functions by reducing false                orders. When entering a Reserve Order,
                                                 accordance with Rule 6.12.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                         positive results that may occur on                    a User must instruct the Exchange as to
                                                    Æ MTP Decrement and Cancel                           Exchange generated wash trading                       the quantity of the order to be initially
                                                 (‘‘MDC’’): An incoming order marked                     surveillance reports when orders are                  displayed by the System (‘‘Max Floor’’).
                                                 with the ‘‘MDC’’ modifier does not                      executed under the same Unique                        If the Display Quantity of a Reserve
                                                   9 EDGX Rule 11.6(b) (which relates to the EDGX
                                                                                                         Identifier. For these reasons, the                    Order is fully executed, the System will,
                                                 Equities market) contains a similar Cancel Back         Exchange believes the MTP modifiers                   in accordance with the User’s
                                                 instruction.                                            offer users enhanced order processing                 instruction, replenish the Display
                                                   10 See EDGX Rule 21.1(g).                             functionality that may prevent                        Quantity from the Reserve Quantity


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                 22802                             Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                 using one of the below replenishment                      entry, data receipt, or access to                     on the Exchange by allowing the
                                                 instructions. If the remainder of an                      information (for example, as discussed                bundling of multiple instructions in a
                                                 order is less than the replenishment                      below, certain risk control settings may              single message, the main purpose of
                                                 amount, the System will display the                       be input by port).                                    such functionality has always been to
                                                 entire remainder of the order. The                           • A ‘‘bulk order port’’ is a dedicated             encourage quoting on exchanges.13
                                                 System creates a new timestamp for                        logical port that provides Users with the                The Exchange proposes to provide
                                                 both the Display Quantity and Reserve                     ability to submit single and bulk order               this functionality, which is more similar
                                                 Quantity of the order each time it is                     messages to enter, modify, or cancel                  to quoting functionality currently
                                                 replenished from reserve.                                 orders designated as Post Only Orders                 available on C2. In particular, EDGX has
                                                   Æ Random Replenishment: An                              with a Time-in-Force of Day or GTD                    never differentiated between a quote or
                                                 instruction that a User may attach to an                  with an expiration time on that trading               an order on entry. Rather, Users on
                                                 order with Reserve Quantity where the                     day. As noted below, quoting                          EDGX submit orders to the Exchange
                                                 System randomly replenishes the                           functionality will not be available to                regardless of the Capacity (i.e.,
                                                 Display Quantity for the order with a                     Market-Makers after the technology                    Customer, Market-Maker, or other Non-
                                                 number of contracts not outside a                         migration. This bulk order functionality              Market-Maker professional) of the order
                                                 replenishment range, which equals the                     will provide Market-Makers with a way                 and regardless of the intended result
                                                 Max Floor plus and minus a                                to submit orders that simulate current                from submitting such order (e.g., to
                                                 replenishment value established by the                    quoting functionality. Bulk order                     remove liquidity, post and display
                                                 User when entering a Reserve Order                        messages will not route to other                      liquidity on EDGX, or route to another
                                                 with a Random Replenishment                               exchanges with use of the Post Only                   market). Following migration, C2 will
                                                 instruction.                                              instruction, which is consistent with                 similarly not differentiate between a
                                                   Æ Fixed Replenishment: For any order                    current quoting functionality that does               quote or an order entry. Of course, an
                                                 for that a User does not select Random                    not route Market-Maker quotes.                        order that is posted and displayed on
                                                 Replenishment, the System will                            Additionally, Market-Makers generally                 the Exchange is a quotation and the
                                                 replenish the Display Quantity of an                      enter new quotes at the beginning of                  Exchange does maintain various
                                                 order with the number of contracts                        each trading day based on then-current                requirements regarding quotations and
                                                 equal to the Max Floor.                                   market conditions, and the Day or GTD                 quoting on the Exchange. The Exchange,
                                                   Current C2 Rule 6.10(c)(8) describes                    (with an expiration time on that trading              however, reiterates that C2 currently
                                                 current reserve order functionality                       day) Time-in-Force instruction is                     distinguishes between orders and
                                                 available on C2. The proposed                             consistent with this practice. Because                quotes, with quotes being required of
                                                 functionality is generally the same as                    these messages will be used to add                    and only available to registered Market-
                                                 the current C2 functionality but                          liquidity to the Book, the Exchange will              Makers. In contrast, following
                                                 enhances the use of reserve orders by                     make this type of port available to all               migration, in order to quote on the
                                                 providing flexibility for Users to                        Users to encourage all Users to provide               Exchange, a User (including a Market-
                                                 determine whether the reserve                             liquidity to the C2 market. This                      Maker) will submit an order. While the
                                                 replenishment amount is fixed or                          functionality is substantively the same               Exchange does not propose to limit bulk
                                                 random. This proposed functionality is                    as port functionality available on EDGX.              order entry functionality to Market-
                                                 substantively the same as that available                     Port is the term the Exchange will use             Makers on the Exchange, the Exchange
                                                 on BZX.11                                                 to describe the connection a User will                does propose to limit the type of
                                                   The Exchange will provide access to                     use to connect to the System following                messages that may be submitted through
                                                 the C2 System to Users through various                    the technology migration. Currently, the              bulk order entry ports in order to mimic
                                                 ports, as is the case on EDGX. There are                  Exchange refers to System connections                 the quoting functionality offered by C2
                                                 three different types of ports: Physical                  as logins, but the functionality is                   today.
                                                 ports, logical ports, and bulk order                      generally the same.                                      As noted above, the proposed rule
                                                 ports. The Exchange notes a bulk order                       The proposed rule change restricts the             change adds the Time-in-Force option
                                                 port is a type of logical port, and there                 type of messages that may be submitted                Good-til-Date, which is similar to Good-
                                                 are other types of logical ports not                      through bulk order ports to orders                    til-Date functionality available on
                                                 specifically identified in the proposed                   designated as Post Only Orders with a                 EDGX.14 For an order so designated, if
                                                 rule. The Exchange believes a separate                    Time-in-Force of Day or GTD with an                   after entry into the System, the order is
                                                 definition is warranted for bulk order                    expiration time on that trading day.                  not fully executed, the order (or any
                                                 ports given the specific functionality                    Based on definitions described in this                unexecuted portion) remains available
                                                 provided through such ports but that                      rule filing, Post Only Orders with a                  for potential display or execution until
                                                 other types of logical ports are                          Time-in-Force of Day or GTD will be                   a date and time specified by the entering
                                                 sufficiently described in the proposed                    posted to and displayed by the                        User unless cancelled by the entering
                                                 definition of logical port.                               Exchange, rather than remove liquidity                User. This Time-in-Force option will
                                                   The proposed rule change defines the                    or route to another options exchange. As
                                                 term ‘‘port’’ to the Rule 1.1, including                  a general matter, and as further                         13 For instance, when initially adopted by BZX,

                                                                                                           described below, the proposed change is               bulk order entry was described as a ‘‘bulk-quoting
                                                 the following type of ports: 12                                                                                 interface’’ and such functionality was limited to
                                                   • A ‘‘physical port’’ provides a                        intended to limit the use of bulk order               BZX market makers. See Securities Exchange Act
                                                 physical connection to the System. A                      ports to liquidity provision, particularly            Release No. 65133 (August 15, 2011), 76 FR 52032
                                                 physical port may provide access to                       by, but not limited to, Market-Makers. In             (August 19, 2011) (SR–BATS–2011–029). Bulk
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                           turn, the Exchange believes it is                     quoting was shortly thereafter expanded to be
                                                 multiple logical ports.                                                                                         available to all participants on BZX’s options
                                                   • A ‘‘logical port’’ or ‘‘logical session’’             unnecessary to allow orders entered via               platform but the focus remained on promoting
                                                 provides the ability within the System                    bulk order entry ports to be able to last             liquidity provision on the Exchange, even though
                                                 to accomplish a specific function                         beyond the trading day on which they                  the types of messages permitted were not limited
                                                                                                           were entered. The Exchange notes that                 to liquidity providing orders. See Securities
                                                 through a connection, such as order                                                                             Exchange Act Release No. 65307 (September 9,
                                                                                                           while, as a general matter, bulk order                2011), 76 FR 57092 (September 15, 2011) (SR–
                                                   11 See   BZX Rule 21.1(d)(1).                           entry provides an efficient way for a                 BATS–2011–034).
                                                   12 See   EDGX Rule 21.1(j).                             market participant to conduct business                   14 See EDGX Rule 21.1(f)(1) and (3).




                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014     18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                              22803

                                                 provide Users with additional flexibility                 The proposed rule change deletes the                Rule 3.16. Current Rule 3.2(f) prohibits
                                                 regarding the handling of their orders on               term Voluntary Professional, as that                  the Exchange from acquiring or
                                                 the System. It will permit Users’ orders                Capacity designation will no longer be                maintaining an ownership interest in a
                                                 to be automatically cancelled at                        available on C2. It is currently                      Trading Permit Holder, as well as
                                                 specified dates and times rather than                   unavailable on EDGX.                                  prohibits Trading Permit Holder
                                                 require Users to manually cancel GTC                      Finally, the proposed rule change                   affiliations with the Exchange or an
                                                 orders at those times.                                  makes nonsubstantive changes                          affiliate of the Exchange without prior
                                                    The proposed rule change also deletes                throughout the definitions in Rule 1.1,               Commission approval. Current
                                                 the following defined terms. While                      including to conform language                         exceptions include equity interests in
                                                 these terms are used in rules C2                        throughout the rules, to conform                      CBSX LLC and affiliations with
                                                 incorporates by reference to Cboe                       language to corresponding EDGX rules,                 OneChicago, LLC. EDGX Rule 2.10
                                                 Options rules, these terms are not                      and to use plain English.                             contains similar restrictions on
                                                 currently used in the text of the C2                      Proposed C2 Rule 1.2 states the                     Exchange affiliations with EDGX
                                                 rulebook:                                               Exchange announces to Trading Permit                  Members, but also contains additional
                                                 • Aggregate Exercise Price                              Holders all determinations it makes                   exceptions, including (a) a Member’s
                                                 • American-style Option                                 pursuant to the Rules via (a)                         acquisition of an equity interest in Cboe
                                                 • Capped-style Option                                   specifications, Notices, or Regulatory                Global that is permitted by the
                                                 • Closing Purchase Transaction                          Circulars with appropriate advanced                   ownership and voting limitations
                                                 • Closing Writing Transaction                           notice, which will be posted on the                   contained in the Certificate of
                                                 • Covered                                               Exchange’s website, or as otherwise                   Incorporation and Bylaws of Cboe
                                                 • European-style Option                                 provided in the Rules, (b) electronic                 Global, (b) affiliations solely by reason
                                                 • Opening Purchase Transaction                          message, or (c) other communication                   of a Member (or any officer, director,
                                                 • Opening Writing Transaction                           method as provided in the Rules.                      manager, managing member, partner, or
                                                 • Principal Shareholder                                 Current C2 Rules states the Exchange                  affiliate of such Member) becoming a
                                                 • Quarterly Option Series                               will generally announce determinations                director of the Exchange or Cboe Global,
                                                 • Security Future-Option Order                          by Regulatory Circular, and the                       or (c) affiliations with Cboe Trading or
                                                 • Uncovered                                             proposed rule expands the different                   other Cboe-affiliated exchanges. Cboe
                                                                                                         type of documents that may be used to                 Global and C2 governing documents
                                                    The proposed rule change deletes the                 announce determinations, consistent                   (which have been filed with the
                                                 terms Participant and Permit Holder,                    with EDGX. Proposed Rule 1.2 makes                    Commission) describe any applicable
                                                 which both mean a Trading Permit                        clear this information will be available              restrictions on equity ownership of Cboe
                                                 Holder, another defined term. To                        on C2’s website in an easily accessible               Global, as well as criteria for directors
                                                 simplify the C2 rulebook, the Exchange                  manner, regardless of the manner in                   of C2 and Cboe Global Markets.
                                                 proposes to have one term refer to a                    which the Exchange announces it.                      Additionally, C2 governing documents
                                                 Trading Permit Holder and makes                         Additionally, certain determinations are              are substantially similar to those of
                                                 conforming changes throughout the                       made more real-time pursuant to                       EDGX, and C2 and EDGX have the same
                                                 Rules.                                                  electronic message received by Trading                parent company (C2 Global). As
                                                    The proposed rule change adds                        Permit Holders (e.g., providing intra-day             discussed below, C2’s affiliation with
                                                 Interpretation and Policy .01 to Rule 1.1,              relief for parameter settings in in price             Cboe Trading has recently been
                                                 which states to the extent a term is used               protection mechanisms described in                    approved by the Commission.
                                                 in any Rules incorporated by reference                  proposed Rule 6.14, Interpretation and                Therefore, the proposed rule change
                                                 to Cboe Options rules and not otherwise                 Policy .01, other determinations related              adds to Rule 3.16 similar exclusions
                                                 defined in the Rules, the term will have                to need to maintain fair and orderly                  from the affiliation prohibition
                                                 the meaning set forth in the Cboe                       market). This single rule simplifies the              contained in EDGX Rule 2.10, as the
                                                 Options rules. To the extent a market                   Rules by eliminating the need to                      same affiliate restrictions apply to both
                                                 participant is reviewing an incorporated                repeatedly state in the rules how the                 exchanges and are consistent with
                                                 by reference rule, the Exchange believes                Exchange will announce                                governing documents of C2 and Cboe
                                                 it is appropriate to direct market                      determinations. The proposed rule                     Global previously filed with the
                                                 participants to the Cboe Options                        change makes conforming changes                       Commission.
                                                 rulebook for the definitions of terms                   throughout the Rules.                                    The proposed rule change adopts Rule
                                                 used in that rule, because that rule                      Proposed C2 Rule 1.3 states unless                  3.17 to govern the Exchange’s use of
                                                 essentially incorporates the definition of              otherwise specified, all times in the                 Cboe Trading as an outbound router.
                                                 any defined terms used in that rule. The                Rules are Eastern Time, except for times              Proposed Rule 3.17 is based on EDGX
                                                 Exchange believes it is simpler and less                in Rules incorporated by reference to                 Rule 2.11. As long as Cboe Trading is
                                                 confusing to refer market participants to               Cboe Options rules, which are times as                affiliated with C2 and is providing
                                                 the Cboe Options rulebook for                           set forth in the applicable Cboe Options              outbound routing of orders from C2 to
                                                 definitions than to refer them back to                  rules. Current C2 Rules are generally in              other securities exchanges, facilities of
                                                 the C2 rulebook.                                        Chicago time, so the proposed rule                    securities exchanges, automated trading
                                                    The proposed rule change moves                       change makes conforming changes                       systems, electronic communications
                                                 Interpretation and Policy .01 to the                    throughout the Rules. This single rule                networks or other brokers or dealers
                                                 defined term Professional to                            simplifies the Rules by eliminating the               (‘‘Trading Centers’’ and, such function
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 Interpretation and Policy .02 at the end                need to repeatedly state times are in                 of Cboe Trading is referred to as the
                                                 of Rule 1.1, as the Exchange believes it                Eastern Time.                                         ‘‘Outbound Router’’), Cboe Trading’s
                                                 is less confusing to have all                                                                                 outbound routing services would be
                                                 Interpretations and Policies to a rule                  Chapter 3                                             subject to the following conditions and
                                                 located in the same place. The proposed                    The proposed rule change moves the                 limitations:
                                                 rule change adds a cross-reference to                   provision regarding Exchange                             • C2 will regulate the Outbound
                                                 this Interpretation and Policy to the                   affiliations with Trading Permit Holders              Router function of Cboe Trading as a
                                                 definition of Professional.                             from current Rule 3.2(f) to proposed                  facility (subject to Section 6 of the Act),


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                 22804                        Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                 and will, among other things, be                           Æ For purposes of proposed Rule                       Error Positions, as well as any resulting
                                                 responsible for filing with the                         3.17(a)(7), an Error Position will not                   assignments, will be made in a
                                                 Commission rule changes and fees                        include any position that results from                   nondiscriminatory fashion.
                                                 relating to the Cboe Trading Outbound                   an order submitted by a Trading Permit                      Æ Cboe Trading and the Exchange
                                                 Router function and Cboe Trading will                   Holder to the Exchange that is executed                  will make and keep records to
                                                 be subject to exchange non-                             on the Exchange and automatically                        document all determinations to treat
                                                 discrimination requirements; [sic]                      processed for clearance and settlement                   positions as Error Positions and all
                                                    • FINRA, a self-regulatory                           on a locked-in basis.                                    determinations for the assignment of
                                                 organization unaffiliated with the                         Æ Except as provided in proposed                      Error Positions to Trading Permit
                                                 Exchange or any of its affiliates, will                 subparagraph (7)(C) (described in the                    Holders or the liquidation of Error
                                                 carry out oversight and enforcement                     next bullet), Cboe Trading does not                      Positions, as well as records associated
                                                 responsibilities as the designated                      accept any positions in its error account                with the liquidation of Error Positions
                                                 examining authority designated by the                   of a Trading Permit Holder or permit                     through the third-party broker-dealer.
                                                 Commission pursuant to Rule 17d–1 of                    any Trading Permit Holder to transfer                       • The books, records, premises,
                                                 the Act with the responsibility for                     any positions from the Trading Permit                    officers, agents, directors, and
                                                 examining Cboe Trading for compliance                   Holder’s account to Cboe Trading’s error                 employees of Cboe Trading as a facility
                                                 with applicable financial responsibility                account.                                                 of the Exchange are deemed to be the
                                                 rules.                                                     Æ If a technical or systems issue                     books, records, premises, officers,
                                                    • A Trading Permit Holder’s use of                   results in the Exchange not having valid                 agents, directors, and employees of the
                                                 Cboe Trading to route orders to another                 clearing instructions for a Trading                      Exchange for purposes of, and subject to
                                                 Trading Center will be optional. Any                    Permit Holder to a trade, Cboe Trading                   oversight pursuant to, the Exchange Act.
                                                 Trading Permit Holder that does not                     may assume the Trading Permit                            The books and records of Cboe Trading
                                                 want to use Cboe Trading may use other                  Holder’s side of the trade so that the                   as a facility of the Exchange are subject
                                                 routers to route orders to other Trading                trade can be automatically processed for                 at all times to inspection and copying by
                                                 Centers.                                                clearance and settlement on a locked-in                  the Exchange and the Commission.
                                                    • Cboe Trading will not engage in any                basis.                                                   Nothing in the Rules precludes officers,
                                                 business other than (a) its Outbound                       Æ In connection with a particular                     agents, directors, or employees of the
                                                 Router function, (b) its Inbound Router                 technical or systems issue, Cboe Trading                 Exchange from also serving as officers,
                                                 function as described in Rule 3.18, (c)                 or the Exchange will either assign all                   agents, directors, and employees of Cboe
                                                 its usage of an error account in                        resulting Error Positions to the Trading                 Trading.
                                                 compliance with proposed paragraph                      Permit Holders in accordance with                           The Exchange will comply with the
                                                 (a)(7) below, and (d) any other activities              proposed subparagraph (D)(i),15 or have                  above-listed conditions prior to offering
                                                 it may engage in as approved by the                     all resulting Error Positions liquidated                 outbound routing from Cboe Trading. In
                                                 Commission.                                             in accordance with proposed                              meeting the conditions, the Exchange
                                                    • The Exchange will establish and                    subparagraph (D)(ii).16 Any                              will have mechanisms in place to
                                                 maintain procedures and internal                        determination to assign or liquidate                     protect the independence of the
                                                 controls reasonably designed to                                                                                  Exchange’s regulatory responsibility
                                                 adequately restrict the flow of                            15 Proposed subparagraph (a)(7)(D)(i) states Cboe
                                                                                                                                                                  with respect to Cboe Trading, as well as
                                                 confidential and proprietary                            Trading or the Exchange will assign all Error            demonstrate the Cboe Trading cannot
                                                 information between the Exchange and                    Positions resulting from a particular technical or
                                                                                                                                                                  use any information that it may have
                                                 its facilities (including Cboe Trading),                systems issue to the Trading Permit Holders
                                                                                                         affected by that technical or systems issue if Cboe      because of its affiliation with the
                                                 and any other entity, including any                     Trading or the Exchange (a) determines it has            Exchange to its advantage. Current Rule
                                                 affiliate of Cboe Trading, and, if Cboe                 accurate and sufficient information (including valid     3.2(f) and proposed Rule 3.16 provide
                                                 Trading or any of its affiliates engages                clearing information) to assign the positions to all
                                                                                                                                                                  that without prior Commission
                                                 in any other business activities other                  of the Trading Permit Holders affected by that
                                                                                                         technical or systems issue; (b) determines it has        approval, no Trading Permit Holder may
                                                 than providing routing services to the                  sufficient time pursuant to normal clearance and         be or become affiliated with the
                                                 Exchange, between the segment of Cboe                   settlement deadlines to evaluate the information         Exchange. The Commission recently
                                                 Trading or its affiliate that provides the              necessary to assign the positions to all of the
                                                                                                                                                                  approved the adoption of Rule 3.18
                                                 other business activities and the routing               Trading Permit Holders affected by that technical or
                                                                                                         systems issue; and (c) has not determined to cancel      regarding Cboe Trading (a C2 Trading
                                                 services.                                               all orders affected by that technical or systems issue   Permit Holder) as the Inbound Router
                                                    • The Exchange or Cboe Trading may                   in accordance with proposed subparagraph (a)(6).         for C2.17 Such approval satisfies the
                                                 cancel orders as either deems to be                        16 Proposed subparagraph (a)(7)(D)(ii) states if
                                                                                                                                                                  requirement in current Rule 3.2(f) (and
                                                 necessary to maintain fair and orderly                  Cboe Trading or the Exchange is unable to assign
                                                                                                         all Error Positions resulting from a particular          proposed Rule 3.16) for Commission
                                                 markets if a technical or systems issue
                                                                                                         technical or systems issue to all of the affected        approval of the Exchange affiliation
                                                 occurs at the Exchange, Cboe Trading,                   Trading Permit Holders in accordance with                with Cboe Trading.18
                                                 or a routing destination. The Exchange                  proposed subparagraph (D), or if Cboe Trading or
                                                 or Cboe Trading will provide notice of                  the Exchange determines to cancel all orders             Chapter 6
                                                 the cancellation to affected Trading                    affected by the technical or systems issue in
                                                                                                         accordance with proposed subparagraph (a)(6), then         The proposed rule change adds a
                                                 Permit Holders as soon as practicable.                  Cboe Trading will liquidate any applicable Error         reference to C2 Rule 6.1 regarding the
                                                    • Cboe Trading will maintain an error                Positions as soon as practicable. In liquidating such    times at which the System accepts
                                                 account for the purpose of addressing                   Error Positions, Cboe Trading will (a) provide
                                                                                                                                                                  orders and quotes, which are set forth in
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 positions that are the result of an                     complete time and price discretion for the trading
                                                                                                         to liquidate the Error Positions to a third-party
                                                 execution or executions that are not                    broker-dealer and not attempt to exercise any              17 See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 82952
                                                 clearly erroneous under Rule 6.29 and                   influence or control over the timing or methods of       (March 27, 2018), 83 FR 14096 (April 2, 2018) (SR–
                                                 result from a technical or systems issue                such trading; and (b) establish and enforce policies     C2–2018–004).
                                                                                                         and procedures that are reasonably designed to             18 The proposed rule change makes
                                                 at Cboe Trading, the Exchange, a routing
                                                                                                         restrict the flow of confidential and proprietary        nonsubstantive changes to Rule 3.18, including
                                                 destination, or a non-affiliate third-party             information between the third-party broker-dealer        updating paragraph numbering and lettering and
                                                 Routing Broker that affects one or more                 and Cboe Trading/the Exchange associated with the        reflecting the defined term Cboe Trading and Cboe
                                                 orders (‘‘Error Positions’’).                           liquidation of the Error Positions.                      Exchange.



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM     16MYN2


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                                      22805

                                                 proposed C2 Rule 6.9 (as discussed                      participants (which may only be                       therefore which the proposed rule
                                                 below). The proposed rule change also                   Trading Permit Holders and associated                 change deletes). Bandwidth packets
                                                 adds Units to the list of options that the              persons with authorized access, as well               restrict the maximum number of orders
                                                 Exchange designates to remain open for                  as Sponsored Users pursuant to C2 Rule                and quotes per second in the same way
                                                 trading beyond 4:00 p.m. but no later                   3.15) may access the Exchange                         logical ports do, and Users may
                                                 than 4:15 p.m., which is consistent with                electronically to facilitate quote and                similarly have multiple logical ports as
                                                 EDGX rules.19 The proposed rule change                  order entry as well as auction                        they may have bandwidth packets to
                                                 also deletes Interpretation and Policy                  processing, in accordance with                        accommodate their order and quote
                                                 .03 regarding the trading hours of                      Exchange-prescribed technical                         entry needs. The Exchange believes it is
                                                 Quarterly Index Expiration options, as                  specifications (to the extent any                     reasonable to not limit bulk order ports,
                                                 they currently do not and will not trade                agreement is required to be signed, as                as the purpose of those ports is to
                                                 on C2 upon the System migration.                        indicated in current Rule 6.34(d), that               submit message orders in bulk. As
                                                    The proposed rule change reformats                   would be indicated in such                            discussed below, the Exchange will be
                                                 C2 Rule 6.4 regarding the minimum                       specifications).                                      able to otherwise mitigate message
                                                 increments for bids and offers on simple                   Proposed Rule 6.8(b) describes EFIDs.              traffic as necessary.
                                                 orders for options traded on the                        A Trading Permit Holder may obtain                       Proposed Rule 6.9 describes the entry
                                                 Exchange into a table, which the                        one or more EFIDs from the Exchange                   of orders. Users can enters into the
                                                 Exchange believes is easier to read, and                (in a form and manner determined by                   System, or cancel previously entered
                                                 moves certain information into                          the Exchange). The Exchange assigns an                orders, from 7:30 a.m. until market
                                                 Interpretations and Policies .01 and .02.               EFID to a Trading Permit Holder, which                close, subject to the following
                                                 The only substantive change is to                       the System uses to identify the Trading               requirements and conditions:
                                                 provide that Mini-SPX Index (XSP)                       Permit Holder and clearing number for                    (a) Users may transmit to the System
                                                 options, for as long as SPDR options                    the execution of orders and quotes                    multiple orders at a single price level or
                                                 (SPY) participate in the Penny Pilot                    submitted to the System with that EFID.               multiple price levels;
                                                 Program, will have a $0.01 increment                    Each EFID corresponds to a single                        (b) Each order a User submits to the
                                                 for all series rather than $0.01 for all                Trading Permit Holder and a single                    Exchange must contain the minimum
                                                 series quoting less than $3 and a $0.05                 clearing number of a Clearing Trading                 information identified in the Exchange’s
                                                 for all series quoting more than $3. The                Permit Holder with the Clearing                       order entry specifications;
                                                 current minimum increments for bids                     Corporation. A Trading Permit Holder                     (c) The System timestamps an order
                                                 and offers for SPY options, which is an                 may obtain multiple EFIDs, which may                  upon receipt, which determines the
                                                 exchange-traded fund that tracks the                    be for the same or different clearing                 time ranking of the order for purposes
                                                 performance of 1/10th the value of the                  numbers. A Trading Permit Holder may                  of processing the order; and
                                                 S&P 500 Index, is $0.01 regardless of                   only identify for any of its EFIDs the                   (d) For each System Security, the
                                                 whether option series is quoted above,                  clearing number of a Clearing Trading                 System transmits to OPRA for display
                                                 at, or below $3. Because both XSP                       Permit Holder that is a Designated Give               the aggregate size of all orders in the
                                                 options and SPY options prices are                      Up or Guarantor of the Trading Permit                 System eligible for display at the best
                                                 based, in some manner, on 1/10th the                    Holder as set forth in Rule 6.30. A                   price to buy and sell.
                                                 price of the S&P 500 Index, the                         Trading Permit Holder is able (in a form                 (e) After market close, Users may
                                                 Exchange believes that it is important                  and manner determined by the                          cancel orders with Time in Force of
                                                 that these products have the same                       Exchange) to designate which of its                   GTC or GTD that remain on the book
                                                 minimum increments for consistency                      EFIDs may be used for each of its ports.              until 4:45 p.m.
                                                 and competitive reasons. This is also                   If a User submits an order or quote                      Pursuant to current Rule 6.11(a), the
                                                 consistent with rules of other                          through a port with an EFID not enabled               Exchange begins accepting order and
                                                 exchanges.20 The proposed rule change                   for that port, the System cancels or                  quotes no earlier than 2:00 a.m. Chicago
                                                 also modifies the paragraph formatting                  rejects the order or quote. The proposed              time, so the proposed change amends
                                                 and moves certain provisions to the                     rule change regarding EFIDs is similar to             this time to 7:30 a.m. Eastern time to be
                                                 Interpretations and Policies.                           the current use of acronyms on the                    consistent with EDGX.21 The Exchange
                                                    Current C2 Rule 6.34 describes                       Exchange and consistent with the use of               notes C2 currently begins accepting
                                                 current provisions regarding System                     EFIDs on EDGX. The Exchange believes                  orders and quotes at approximately 6:30
                                                 access and connectivity, and the                        including a description of the use of                 a.m. Chicago time, which is consistent
                                                 proposed rule change moves relevant                     EFIDs in the Rules adds transparency to               with the proposed rule change, and thus
                                                 provisions to proposed Rule 6.8. As                     the Rules.                                            the proposed rule change will not
                                                 stated in proposed Rule 6.8(a), only                       Consistent with the definition of port             modify the time at which the Exchange
                                                 authorized Users and associated persons                 above, the proposed rule change adds                  begins accepting orders and quotes. The
                                                 of Users may establish connectivity to                  Rule 6.8(c), which states a User may                  provisions in paragraphs (a) through (d)
                                                 and access the Exchange to submit                       connect to the Exchange using a logical               above are consistent with current C2
                                                 orders and quotes and enter auction                     port available through an API, such as                System functionality, and the Exchange
                                                 response in accordance with the                         the industry-standard Financial                       believes adding these provisions to the
                                                 Exchange’s System access procedures,                    Information eXchange (‘‘FIX’’) protocol               Rules provides additional transparency
                                                 technical specifications, and                           or Binary Order Entry (‘‘BOE’’) protocol              for market participants. They are also
                                                 requirements. This is consistent with                   (Cboe Market Interface will no longer be              substantively the same as EDGX rules.22
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 current Rule 6.34(a), (d), and (e), which               available, as that is an API on C2’s                  Paragraph (e) above provides Users with
                                                 provides only authorized market                         current system while BOE is an API                    additional flexibility to manage their
                                                                                                         available on the new technology                       orders that remain in the book following
                                                   19 See, e.g., EDGX Rule 21.2(a) (referred to as       platform). Users may use multiple                     the market close. Cancelling a GTC or
                                                 Fund Shares and exchange-traded notes in that           logical ports. Additionally, this
                                                 rule); see also Cboe Options Rule 6.1, Interpretation
                                                                                                                                                               GTD order at 4:30 p.m. has the same
                                                 and Policy .03.                                         functionality is similar to bandwidth
                                                   20 See, e.g., Cboe Options Rule 6.42,                 packets currently available on C2, as                   21 See   EDGX Rule 21.7(a).
                                                 Interpretation and Policy .03.                          described in current Rule 6.35 (and                     22 See   EDGX Rule 21.6(a) through (d).



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM     16MYN2


                                                 22806                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                 effect as cancelling that order at 7:30                 period and a determination of an                      change deletes current Rule 6.11(b) and
                                                 a.m. the following day—ultimately, it                   opening price subject to certain                      (c)(2).
                                                 accommodates the User’s goal of                         restrictions to ensure the opening                       Following the technology migration,
                                                 cancelling an order prior to it                         trading price for a series is reasonable              the Opening Process will be initiated at
                                                 potentially executing during the                        and not too far away from the market                  a similar time as it is today on C2.
                                                 Opening Process the following morning.                  price for a series. Additionally, the                 Proposed Rule 6.11(a) states after a time
                                                    Proposed C2 Rule 6.10 states the                     proposed process is used following a                  period (which the Exchange determines
                                                 Exchange may determine to make                          trading halt.                                         for all classes) following the first
                                                 certain order types, Order Instructions,                   Proposed Rule 6.11(a) describes the                transaction in the securities underlying
                                                 and Times in Force not available for all                order entry period. The System accepts                the options on the primary market that
                                                 Exchange systems or classes. This                       orders and quotes (including GTC and                  is disseminated (‘‘First Listing Market
                                                 provision is consistent with current C2                 GTD orders remaining on the Book from                 Transaction’’) after 9:30 a.m. with
                                                 Rule 6.10, which provides the Exchange                  the previous trading day) for inclusion               respect to Equity Options, or following
                                                 with similar flexibility. As discussed                  in the opening process (the ‘‘Opening                 9:30 a.m. with respect to Index Options,
                                                 above, the proposed rule change moves                   Process’’) beginning at 7:30 a.m. and                 the related option series open
                                                 definitions of order types that will be                 continues to accept market and limit                  automatically in a random order,
                                                 available on C2 following the                           orders and quotes until the time when                 staggered over regular intervals of time
                                                 technology migration to proposed C2                     the System initiates the Opening                      (the Exchange determines the length
                                                 Rule 1.1. The proposed rule change                      Process in that option series (the ‘‘Order            and number of these intervals for all
                                                 deletes all-or-none and market-on-close                 Entry Period’’). The System does not                  classes) pursuant to proposed
                                                 orders from Rule 6.10, as they will no                  accept IOC or FOK orders prior to the                 subparagraphs (2) through (5). This is
                                                 longer be available on C2 following the                 completion of the Opening Process. The                substantively the same as EDGX Rule
                                                 technology migration.23 Additionally,                   System accepts but does not enforce                   21.7(a). The proposed times will be the
                                                 the proposed rule change maintains a                    MTP Modifiers during the Opening                      same for all classes of Equity Options,
                                                 general definition of complex order in                  Process. Complex orders will not                      and all classes of Index Options, unlike
                                                 proposed C2 Rule 1.1 (as discussed                      participate in the Opening Process                    currently on C2 (see current Rule
                                                 above), but deletes the specific types of               described in proposed Rule 6.11, and                  6.11(b)), where the opening of certain
                                                 complex orders set forth in current Rule                instead may participate in the COB                    equity classes is triggered by time rather
                                                 6.10(d) (i.e. spread order, combination                                                                       than the First Listing Market
                                                                                                         Opening Process described in proposed
                                                 order, straddle order, strangle order,                                                                        Transaction, and the opening of certain
                                                                                                         Rule 6.13(c). The System converts all
                                                 ratio order, butterfly spread orders, box/                                                                    index classes is triggered by the receipt
                                                                                                         ISOs received prior to the completion of
                                                 roll spread orders, collar orders and risk                                                                    of a disseminated index value.
                                                                                                         the Opening Process into non-ISOs.
                                                 reversals). While these types of orders                                                                       Additionally, current C2 Rule 6.11(c)
                                                                                                         Orders entered during the Order Entry
                                                 will continue to be permitted, the                                                                            provides for a similar Exchange-
                                                                                                         Period are not eligible for execution
                                                 Exchange does not believe it is                                                                               configurable delay before a series opens
                                                                                                         until the opening trade occurs, as
                                                 necessary to limit complex orders to                                                                          and provides for series to open in a
                                                                                                         described below. Pursuant to current C2
                                                 these specific definitions, as investors                                                                      random, staggered order over Exchange-
                                                                                                         Rule 6.11(a), the System begins
                                                 may determine complex orders of other                                                                         determined time intervals.
                                                                                                         accepting orders and quotes no earlier                   Proposed Rule 6.11(a)(2) describes
                                                 types are more appropriate with their                   than 2:00 a.m. central time (that time is             how the new C2 System will calculate
                                                 investment strategies. The EDGX rules                   currently set to 7:30 a.m. eastern time).             the opening price of a series. The
                                                 do not contain similar definitions and                  The Exchange believes beginning the                   System determines a single price at
                                                 instead only contain a general definition               order entry period at 7:30 a.m. eastern               which a particular option series will be
                                                 of complex orders. The proposed rule                    time will provide Users with sufficient               opened (the ‘‘Opening Price’’) within 30
                                                 change moves the provisions in                          time to submit orders and quotes prior                seconds of the First Listing Market
                                                 Interpretation .01(A) and (C) ((B) is                   to the beginning of the Opening Process.              Transaction or 9:30 a.m., as applicable.
                                                 deleted, as it relates to an order type                 This time is the same as when the order               If there are no contracts in a series that
                                                 that will no longer be available) to Rule               entry period on C2 (and EDGX)                         would execute at any price, the System
                                                 6.12(c), which will consolidate all                     currently begins. C2 currently also does              will open the series for trading without
                                                 provisions regarding order handling in a                not accept IOC or FOK orders during the               determining an Opening Price. The
                                                 single location in the Rules.                           pre-opening period (see current Rule                  Opening Price, if determined to be valid
                                                    The proposed rule change deletes                     6.11(a)(1)), and it also does not accept              as described below, of a series will be:
                                                 current Rule 6.11 regarding the opening                 ISOs (see current Rule 6.11(a)(1)) (rather               (a) If there is both an NBB and NBO,
                                                 process on C2, as that opening process                  than convert them to non-ISOs). The                   the midpoint of the NBBO (if the
                                                 will not be available on C2 following the               proposed functionality to convert ISOs                midpoint is a half increment, the
                                                 technology migration. Proposed Rule                     to non-ISOs is the same as functionality              System rounds down to the nearest
                                                 6.11 describes the opening process that                 that exists on EDGX today, and the                    minimum increment (the ‘‘NBBO
                                                 will apply to C2 following the                          Exchange believes this may increase the               Midpoint’’);
                                                 technology migration, which is                          opportunity for execution of these                       (b) if the NBBO Midpoint is not valid,
                                                 substantively the same as the current                   orders during the Opening Process.                    the last disseminated transaction price
                                                 opening process on EDGX.24 The                             Following the technology migration,                in the series after 9:30 a.m. (the ‘‘Last
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 proposed opening process is generally                   the C2 System will not have                           Print’’); or
                                                 similar to the current C2 opening                       functionality available to disseminate                   (c) if the NBBO Midpoint and the Last
                                                 process, as it provides for a pre-opening               opening messages as it does today, so                 Print are not valid, the last disseminated
                                                                                                         the proposed rule change deletes                      transaction in the series from the
                                                   23 The proposed rule change makes conforming
                                                                                                         current Rule 6.11(a)(2). Additionally,                previous trading day (the ‘‘Previous
                                                 changes throughout the rules to delete references to
                                                 these order types and provisions solely related to      when the Opening Process begins, the                  Close’’).
                                                 these order types.                                      System will not disseminate a notice as                  If the NBBO Midpoint, Last Print, and
                                                   24 See EDGX Rule 21.7.                                it does today, so the proposed rule                   Previous Close are not valid, the


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                              22807

                                                 Exchange in its discretion may extend                    and Previous Close are not valid as                    participation in the Opening Process
                                                 the Order Entry Period by up to 30                       described above, the System enters non-                following the Regulatory Halt. The
                                                 seconds or open the series for trading.                  executed orders and quotes (or                         System cancels a User’s open orders
                                                    For purposes of validating the                        unexecuted portions) into the Book in                  upon a halt that is not a Regulatory Halt.
                                                 Opening Price:                                           time sequence, where they may be                       This functionality will provide Users
                                                    (a) the NBBO Midpoint, the Last Print,                processed in accordance with Rule 6.12.                with additional flexibility to instruct the
                                                 or the Previous Close is a valid price if                This is similar to the opening rotation                System how to handle their orders in
                                                 it is not outside the NBBO, and the price                period described in current Rule 6.11(c)               the event of a Regulatory Halt.
                                                 is no more than the following Minimum                    and Interpretation and Policy .01.26                   Following a trading halt, the System
                                                 Amount away from the NBB or NBO for                      While EDGX and C2 have different                       opens a series once the primary market
                                                 the series:                                              matching algorithms consistent with                    lifts the Regulatory Halt or upon the
                                                                                                          their market models, the proposed                      Exchange’s determination that the
                                                                                                Minimum opening process represents a fair and                    conditions that led to the halt are no
                                                                NBB                             amount                                                           longer present or that the interests of a
                                                                                                          objective manner to match orders during
                                                 Below $2.00 ..................................     $0.25 the opening. Additionally, proposed                    fair and orderly market are best served
                                                 $2.00 to $5.00 ..............................       0.40 Rule 6.11 indicates the opening process                by a resumption of trading, as described
                                                 Above $5.00 to $10.00 .................             0.50 will generally occur within 30 seconds                 in proposed Rule 6.11(b)(3). Pursuant to
                                                 Above $10.00 to $20.00 ...............              0.80 (or an extended time at the discretion of              proposed Rule 6.11(b)(4), the System
                                                 Above $20.00 to $50.00 ...............              1.00 the Exchange as noted above), while                    determines the Opening Price within 30
                                                 Above $50.00 to $100.00 .............               1.50 current Rule 6.11 indicates the opening                seconds of the Regulatory Halt or other
                                                 Above $100.00 .............................         2.00                                                        trading halt being lifted. The Exchange
                                                                                                          process generally must occur within 60
                                                                                                          seconds (subject to various opening                    believes this proposed process for
                                                 or                                                                                                              opening following a halt will permit C2
                                                    (b) the Last Print or Previous Close is               conditions).
                                                                                                             Proposed Rule 6.11(a)(5) provides if                to reopen as quickly as possible and in
                                                 a valid price if there is no NBB and no                                                                         a fair and orderly manner following a
                                                                                                          the Exchange opens a series for trading
                                                 NBO, or there is a NBB (NBO) and no                                                                             halt. The proposed rule change
                                                                                                          when the NBBO Midpoint, Last Print,
                                                 NBO (NBB) and the price is equal to or                                                                          regarding how the System will open
                                                                                                          and Previous Close are not valid as
                                                 greater (less) than the NBB (NBO).                                                                              following a trading halt is substantively
                                                    While these conditions to determine                   described above, the System enters non-
                                                                                                          executed orders and quotes (or                         similar to the Opening Process that may
                                                 the validity of an opening price differ                                                                         be used following a trading halt
                                                 than the opening conditions currently                    unexecuted portions) into the Book in
                                                                                                          time sequence, where they may be                       described in EDGX Rule 21.7(a).
                                                 applied on C2, the Exchange believes                                                                               The proposed rule change moves
                                                 application of the proposed conditions                   posted, cancelled, executed, or routed in
                                                                                                                                                                 current Rule 6.11(e) regarding the
                                                 will still determine a reasonable and fair accordance with proposed Rule 6.12.                                  Exchange’s ability to deviate from the
                                                 opening price for series on C2. The                      This is similar C2’s current authority to
                                                                                                          compel opening in a series even if the                 standard opening procedure to proposed
                                                 proposed process to determine and                                                                               Rule 6.11(c).
                                                 validate an Opening Price is                             opening conditions are not met, as set
                                                                                                          forth in current Rule 6.11(e).                            Current C2 Rule 6.11 may be used for
                                                 substantively the same as the process                                                                           closing; however, the proposed rule
                                                 currently used on EDGX.25                                   Proposed Rule 6.11(b) describes how
                                                                                                          the  Opening Process will be used to                   change only applies to openings.
                                                    Proposed Rule 6.11(a)(4) states after                                                                        Because C2 generally does not use its
                                                 establishing a valid Opening Price, the                  reopen trading following a halt. The
                                                                                                          Opening Process following a trading                    current process for a closing, the
                                                 System matches orders and quotes in                                                                             Exchange does not believe the fact that
                                                 the System that are priced equal to or                   halt will be the same as the one used for
                                                                                                          regular trading (as described above),                  the proposed process may only be used
                                                 more aggressively than the Opening                                                                              for openings following the technology
                                                 Price in accordance with priority                        except as modified by proposed
                                                                                                          paragraph (b). Proposed Rule 6.11(b)(1)                migration will impact trading on C2.
                                                 applicable to the class pursuant to Rule                                                                        Therefore, the proposed rule change
                                                 6.12. In other words, the System                         states there will be an Order Entry
                                                                                                          Period that begins immediately when                    deletes current C2 Rule 6.11(g).
                                                 allocates orders and quotes in a class                                                                             The proposed rule change moves
                                                 during the Opening Process using the                     the Exchange halts trading in the series
                                                                                                          if there is a Regulatory Halt (i.e. if the             current Rule 6.11, Interpretation and
                                                 same allocation from Rule 6.12(a) the                                                                           Policy .03 regarding how the System
                                                 Exchange applies to the class intraday.                  primary market for the applicable
                                                                                                          underlying security declares a                         handles market orders if the underlying
                                                 Matches occur until there is no                                                                                 security is in a limit up-limit down state
                                                 remaining volume or an imbalance of                      regulatory trading halt, suspension, or
                                                                                                          pause with respect to such security);                  during the opening process to proposed
                                                 orders. All orders and quotes (or                                                                               Rule 6.11(d).
                                                 unexecuted portions) matched pursuant however, there will be no Order Entry                                        Proposed Rule 6.11 is substantively
                                                 to the Opening Process will be executed Period if the Exchange halts for another                                the same as EDGX Rule 21.7, and the
                                                 at the Opening Price. The System enters reason. This is consistent with current                                 Exchange believes the proposed opening
                                                 any non-executed orders and quotes (or                   Rule 6.11(f), which permits the
                                                                                                                                                                 process (based on current use on EDGX)
                                                 unexecuted portions) into the Book in                    Exchange to shorten or eliminate the
                                                                                                                                                                 is a fair and orderly way to open series
                                                 time sequence, where they may be                         pre-opening period after a halt.
                                                                                                                                                                 on C2 following the technology
                                                 processed in accordance with Rule 6.12. Proposed Rule 6.11(b)(2) states the                                     migration.
                                                                                                          System queues a User’s open orders
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 The System cancels any OPG orders (or                                                                              The proposed rule change deletes
                                                 unexecuted portions) that do not                         upon a Regulatory Halt, unless the User                current Rule 6.11, Interpretation and
                                                 execute during the Opening Process.                      entered instructions to cancel its open                Policy .02 regarding Exchange
                                                 Proposed subparagraph (a)(5) states if                   orders upon a Regulatory Halt, for                     determinations made pursuant to Rule
                                                 the Exchange opens a series for trading                    26 The Exchange does not intend to have a
                                                                                                                                                                 6.11, as that is replaced by proposed
                                                 when the NBBO Midpoint, Last Print,                      different algorithm apply at the open and intraday,    Rule 1.2.
                                                                                                           and therefore proposes to delete current Rule 6.11,      Proposed Rule 6.12 describes how the
                                                   25 See   EDGX Rule 21.7(a)(1) and (2).                  Interpretation and Policy .01.                        System will process, display, prioritize,


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014     18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                 22808                         Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                 and execute orders and quotes entered                    fractions less than 1⁄2 rounded down. If                  locked the Protected Quotation at the
                                                 into the Book. Current C2 Rule 6.12                      the executable quantity cannot be                         time of entry. All orders the System re-
                                                 provides orders and quotes may be                        evenly allocated, the System distributes                  ranked and re-displayed pursuant to
                                                 allocated pursuant to price-time or pro-                 remaining contracts one at a time in                      Price Adjust retain their priority as
                                                 rata, and those two options will also be                 size-time priority to orders that were                    compared to other orders subject to
                                                 available on the new System. The                         rounded down. The Exchange believes                       Price Adjust based upon the time the
                                                 proposed rule change revises the                         this is a fair, objective process and                     System initially received such orders.
                                                 description to be similar to EDGX and                    simple systematic process to allocate                     Following the initial ranking and
                                                 BZX Rules 21.8. Proposed Rule                            ‘‘extra’’ contracts when more than one                    display of an order subject to Price
                                                 6.12(a)(1) states resting orders and                     market participant may be entitled to                     Adjust, the System will only re-rank and
                                                 quotes 27 in the Book with the highest                   those extra contracts after rounding, and                 re-display an order to the extent it
                                                 bid and lowest offer have priority.28                    it is consistent with EDGX Rule 21.8(c).                  achieves a more aggressive price. The
                                                 Proposed Rule 6.12(a)(2) states if there                    Proposed Rule 6.12(a)(3) states                        System adjusts the ranked and
                                                 are two or more resting orders or quotes                 displayed orders have priority over                       displayed price of an order subject to
                                                 at the best price, the Exchange will                     nondisplayed orders. This is consistent                   Price Adjust once or multiple times
                                                 determine for each class whether the                     with current C2 Rule 6.12(c)(1).                          depending upon the User’s instructions
                                                 time or pro-rata allocation applies.                     Following migration, the only                             and changes to the prevailing NBBO. A
                                                 Pursuant to time priority (i.e. price-                   nondisplayed orders will be the reserve                   limit order subject to the Price Adjust
                                                 time), the System prioritizes orders and                 portions of reserve orders (as discussed                  process will not be displayed at any
                                                 quotes at the same price in the order in                 above, all-or-none orders will no longer                  price worse than its limit price. This re-
                                                 which the System receives them (i.e. in                  be available).                                            pricing mechanism (in addition to the
                                                 time priority).29 Pursuant to pro-rata                      The proposed rule change deletes                       proposed Cancel Back instruction
                                                 priority, the System allocates orders and                current C2 Rule 6.12(a)(3) and (b),                       described above) is an additional way in
                                                 quotes proportionally according to size                  which permit the Exchange to apply                        which C2 will ensure compliance with
                                                 (i.e. in a pro-rata basis).30 All classes on             customer priority, trade participation                    locked and crossed market rules in
                                                 EDGX are allocated in a pro-rata                         rights, or additional priority overlays                   Chapter 6, Section of the C2 Rulebook
                                                 manner; however, current C2 rules                        (small order and market turner) to                        and is substantively the same as EDGX
                                                 permit the Exchange to determine for                     classes. The Exchange does not                            Rule 21.1(i). It also provides Users with
                                                 each class whether price-time or pro-                    currently, and does not intend to, apply                  additional flexibility regarding how they
                                                 rata will apply, and the proposed rule                   any of these priority overlays to any                     want the System to handle their orders.
                                                 change maintains that flexibility.                       class. Therefore, it is not necessary to                     Proposed Rule 6.12(c) describes how
                                                    Currently on C2, with respect to the                  include these Rules in the C2 Rulebook,                   the System will handle orders in
                                                 pro-rata allocation algorithm, the                       and deleting these rules will have no                     additional circumstances. Proposed
                                                 System allocates contracts to the first                  impact on C2 trading.31 The proposed                      subparagraph (1) states, subject to the
                                                 resting order or quote proportionally                    rule change makes conforming changes                      exceptions contained in Rule 6.82(b),
                                                 according to size (based on the number                   throughout the rules to delete references                 the System does not execute an order at
                                                 of contracts to be allocated and the size                to these priority overlays.                               a price that trades through a Protected
                                                 of the resting orders and quotes). Then,                    Proposed Rule 6.12(b) describes a new                  Quotation of another options exchange.
                                                 the System recalculates the number of                    Price Adjust process, which is a re-                      The System routes an order a User
                                                 contracts to which each remaining                        pricing mechanism offered to Users on                     designates as routable in compliance
                                                 resting order and quote is afforded                      EDGX.32 As discussed above, orders                        with applicable Trade-Through
                                                 proportionally according to size (based                  designated to be subject to the Price                     restrictions. The System cancels or
                                                 on the number of remaining contracts to                  Adjust process or not designated as                       rejects any order not eligible for routing
                                                 be allocated and the size of the                         Cancel Back (and thus not subject to the                  or the Price Adjust process that is
                                                 remaining resting orders and quotes)                     Price Adjust process), will be handled                    entered with a price that locks or
                                                 and allocates contracts to the next                      pursuant to proposed Rule 6.12(b).33 If                   crosses a Protected Quotation of another
                                                 resting order or quote. The System                       an order is subject to the Price Adjust                   options exchange. C2’s System currently
                                                 repeats this process until it allocates all              process, the System ranks and displays                    will not execute orders at trade-through
                                                 contracts from the incoming order or                     a buy (sell) order that, at the time of                   prices, consistent with Chapter 6,
                                                 quote. Following the System migration,                   entry, would lock or cross a Protected                    Section E of the Rules. This provision is
                                                 the System instead will allocate                         Quotation of the Exchange or another                      substantively the same as EDGX Rule
                                                 executable quantity to the nearest whole                 Exchange at one minimum price                             21.6(e) and (f).
                                                 number, with fractions 1⁄2 or greater                    increment below (above) the current                          Additionally, the proposed rule
                                                 rounded up (in size-time priority) and                   NBO (NBB).                                                change modifies the handling of stop
                                                                                                             If the NBBO changes so that an order                   orders to state the System cancels or
                                                    27 Displayed orders and quotes always have            subject to Price Adjust would not lock                    rejects a buy (sell) stop or stop-limit
                                                 priority over undisplayed orders and quotes, which       or cross a Protected Quotation, the                       order if the NBB (NBO) at the time the
                                                 is consistent with current C2 functionality. See                                                                   System receives the order is equal to or
                                                 current Rule 6.12(c)(1) and proposed Rule
                                                                                                          System gives the order a new timestamp
                                                 6.12(a)(3). Since all-or-none orders will no longer be   and displays the order at the price that                  above (below) the stop price, and
                                                 available on C2 following the technology migration,                                                                accepts a buy (sell) stop or stop-limit
                                                 the only orders that will not be displayed on C2 are       31 The Exchange notes EDGX Rule 21.8 includes           order if the consolidated last sale price
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 the reserve portions of Reserve Orders.                  customer priority and trade participation right           at the time the System receives the order
                                                    28 See current C2 Rule 6.12(a)(1) and (2) (under      overlays.                                                 is equal to or above (below) the stop
                                                 both allocation algorithms, orders and quotes are          32 See EDGX Rule 21.1(i).
                                                 first prioritized based on price); see also EDGX Rule      33 Under EDGX rules, the price adjust process is
                                                                                                                                                                    price.34 The Exchange believes
                                                 21.8(b).                                                 not the default setting for orders, like it will be for   comparing the stop price of a stop or
                                                    29 See current C2 Rule 6.12(a)(1); see also BZX
                                                                                                          C2. However, EDGX Users still have the option to
                                                 Rule 21.8(a).                                            use or not use the price adjust process with various        34 Current description of the handling of stop
                                                    30 See current C2 Rule 6.12(a)(2); see also EDGX      order instructions. Therefore, this is not a              orders is in current C2 Rule 6.11(i), which is being
                                                 Rule 21.8(c).                                            significant difference.                                   deleted.



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00014    Fmt 4701    Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM      16MYN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                                       22809

                                                 stop-limit order to the NBBO and last                    accordance with Rule 1.1, as discussed                  Rule 6.12(g) is not necessary. As further
                                                 consolidated sale price rather than                      above. This is consistent with the                      discussed below, complex orders will
                                                 prices available on the Exchange is                      definition of MTP Modifiers added to                    trade with leg markets prior to trading
                                                 appropriate, as the NBBO better reflects                 Rule 1.1 above and substantively the                    with other complex orders, and will
                                                 the market price of the series. This is                  same as EDGX Rule 21.8(k).                              never trade at the same price as the
                                                 similar to various price protections in                     The proposed rule change moves                       SBBO, which is consistent with current
                                                 the rules, as discussed below, that                      provisions regarding how the System                     Rule 6.12(g).37
                                                 compare order prices to national prices                  handles market and stop orders during                      The proposed rule change adds
                                                 rather than Exchange prices. This is also                a limit up-limit down state from current                proposed Rule 6.12(g), which states
                                                 the same as EDGX Rule 21.1(d)(11) and                    Rule 6.10, Interpretation and Policy .01                options subject to a trading halt initiated
                                                 (12), which provide that stop and stop-                  to proposed Rule 6.12(c)(5).                            pursuant to Rule 6.32 open for trading
                                                 limit orders on EDGX compare the stop                       The proposed rule change deletes                     following the halt at the time specified
                                                 price to the NBBO and last consolidated                  current C2 Rule 6.12(c) related to                      in Rule 6.11, which is consistent with
                                                 sale price. The C2 System following the                  contingency orders. The Exchange does                   current Rule 6.11(f). Additionally,
                                                 technology migration will be unable to                   not believe the introductory language                   proposed Rule 6.12(g) states when
                                                 compare the stop price of a stop or stop-                and subparagraphs (c)(2) and (3) are                    trading resumes, the System places
                                                 limit order to the last consolidated sale                necessary, as the order instruction                     orders and quotes that do not execute
                                                 price upon receipt of the order, which                   definitions discussed above and order                   during the Opening Process in the Book
                                                 is why the order will still be accepted                  handling instructions below contain                     in time priority and processes or
                                                 even if the stop price is above (below)                  detail regarding how the System will                    executes them as described in Rule 6.12.
                                                 the last consolidated sale price when                    handle orders designated as stop, stop-                 The Exchange believes this is a fair,
                                                 the System receives it.                                  limit, or reserve.36 The proposed rule                  objective process and simple systematic
                                                    Proposed Rule 6.12(c)(3) states the                   change moves the provision in                           process to prioritize orders following a
                                                 System cancels or rejects a GTC or GTD                   subparagraph (c)(1) regarding priority of               trading halt, and is consistent with
                                                 order in an adjusted series.35 Pursuant                  displayed orders over nondisplayed                      EDGX Rule 21.8(j).
                                                 to Rule 5.7, due to a corporate action by                orders to proposed Rule 6.12(a)(3), as                     Proposed Rule 6.13 modifies C2’s
                                                 the issuer of the underlying, OCC may                    discussed above. Because all-or-none                    current complex order functionality to
                                                 adjust the price of an underlying                        orders will no longer be available                      substantially conform to functionality
                                                 security. After a corporate action and a                 following the technology migration, the                 that will be available on C2’s new
                                                 subsequent adjustment to the existing                    proposed rule change deletes                            System and is currently used on EDGX.
                                                 options, OPRA and OCC identify the                       subparagraph (c)(4), which relates to                   Trading of complex orders will be
                                                 series in question with a separate                       handling of all-or-none orders.                         subject to all other Rules applicable to
                                                 symbol consisting of the underlying                         The proposed rule change deletes                     trading of orders, unless otherwise
                                                 symbol and a numerical appendage. As                     current Rule 6.12(e)(2), which states if                provided in Rule 6.13 (which is
                                                 a standard procedure, exchanges listing                  the price or quantity of one side of a                  currently the case).
                                                 options on an underlying security that                   quote is changed, the unchanged side                       The proposed rule change moves the
                                                 undergoes a corporate action resulting                   retains its priority position.                          definitions of COA and COB to
                                                 in adjusted series will list new standard                Additionally, the proposed rule change                  proposed paragraph (a). Additionally,
                                                 option series across all appropriate                     deletes the reference in Rule 6.12(e)(1)                the proposed rule change adds
                                                 expiration months the day after the                      related to the changed side of a quote.                 definitions of synthetic best bid or offer
                                                 existing series are adjusted. The                        Current C2 functionality provides                       (‘‘SBBO’’) and synthetic national best
                                                 adjusted series are generally actively                   Market-Maker with the ability to submit                 bid or offer (‘‘SNBBO’’) to proposed
                                                 traded for a short period of time                        two-sided quotes, to which the above                    paragraph (a), which are referred to in
                                                 following adjustment, but prices of                      provisions relates. Following the                       current C2 Rule 1.1 as derivative spread
                                                 those series may have been impacted by                   technology migration, there will be no                  market and national spread market. The
                                                 the adjustment. As a result, any GTC or                  such functionality available. Market-                   proposed rule change also adds the
                                                 GTD orders submitted prior to the                        Makers will submit quotes using order                   following terms to Rule 6.13(a):
                                                 adjustment may no longer reflect the                                                                                • Complex strategy: The term
                                                                                                          functionality, but it will only permit
                                                 market price of the adjusted series, as                                                                          ‘‘complex strategy’’ means a particular
                                                                                                          one-sided quotes to be input. Therefore,
                                                 the prices of the GTC or GTD orders do                                                                           combination of components and their
                                                                                                          these provisions are no longer
                                                 not factor in the adjustment. The                                                                                ratios to one another. New complex
                                                                                                          applicable.
                                                 Exchange believes any executions of                         The proposed rule change deletes                     strategies can be created as the result of
                                                 such GTC and GTD orders in adjusted                      current Rule 6.12(g) regarding a                        the receipt of a complex instrument
                                                 series may be at erroneous prices, and                   complex order priority exception.                       creation request or complex order for a
                                                 thus believes it is appropriate for the                  Proposed Rule 6.13 (as described below)                 complex strategy that is not currently in
                                                 System to cancel these orders, which                     describes the priority rules related to the             the System. The Exchange is thus
                                                 will permit Users to resubmit orders in                  execution of complex orders, so current                 proposing two methods to create a new
                                                 the adjusted series at prices that reflect                                                                       complex strategy, one of which is a
                                                 the adjustment and to submit orders in                     36 Current C2 rules categorize all-or-none, market-   message that a Trading Permit Holder
                                                 the new series.                                          on-close, stop, stop-limit, FOK, IOC, OPG, and          can send to create the strategy and the
                                                    Proposed Rule 6.12(c)(4) states the                   reserve orders as contingency orders. As discussed      other is a message a Trading Permit
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                          above, the Exchange will no longer make all-or-         Holder can send that will generate the
                                                 System does not execute an order with                    none and market-on-close orders available
                                                 an MTP Modifier entered into the                         following the technology migration. Additionally,       strategy and that is also an order in that
                                                 System against an order entered with an                  the Exchange believes FOK, IOC, and OPG relate to       same strategy. These methods will be
                                                 MTP Modifier and the same Unique                         the time of execution of orders rather than a           equally available to all Trading Permit
                                                                                                          contingency, and thus the proposed rule change          Holders, but the Exchange anticipates
                                                 Identifier, and instead handles them in                  categorizes these instructions as Times-in-Force, as
                                                                                                          discussed above. Therefore, the only current orders     that Trading Permit Holders and other
                                                   35 This is true on any trading day on which the        that could be deemed contingency under current
                                                 adjusted series continues to trade.                      rules are stop, stop-limit, and reserve.                 37 See   proposed C2 Rule 6.13(f)(2).



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001    PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM      16MYN2


                                                 22810                        Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                 liquidity providers who anticipate                      and may not Leg into the Simple Book.                 is intended as an immediate execution
                                                 providing larger amounts of trading                     Unless designated as Complex Only,                    or cancellation whereas COA is a
                                                 activity in complex strategies are the                  and for all other Times-in-Force and                  process that includes a short delay in
                                                 most likely to send in a complex                        Capacities, a complex order may                       order to broadcast and provide
                                                 instrument creation request (i.e., to                   execute against complex orders in the                 participants time to respond). Current
                                                 prepare for their trading in the complex                COB and may Leg into the Simple Book.                 Rule 6.13(c)(1)(B) defines COA-eligible
                                                 strategy throughout the day), whereas                   The Complex Only Order option is                      orders as orders the Exchange
                                                 other participants are more likely to                   analogous to functionality on EDGX.                   determines to be eligible for COA based
                                                 simply send a complex order that                        The Exchange also believes the                        on size, type, and origin type, so the
                                                 simultaneously creates a new strategy.                  proposed functionality is analogous to                proposed rule change is consistent with
                                                 The Exchange may limit the number of                    other types of functionality already                  this flexibility. The Exchange
                                                 new complex strategies that may be in                   offered by C2 that provides Trading                   determines which Capacities (i.e., non-
                                                 the System or entered for an EFID                       Permit Holders, including Market-                     broker-dealer customers, broker-dealers
                                                 (which EFID limit would be the same                     Makers, the ability to direct the                     that are not Market-Makers on an
                                                 for all Users) at a particular time.                    Exchange not to route their orders away               options exchange, or Market-Makers on
                                                    • Regular trading: The term ‘‘regular                from the Exchange (Book Only). Similar                an options exchange) are eligible for
                                                 trading’’ means trading of complex                      to such analogous features, the                       entry onto the COB.38 This is consistent
                                                 orders that occurs during a trading                     Exchange believes that Market-Makers                  with EDGX Rule 21.20(c). Additionally,
                                                 session other than (a) at the opening of                may utilize Complex Only Order                        current Rule 6.13(c)(2)(A) indicates a
                                                 the COB or re-opening of the COB for                    functionality as part of their strategies to          COA will initiate if the COA-eligible
                                                 trading following a halt (described in                  maintain additional control over their                order is marketable against the BBO, so
                                                 paragraph (c) below) or (b) during the                  executions, in connection with their                  the proposed marketability requirement
                                                 COA process (described in proposed                      attempt to provide and not remove                     in the definition of a COA-eligible is
                                                 Rule 6.13(d)).                                          liquidity, or in connection with                      consistent with current COA rules as
                                                    These proposed defined terms are the                 applicable fees for executions.                       well as the proposed priority rule.
                                                 same as those included in EDGX Rule                                                                           Current Rule 6.13(c)(2)(B) provides
                                                 21.20(a).                                                  • COA-Eligible and Do-Not-COA
                                                                                                         Orders: The Exchange proposes to allow                Trading Permit Holders with ability to
                                                    Proposed Rule 6.13(b) describes the                                                                        choose whether an order is COA-eligible
                                                 order types, Order Instructions, and                    all types of orders to initiate a COA but
                                                                                                         proposes to have certain types of orders              or not, as the proposed rule does. The
                                                 Times-in-Force that are eligible for                                                                          proposed definition of COA-eligible
                                                 complex orders to be entered into and                   default to initiating a COA upon arrival
                                                                                                         with the ability to opt-out of initiating             order is substantively the same as EDGX
                                                 handled by the System. As an initial                                                                          Rule 21.20, Interpretation and Policy
                                                 matter, proposed paragraph (b) states                   a COA and other types of orders default
                                                                                                         to not initiating a COA upon arrival                  .02.
                                                 the Exchange determines which Times-                                                                             • Complex Orders with MTP
                                                 in-Force of Day, GTC, GTD, IOC, or OPG                  with the ability to opt-in to initiating a
                                                                                                                                                               Modifiers: Users may apply the
                                                 are available for complex orders                        COA. Upon receipt of an IOC complex
                                                                                                                                                               following MTP Modifiers to complex
                                                 (including for eligibility to enter the                 order, the System does not initiate a
                                                                                                                                                               orders: MTP Cancel Newest, MTP
                                                 COB and initiate a COA). The proposed                   COA unless a User marked the order to
                                                                                                                                                               Cancel Oldest, and MTP Cancel Both. If
                                                 rule change is also consistent with                     initiate a COA, in which case the
                                                                                                                                                               a complex order would execute against
                                                 EDGX Rule 21.20(b). Complex orders are                  System cancels any unexecuted portion
                                                                                                                                                               a complex order in the COB with an
                                                 Book Only and may be market or limit                    at the end of the COA. Upon receipt of
                                                                                                                                                               MTP Modifier and the same Unique
                                                 orders. Because complex orders are not                  a complex order with any other Time-
                                                                                                                                                               Identifier, the System handles the
                                                 routable, and may not be Post Only,                     in-Force (except OPG), the System
                                                                                                                                                               complex orders with these MTP
                                                 Book Only is the only available Order                   initiates a COA unless a User marked
                                                                                                                                                               Modifiers as described in Rule 1.1. If a
                                                 Instruction related to whether an order                 the order to not initiate a COA. Buy
                                                                                                                                                               complex order with an MTP Modifier
                                                 is routable or not routable. The only                   (sell) complex orders with User
                                                                                                                                                               would Leg into the Simple Book and
                                                 other available Order Instruction for                   instructions to (or which default to)
                                                                                                                                                               execute against any leg on the Simple
                                                 complex orders is Attributable/Non-                     initiate a COA that are higher (lower)
                                                                                                                                                               Book with an MTP Modifier and the
                                                 Attributable. This relates only to                      than the SBB (SBO) and higher (lower)
                                                                                                                                                               same Unique Identifier, the System
                                                 information that User wants, or does not                than the price of complex orders resting
                                                                                                                                                               cancels the complex order. This will
                                                 want, included when a complex order is                  at the top of the COB are ‘‘COA-eligible
                                                                                                                                                               allow a User to avoid trading complex
                                                 displayed, and has no impact on how                     orders,’’ while buy (sell) complex orders
                                                                                                                                                               orders against its own orders or orders
                                                 complex orders are processed or                         with User instructions not to (or which
                                                                                                                                                               of affiliates, providing Users with an
                                                 execute. As they do for simple orders,                  default not to) initiate a COA or that are
                                                                                                                                                               additional way to maintain control over
                                                 certain Users want the ability to track                 priced equal to or lower (higher) than
                                                                                                                                                               their complex order executions.
                                                 their orders, such as which of the                      the SBB (SBO) or equal to or lower
                                                                                                                                                                  Current Rules 6.10 and 6.13(b) and (c)
                                                 resting orders in the COB or which                      (higher) than the price of complex
                                                                                                                                                               provide C2 with authority to determine
                                                 COA’d [sic] order is theirs. The                        orders resting at the top of the COB are
                                                                                                                                                               which order types are available for COB
                                                 Attributable designation means this                     ‘‘do-not-COA orders.’’ The Exchange
                                                                                                                                                               and COA (and current paragraph (b)
                                                 information will appear in market data                  believes that this gives market
                                                                                                                                                               states complex orders may be IOC, Day,
                                                 feeds and auction messages, permitting                  participants extra flexibility to control
                                                                                                                                                               or GTC, as GTD functionality is not
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 these Users to track their own orders.                  the handling and execution of their
                                                                                                                                                               currently available on C2). Proposed
                                                    Proposed paragraph (b) also adds the                 complex orders by the System by giving
                                                                                                                                                               paragraph (b) is consistent with this
                                                 following instructions that are                         them the additional ability to determine
                                                                                                                                                               current Exchange authority and expands
                                                 permissible for complex orders:                         whether they wish to have their
                                                                                                                                                               the Times-in-Force the Exchange may
                                                    • Complex Only Orders: A Market-                     complex order initiate a COA. The
                                                 Maker may designate a Day or IOC order                  Exchange further believes that the                      38 Currently, all Capacities may rest complex
                                                 as ‘‘Complex Only,’’ which may execute                  proposed default values are consistent                orders in the COB, which the Exchange plans to be
                                                 only against complex orders in the COB                  with the terms of the orders (e.g., IOC               the case following the technology migration.



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                              22811

                                                 permit for complex orders to be                         consistent with the current COB                       any orders in the complex strategy in
                                                 consistent with the Times-in-Force                      Opening Process, as set forth in current              the COB (in time priority), except it Legs
                                                 available for complex orders on EDGX.                   Interpretation and Policy .07(a). All                 any complex orders it can into the
                                                 Proposed Rule 6.13(b) is substantively                  complex orders the System receives                    Simple Book. The proposed rule change
                                                 the same as EDGX Rule 21.20(b). This                    prior to opening a complex strategy                   provides additional detail regarding
                                                 authority enables the Exchange to                       pursuant to the COB Opening Process,                  how the COB will open if there are no
                                                 modify complex order types available                    including any delay applied by the                    matching trades. Additionally, the
                                                 on the Exchange as market conditions                    Exchange, are eligible to be matched in               Exchange believes the proposed
                                                 change and remain competitive.                          the COB Opening Process and not                       configurable time period is important
                                                    Proposed Rule 6.13(c) describes the                  during the Opening Process described in               because the opening price protections
                                                 process of accepting orders prior to the                Rule 6.11. The proposed delay is                      are relatively restrictive (i.e., based on
                                                 opening of the COB for trading (and                     consistent with current EDGX                          the SNBBO), and the configurable time
                                                 prior to re-opening after a halt), and the              functionality and is additional detail in             period provides the Exchange with the
                                                 process by which the Exchange will                      the C2 Rules. C2 similarly applies a                  ability to periodically review the
                                                 open the COB or re-open the COB                         delay period during the regular Opening               process and modify it as necessary to
                                                 following a halt (the ‘‘Opening                         Process, as described above.                          ensure there is sufficient opportunity to
                                                 Process’’). The current COB opening                        If there are matching complex orders               have Opening Process executions
                                                 process is described in current Rule                    in a complex strategy, the System                     without also waiting too long to
                                                 6.13, Interpretation and Policy .07,                    determines the COB opening price,                     transition to regular trading. This is
                                                 which the proposed rule change deletes.                 which is the price at which the most                  similar to EDGX Rule 21.20(c)(2)(D).
                                                 The proposed COB opening process is                     complex orders can trade. If there are                   Currently on C2, the System opens the
                                                 substantively the same as the EDGX                      multiple prices that would result in the              COB in a similar manner, however it
                                                 COB opening process described in                        same number of complex orders                         first attempts to match complex orders
                                                 EDGX Rule 21.20(c)(A) through (D).                      executed, the System chooses the price                against orders in the Simple Book, then
                                                    The COB Opening Process will occur                   that would result in the smallest                     matches complex orders against each
                                                 at the beginning of each trading day and                remaining imbalance as the COB                        other. As proposed, and consistent with
                                                 after a trading halt (similar to the                    opening price. If there are multiple                  EDGX Rule 21.20(c)(2)(C), complex
                                                 current COB opening process, as stated                  prices that would result in the same                  orders will not leg into the book upon
                                                 in current Interpretation and Policy                    number of complex orders executed and                 the COB open (unless there are no
                                                 .07(b)). There will be a complex order                  the same ‘‘smallest’’ imbalance, the                  matching complex orders and a complex
                                                 entry period, during which the System                   System chooses the price closest to the               strategy opens without a trade);
                                                 will accept complex orders for inclusion                midpoint of the (i) SNBBO or (ii) if there            however, the COB opening price must
                                                 in the COB Opening Process at the times                 is no SNBBO available, the highest and                improve the SBBO by at least $0.01 as
                                                 and in the manner set forth in proposed                 lowest potential opening prices as the                described above, thus providing
                                                 Rule 6.11(a), except the Order Entry                    COB opening price. If the midpoint                    protection to the leg markets (including
                                                 Period for complex orders ends when                     price would result in an invalid                      customers). The proposed matching
                                                 the complex strategy opens. Currently,                  increment, the System rounds the COB                  process for complex orders on the COB
                                                 C2 similarly accepts complex orders                     opening price up to the nearest                       is similar to the process in current
                                                 prior to the COB opening, at the same                   permissible increment. If the COB                     Interpretation and Policy .07(a)(ii).
                                                 time it begins to accept simple orders.                 opening price equals the SBBO, the                    Additionally, C2 currently restricts
                                                 As discussed above, this time is                        System adjust the COB opening price to                valid opening trade prices to be within
                                                 changing from no earlier than 2:00 a.m.                 a price that is better than the                       the SBBO rather than the SNBBO as the
                                                 central to 7:30 a.m. eastern (which time                corresponding bid or offer in the Simple              proposed opening process does. The
                                                 is consistent with the current pre-open                 Book by $0.01. This is consistent with                SNBBO more accurately reflects the
                                                 period on C2). The Exchange believes                    EDGX Rule 21.20(c)(2)(C), except on                   then-current market, rather than the
                                                 this provides Users with sufficient time                EDGX, the opening price must improve                  SBBO, and thus the Exchange believes
                                                 to enter complex orders prior to the                    the SBBO only if there are priority                   it is a better measure to use for purposes
                                                 open. Complex orders entered during                     customers on the legs.                                of determining the reasonability of the
                                                 the Order Entry Period will not be                         After the System determines a COB                  prices of orders.
                                                 eligible for execution until the COB                    opening price, the Exchange executes                     Proposed Rule 6.13(d) describes the
                                                 Opening Process occurs. Beginning at                    matching complex orders in accordance                 COA process for COA-eligible orders.
                                                 7:30 a.m. and updated every five                        with the priority in proposed Rule                    Orders in all classes will be eligible to
                                                 seconds thereafter until the initiation of              6.12(a) applicable to the class at the                participate in COA. Upon receipt of a
                                                 the COB Opening Process, the Exchange                   COB opening price. The System enters                  COA-eligible order, the System initiates
                                                 will disseminate indicative prices and                  any remaining complex orders (or                      the COA process by sending a COA
                                                 order imbalance information based on                    unexecuted portions) into the COB,                    auction message to all subscribers to the
                                                 complex orders queued in the System                     subject to a User’s instructions. If there            Exchange’s data feeds that deliver COA
                                                 for the COB Opening Process. This is                    are no matching complex orders in a                   auction messages. A COA auction
                                                 new functionality that will provide                     complex strategy, the System opens the                message identifies the COA auction ID,
                                                 Users with information regarding the                    complex strategy without a trade. If after            instrument ID (i.e., complex strategy),
                                                 expected COB opening, which is the                      an Exchange-established period of time                Capacity, quantity, and side of the
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 same as functionality available on EDGX                 that may not exceed 30 seconds, the                   market of the COA-eligible order. The
                                                 (see EDGX Rule 21.20(c)(2)(A)).                         System cannot match orders because (i)                Exchange may also determine to include
                                                    The System initiates the COB                         the System cannot determine a COB                     the price in COA auction messages,
                                                 Opening Process for a complex strategy                  opening price (i.e., all queued orders are            which will be the limit order price or
                                                 after a number of seconds (which                        market orders) or (ii) the COB opening                the SBBO (if initiated by a market
                                                 number the Exchange determines) after                   price is outside the SNBBO, the System                complex order), or the drill-through
                                                 all legs of the strategy in the Simple                  opens the complex strategy without a                  price if the order is subject to the drill-
                                                 Book are open for trading. This is                      trade. In both case, the System enters                through protection in Rule 6.14(b). This


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                 22812                        Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                 is similar to the RFR message the                       As another example, each COA                          the original COA order at a better price.
                                                 Exchange currently sends to Trading                     Response is required to specifically                  The proposed rule change deletes that
                                                 Permit Holders as set forth in current                  identify the COA for which it is targeted             provision, as it is being replaced by the
                                                 subparagraph (c)(2)(A).                                 and if not fully executed will be                     functionality above (which order
                                                    The System may initiate a COA in a                   cancelled at the conclusion of the COA.               terminates a COA in that circumstance
                                                 complex strategy even though another                    Thus, COA Responses will only be                      rather than joins the COA, but still
                                                 COA in that complex strategy is                         considered in the specified COA.                      provides execution opportunities for the
                                                 ongoing. This concurrent COA                               The proposed COA process is                        new incoming order by placing it on the
                                                 functionality is not currently available                substantively the same as the COA                     COB). The proposed rule change deletes
                                                 on C2, but is available on EDGX (see                    process described in EDGX Rule                        current C2 Rule 6.13(c)(8), which
                                                 EDGX Rule 21.20(d)(1)). The Exchange                    21.20(d), except there will be no                     describes current circumstances that
                                                 believes it will increase price                         customer priority on C2 for simple or                 cause a COA to end early, as those will
                                                 improvement and execution                               complex orders.                                       no long apply following the technology
                                                 opportunities for complex orders                           Proposed subparagraph (d)(3) defines               migration. The proposed rule change
                                                 following the technology migration. The                 the Response Time Interval as the                     deletes current Rule 6.13(c)(8)(A) and
                                                 Exchange notes at the outset that based                 period of time during which Users may                 (B) regarding incoming COA-eligible
                                                 on how Exchange Systems operate (and                    submit responses to the COA auction                   orders received during the Response
                                                 computer processes generally), it is                    message (‘‘COA Responses’’). The                      Time Interval, as those orders may
                                                 impossible for COAs to occur                            Exchange determines the duration of the               initiate a separate COA under the
                                                 ‘‘simultaneously’’, meaning that they                   Response Time Interval, which may not                 proposed rule change that permits
                                                 would commence and conclude at                          exceed 500 milliseconds. This is similar              concurrent COAs. The proposed rule
                                                 exactly the same time. Thus, although it                to current subparagraph (c)(3)(B), except             change deletes current Rule 6.13(c)(D)
                                                 is possible as proposed for one or more                 the proposed rule change reduces the                  and (E) relating to incoming do-not-COA
                                                 COAs to overlap, each COA will be                       maximum time period from three                        orders and changes in the leg markets
                                                 started in a sequence and with a time                   seconds to 500 milliseconds. The                      that would terminate an ongoing COA,
                                                 that will determine its processing. Thus,               Exchange believes that 500 milliseconds               as under the proposed rules, those new
                                                 even if there are two COAs that                         is a reasonable amount of time within                 orders would not terminate a COA but
                                                 commence and conclude at nearly the                     which participants can respond to a                   would be eligible to execute against the
                                                 same time, each COA will have a                         COA auction message, as it is the                     COA-eligible order at the end of the
                                                 distinct conclusion at which time the                   maximum timeframe in EDGX Rule                        COA) (see proposed subparagraph
                                                 COA will be allocated.                                  21.20(d)(3). The current timer on C2 is               (d)(2), which states execution will occur
                                                    If there are multiple COAs ongoing for               20 milliseconds, and therefore the                    against orders in the Simple Book and
                                                 a specific complex strategy, each COA                   Exchange believes market believes a                   COB at the time the COA concludes).
                                                 concludes sequentially based on the                     maximum response time of 500                          Ultimately, these incoming orders are
                                                 time each COA commenced, unless                         milliseconds is sufficient to respond to              eligible for execution against a COA-
                                                 terminated early as described below. At                 auctions.                                             eligible order under current and
                                                 the time each COA concludes, the                           However, the Response Time Interval                proposed rules. The proposed rule
                                                 System allocates the COA-eligible order                 terminates prior to the end of that time              change merely changes the potential
                                                 pursuant to proposed Rule 6.13(d)(5)                    duration:                                             execution time to the end of the full
                                                 and takes into account all COA                             (1) When the System receives a non-                response interval time from an
                                                 Responses for that COA, orders in the                   COA-eligible order on the same side as                abbreviated response interval time.
                                                 Simple Book, and unrelated complex                      the COA-eligible order that initiated the                Proposed subparagraph (d)(4)
                                                 orders on the COB at the time the COA                   COA but with a price better than the                  describes COA Responses that may be
                                                 concludes. If there are multiple COAs                   COA price, in which case the System                   submitted during the Response Time
                                                 ongoing for a specific complex strategy                 terminates the COA and processes the                  Interval for a specific COA. The System
                                                 that are each terminated early as                       COA-eligible order as described below                 accepts a COA Response(s) with any
                                                 described below, the System processes                   and posts the new order to the COB; or                Capacity in $0.01 increments during the
                                                 the COAs sequentially based on the                         (2) when the System receives an order              Response Time Interval. Current
                                                 order in which they commenced. If a                     in a leg of the complex order that would              subparagraph (c)(3) permits the
                                                 COA Response is not fully executed at                   improve the SBBO on the same side as                  Exchange to determine whether Market-
                                                 the end of the identified COA to which                  the COA-eligible order that initiated the             Makers assigned to a class and Trading
                                                 the COA Response was submitted, the                     COA to a price equal to or better than                Permit Holders acting as agent for orders
                                                 System cancels or rejects it at the                     the COA price, in which case the                      resting on the top of the COB in the
                                                 conclusion of the specified COA.                        System terminates the COA and                         relevant series, or all Trading Permit
                                                    In turn, when the first COA                          processes the COA-eligible order as                   Holders, may submit COA Responses.
                                                 concludes, orders on the Simple Book                    described below, posts the new order to               Currently, the Exchange permits all
                                                 and unrelated complex orders that then                  the COB, and updates the SBBO.                        Trading Permit Holders to submit COA
                                                 exist will be considered for                               These circumstances that cause a                   Responses, so the proposed rule change
                                                 participation in the COA. If unrelated                  Response Time Interval to terminate                   is consistent with current C2 practice
                                                 orders are fully executed in such COA,                  prior to the end of the above-noted time              and merely eliminates this flexibility.
                                                 then there will be no unrelated orders                  duration are substantively the same as                   A COA Response must specify the
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 for consideration when the subsequent                   EDGX Rule 21.20(d)(5)(C)(i) and (ii).                 price, size, side of the market (i.e., a
                                                 COA is processed (unless new unrelated                  EDGX Rule 21.20(d)(5)(C)(iii) does not                response to a buy COA as a sell or a
                                                 order interest has arrived). If instead                 apply to C2, as it relates to Priority                response to a sell COA as a buy) and
                                                 there is remaining unrelated order                      Customer orders, which have no                        COA auction ID for the COA to which
                                                 interest after the first COA has been                   allocation priority on C2. Current C2                 the User is submitting the COA
                                                 allocated, then such unrelated order                    Rule 6.13(c)(8)(C) describes how the                  Response. While this is not included in
                                                 interest will be considered for allocation              System currently handles incoming                     current C2 rules, it is consistent with
                                                 when the subsequent COA is processed.                   COA-eligible orders on the same side of               System entry requirements for COA


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                            22813

                                                 Responses. The System aggregates the                    COA response with priority. The                          The System enters any do-not-COA
                                                 size of COA Responses submitted at the                  Exchange believes it is appropriate for               order (or unexecuted portion) that
                                                 same price for an EFID, and caps the                    complex orders to allocate in the same                cannot execute against the individual
                                                 size of the aggregated COA Responses at                 manner as simple orders. Additionally,                leg markets or complex orders into the
                                                 the size of the COA-eligible order. This                on EDGX, COA responses and unrelated                  COB (if eligible for entry), and applies
                                                 provision is similar to Cboe Options                    orders on the COB allocate in time                    a timestamp based on the time it enters
                                                 Rule 6.53(d)(v), which caps order and                   priority, and Leg into the Simple Book                the COB. The System cancels or rejects
                                                 response sizes for allocation purposes to               in pro-rata priority, as that is the only             any do-not-COA order (or unexecuted
                                                 prevent Trading Permit Holders from                     allocation algorithm available for simple             portion) that would execute at a price
                                                 taking advantage of a pro-rata allocation               orders on EDGX. EDGX prioritizes                      outside of the SBBO, if not eligible for
                                                 by submitting responses larger than the                 customer orders in the simple book. As                entry into the COB, or in accordance
                                                 COA-eligible order to obtain a larger                   discussed above, there will be no                     with the User’s instructions. Complex
                                                 allocation from that order.                             customer priority on C2—this applies to               orders resting on the COB may execute
                                                    During the Response Time Interval,                   both the Simple Book and the COB.                     pursuant to proposed paragraph (e)
                                                 COA Responses are not firm, and Users                   However, by trading with the legs first,              following evaluation pursuant to
                                                 can modify or withdraw them at any                      this provides protection to customer                  proposed paragraph (i), both as
                                                 time prior to the end of the Response                   orders in the legs as well, and ensure no             described below, and remain on the
                                                 Time Interval, although the System                      complex orders will trade against the                 COB until they execute or are cancelled
                                                 applies a new timestamp to any                          COB ahead of customer orders in the                   or rejected.
                                                 modified COA Response (unless the                       legs.                                                    The proposed rule change is similar to
                                                 modification was to decrease its size),                    Proposed subparagraph (d)(5)(B)                    current C2 Rule 6.13(b)(1). Additionally,
                                                 which will result in loss of priority. The              states the System enters any COA-                     the proposed rule change is
                                                 Exchange does not display COA                           eligible order (or unexecuted portion)                substantively the same as EDGX Rule
                                                 Responses. At the end of the Response                   that does not execute at the end of the               21.20(c)(3)(B) and (5)(D), except for the
                                                 Time Interval, COA Responses are firm                   COA into the COB (if eligible for entry),             priority of execution. As discussed
                                                 (i.e., guaranteed at their price and size).             and applies a timestamp based on the                  above, on C2, complex orders will trade
                                                 A COA Response may only execute                         time it enters the COB (see current C2                against the leg markets ahead of the
                                                 against the COA-eligible order for the                  Rule 6.13(c)(6)). The System cancels or               COB (including customer orders), but
                                                 COA to which a User submitted the                       rejects any COA-eligible order (or                    will not prioritize customer orders on
                                                 COA Response. The System cancels or                     unexecuted portion) that does not                     the leg markets. As discussed above,
                                                 rejects any unexecuted COA Responses                    execute at the end of the COA if not                  this is consistent with C2’s allocation,
                                                 (or unexecuted portions) at the                         eligible for entry into the COB or in                 which provides no customer priority.
                                                 conclusion of the COA. This is                                                                                   Proposed Rule 6.13(f)(1) states the
                                                                                                         accordance with the User’s instructions.
                                                 substantively the same as current                                                                             minimum increment for bids and offers
                                                                                                         Once in the COB, the order may execute
                                                 subparagraph (c)(7) and EDGX Rule                                                                             on a complex order is $0.01, and the
                                                                                                         pursuant to proposed paragraph (e)
                                                 21.20(d)(4).                                                                                                  components of a complex order may be
                                                                                                         following evaluation pursuant to                      executed in $0.01 increments, regardless
                                                    Proposed subparagraph (d)(5)
                                                 describes how COA-eligible orders are                   proposed paragraph (i), both as                       of the minimum increments otherwise
                                                 processed at the end of the Response                    described below, and remain on the                    applicable to the individual components
                                                 Time Interval. At the end of the                        COB until they execute or are cancelled               of the complex order. This is consistent
                                                 Response Time Interval, the System                      or rejected. These provisions are                     with current and proposed Rule 6.4.
                                                 executes a COA-eligible order (in whole                 substantively the same as EDGX Rule                   Proposed Rule 6.13(f)(2) provides the
                                                 or in part) against contra side interest in             21.20(d)(5)(A) and (B).                               System does not execute a complex
                                                 price priority. If there is contra side                    Proposed Rule 6.13(e) describes how                order pursuant to Rule 6.13 at a net
                                                 interest at the same price, the System                  the System will handle do-not-COA                     price (1) that would cause any
                                                 allocates the contra side interest as                   orders (i.e. orders that do not initiate a            component of the complex strategy to be
                                                 follows:                                                COA upon entry to the System) and                     executed at a price of zero, (2) worse
                                                    (1) Orders and quotes in the Simple                  orders resting in the COB. Upon receipt               than the SBBO, (3) that would cause any
                                                 Book for the individual leg components                  of a do-not-COA order, or if the System               component of the complex strategy to be
                                                 of the complex order through Legging                    determines an order resting on the COB                executed at a price worse than the
                                                 (subject to proposed paragraph (g), as                  is eligible for execution following                   individual component price on the
                                                 described below), which the System                      evaluation as described below, the                    Simple Book, (4) worse than the price
                                                 allocates in accordance with the priority               System executes it (in whole or in part)              that would be available if the complex
                                                 in proposed Rule 6.12(a) applicable to                  against contra side interest in price                 order Legged into the Simple Book, or
                                                 the class.                                              priority. If there is contra side interest            (5) ahead of orders on the Simple Book
                                                    (2) COA Responses and unrelated                      at the same price, the System allocates               without improving the BBO on at least
                                                 orders posted to the COB, which the                     the contra side interest as follows:                  one component by at least $0.01. The
                                                 System allocates in accordance with the                    (1) Orders and quotes in the Simple                System executes complex orders
                                                 priority in proposed Rule 6.12(a)                       Book for the individual leg components                without consideration of any prices for
                                                 applicable to the class.                                of the complex order through Legging                  the complex strategy that might be
                                                    This allocation is similar to the                    (as described below), which the System                available on other exchanges trading the
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 current allocation priority on C2                       allocates in accordance with the priority             same complex strategy; provided,
                                                 following a COA, as set forth in current                in proposed Rule 6.12(a) applicable to                however, that such complex order price
                                                 C2 Rule 6.13(c)(5), except the proposed                 the class.                                            may be subject to the drill-through price
                                                 rule allocates COA-eligible orders to                      (2) Complex orders resting on the                  protection described below. This is
                                                 COA responses and resting complex                       COB, which the System allocates in                    substantively the same as EDGX Rule
                                                 orders in the same priority as it does                  accordance with the priority in                       21.20(c). However, because complex
                                                 simple orders, rather than providing                    proposed Rule 6.12(a) applicable to the               orders will execute against the leg
                                                 public customer complex orders and                      class.                                                markets (including customer orders on


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                 22814                        Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                 the legs) prior to executing against                    equaled or exceeded and the                           they are executed when entitled.
                                                 complex orders at the same price,                       participant’s quotes are removed by the               Additionally, this process ensures the
                                                 complex orders will not execute ahead                   Risk Monitor Mechanism in all series of               System will not execute any component
                                                 of a customer order on the legs.                        that option class. Thus the Legging of                of a complex order at a price that would
                                                 Additionally, this provision is                         complex orders presents higher risk to                trade through an order on the Simple
                                                 substantively the same as current C2                    Market-Makers and other liquidity                     Book. The Exchange believes that this is
                                                 Rules 6.12(g) and 6.13(c)(5).                           providers as compared to simple orders                reasonable because it prevents the
                                                    Proposed paragraph (g) adopts                        being entered in multiple series of an                components of a complex order from
                                                 restrictions on the ability of complex                  options class in the simple market, as it             trading at a price that is inferior to a
                                                 orders to Leg into the Simple Book.                     can result in such participants                       price at which the individual
                                                 Specifically, a complex order may Leg                   exceeding their established risk                      components may be traded on the
                                                 into the Simple Book pursuant to                        thresholds by a greater number of                     Exchange or ahead of the leg markets.
                                                 proposed subparagraphs (d)(5)(A)(i) and                 contracts. Although Market-Makers and                    • If there is a zero NBO for any leg,
                                                 (e)(i), subject to the restrictions in                  other liquidity providers can limit their             the System replaces the zero with a
                                                 proposed paragraph (g), if it can execute               risk through the use of the Risk Monitor              price $0.01 above NBB to calculate the
                                                 in full or in a permissible ratio and if                Mechanism, the participant’s quotes are               SNBBO, and complex orders with any
                                                 it has no more than a maximum number                    not removed until after a trade is                    buy legs do not Leg into the Simple
                                                 of legs (which the Exchange determines                  executed. As a result, because of the                 Book. If there is a zero NBB, the System
                                                 on a class-by-class basis and may be                    way complex orders leg into the regular               replaces the zero with a price of $0.01,
                                                 two, three or four), subject to the                     market as a single transaction, Market-               and complex orders with any sell legs
                                                 following restrictions:                                 Makers and other liquidity providers                  do not Leg into the Simple Book. If there
                                                    (1) All two leg COA-eligible Customer                may end up trading more than the                      is a zero NBB and zero NBO, the System
                                                 complex orders may Leg into the Simple                  cumulative risk thresholds they have                  replaces the zero NBB with a price of
                                                 Book without restriction.                               established, and are therefore exposed                $0.01 and replaces the zero NBO with
                                                    (2) Complex orders for any other                     to greater risk. The Exchange believes                a price of $0.02, and complex orders do
                                                 Capacity with two option legs that are                  that Market Makers and other liquidity                not Leg into the Simple Book. The
                                                 both buy or both sell and that are both                 providers may be compelled to change                  SBBO and SNBBO may not be
                                                 calls or both puts may not Leg into the                 their quoting and trading behavior to                 calculated if the NBB or NBO is zero (as
                                                 Simple Book. These orders may execute                   account for this additional risk by                   noted above, if the best bid or offer on
                                                 against other complex orders on the                     widening their quotes and reducing the                the Exchange is not available, the
                                                 COB.                                                    size associated with their quotes, which              System uses the NBB or NBO when
                                                    (3) All complex orders with three or                 would diminish the Exchange’s quality                 calculating the SBBO). As discussed
                                                 four option legs that are all buy or all                of markets and the quality of the                     above, permissible execution prices are
                                                 sell (regardless of whether the option                  markets in general.                                   based on the SBBO. If the SBBO is not
                                                 legs are calls or puts) may not Leg into                   Proposed Rule 6.13(h) contains                     available, the System cannot determine
                                                 the Simple Book. These orders may                       additional provisions regarding the                   permissible posting or execution pricing
                                                 execute against other complex orders on                 handling of complex orders:                           for a complex order (which are based on
                                                 the COB.                                                   • A complex market order or a limit                the SBBO), which could reduce
                                                    The proposed rule change is                          order with a price that locks or crosses              execution opportunities for complex
                                                 substantively the same as EDGX Rule                     the then-current opposite side SBBO                   orders. If the System were to use the
                                                 21.20(c)(2)(F), except it does not include              and does not execute because the SBBO                 zero bid or offer when calculating the
                                                 restrictions related to Customer orders,                is the best price but not available for               SBBO, it may also result in executions
                                                 because Customer priority will not                      execution (because it does not satisfy                at erroneous prices (since there is no
                                                 apply on C2. These restrictions serve the               the complex order ratio or the complex                market indication for the price at which
                                                 same purpose as the protection included                 order cannot Leg into the Simple Book)                the leg should execute). For example, if
                                                 in current C2 Rule 6.13(c)(2)(A), which                 enters the COB with a book and display                a complex order has a buy leg in a series
                                                 is to ensure that Market-Makers                         price that improves the then-current                  with no offer, there is no order in the
                                                 providing liquidity do not trade above                  opposite side SBBO by $0.01. If the                   leg markets against which this leg
                                                 their established risk tolerance levels.                SBBO changes, the System continuously                 component could execute. This is
                                                 Currently, liquidity providers (typically               reprices the complex order’s book and                 consistent with functionality on EDGX,
                                                 Market Makers, though such                              display price based on the new SBBO                   and the proposed rule change is merely
                                                 functionality is not currently limited to               (up to the limit price, if it is a limit              including this detail in the C2 rules.
                                                 registered Market Makers) in the Simple                 order), subject to the drill-through price            This is also consistent with the
                                                 Book are protected by way of the Risk                   protection described in Rule 6.14(b),                 proposed rule change (and EDGX rule)
                                                 Monitor Mechanism by limiting the                       until: (A) The complex order has been                 that states complex order executions are
                                                 number of contracts they execute as                     executed in its entirety; or (B) the                  not permitted if the price of a leg would
                                                 described above. The Risk Monitor                       complex order (or unexecuted portion)                 be zero. Additionally, this is similar to
                                                 Mechanism allows Market-Makers and                      of the complex order is cancelled or                  the proposed rule change described
                                                 other liquidity providers to provide                    rejected. This provision is substantively             above to improve the posting price of a
                                                 liquidity across potentially hundreds of                the same as EDGX Rule 21.20(c)(4) and                 complex order by $0.01 if it would
                                                 options series without executing the full               (6), except it improves the SBBO by                   otherwise lock the SBBO. The proposed
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 cumulative size of all such quotes before               $0.01 in all cases. This is consistent                rule change is a reasonable process to
                                                 being given adequate opportunity to                     with the proposed C2 rule to trade with
                                                                                                                                                               ensure complex orders receive
                                                 adjust the price and/or size of their                   the leg markets ahead of the COB. The
                                                                                                                                                               execution opportunities, even if there is
                                                 quotes.                                                 purpose of using the calculated SBBO is
                                                                                                                                                               no interest in the leg markets.39
                                                    All of a participant’s quotes in each                to enable the System to determine a
                                                 option class are considered firm until                  valid trading price range for complex                   39 Cboe Options Rule 6.13(b)(vi) states if a market
                                                 such time as the Risk Monitor                           strategies and to protect orders resting              order is received when the national best bid in a
                                                 Mechanism’s threshold has been                          on the Simple Book by ensuring that                   series is zero, if the Exchange best offer is less than



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                                               Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                                  22815

                                                    Proposed Rule 6.13(i) states the                     instructions to cancel its open complex                  The proposed rule change deletes
                                                 System evaluates an incoming complex                    orders upon a Regulatory Halt, for                    current Rule 6.13, Interpretation and
                                                 order upon receipt after the open of                    participation in the re-opening of the                Policy .02, which describes how orders
                                                 trading to determine whether it is a                    COB as described below. A Trading                     resting on the COB may initiate a COA
                                                 COA-eligible order or a do-not-COA                      Permit Holder’s complex orders are                    under certain conditions. This ‘‘re-
                                                 order and thus whether it should be                     cancelled unless the Trading Permit                   COA’’ functionality will not be available
                                                 processed pursuant to proposed                          Holder instructed the Exchange not to                 on C2 following the technology
                                                 paragraph (d) or (e), respectively. The                 cancel its orders. The COB will remain                migration. However, as described above,
                                                 System also re-evaluates a complex                      available for Users to enter and manage               the System continuously evaluates
                                                 order resting on the COB (including an                  complex orders that are not cancelled.                orders resting on the COB for execution
                                                 order (or unexecuted portion) that did                  Incoming complex orders that could                    opportunities against incoming complex
                                                 not execute pursuant to proposed                        otherwise execute or initiate a COA in                orders or orders in the leg markets.
                                                 paragraph (d) or (e) upon initial receipt)              the absence of a halt will be placed on               Pursuant to EDGX Rule 21.20(c)(5)(B),
                                                 (1) at time the COB opens, (2) following                the COB. Incoming complex orders with                 continual evaluation of orders on the
                                                 a halt, and (3) during the trading day                  a time in force of IOC will be cancelled              COB does not determine whether orders
                                                 when the leg market price or quantity                   or rejected.                                          may be subject to another COA.
                                                 changes to determine whether the                           If, during a COA, any component(s)                 Therefore, the proposed rule change is
                                                 complex order can execute (pursuant to                  and/or the underlying security of a                   consistent with EDGX rules, which do
                                                 proposed Rule 6.13(e) described above),                 COA-eligible order is halted, the COA                 not permit ‘‘re-COA.’’
                                                 should be repriced (pursuant to                         ends early without trading and all COA                   Proposed Interpretation and Policy
                                                 proposed paragraph (h)), should remain                  Responses are cancelled or rejected.                  .02 states a Trading Permit Holder’s
                                                 resting on the COB, or should be                        Remaining complex orders will be                      dissemination of information related to
                                                 cancelled. This is consistent with EDGX                 placed on the COB if eligible or will be              COA-eligible orders to third parties or a
                                                 Rule 21.20(c)(2)(G) and (c)(5). This                    cancelled. When trading in the halted                 pattern or practice of submitting orders
                                                 evaluation process ensures that the                     component(s) and/or underlying                        that cause a COA to conclude early will
                                                 System is monitoring and assessing the                  security of the complex order resumes,                be deemed conduct inconsistent with
                                                 COB for incoming complex orders, and                    the System will re-open the COB                       just and equitable principles of trade
                                                 changes in market conditions or events                  pursuant to proposed paragraph (c) (as                and a violation of Rule 4.1. This
                                                 that cause complex orders to reprice or                 described above). The System queues                   combines EDGX Rule 21.20,
                                                 execute, and conditions or events that                  any complex orders designated for a re-               Interpretation and Policy .02 and
                                                 result in the cancellation of complex                   opening following a halt until the halt               current C2 Rule 6.13, Interpretation and
                                                 orders on the COB. This ensures the                     has ended, at which time they are                     Policy .03 into a single provision
                                                 integrity of the Exchange’s System in                   eligible for execution in the Opening                 regarding behavior related to COAs that
                                                 handling complex orders and results in                  Process. This proposed rule change                    may be deemed inconsistent with just
                                                 a fair and orderly market for complex                   regarding the handling of complex                     and equitable principles of trade.
                                                 orders on the Exchange.                                 orders during a trading halt is                          Stock-option orders will not be
                                                    Proposed Rule 6.13(j) states the                     substantively the same as EDGX Rule                   available on C2 following the
                                                 System cancels or rejects a complex                     21.20, Interpretation and Policy .05.                 technology migration, so the proposed
                                                 market order it receives when the                          The Exchange believes the proposed                 rule change deletes all provisions
                                                 underlying security is subject to a limit               provisions described above regarding                  related to, and references to, stock-
                                                 up-limit down state, as defined in Rule                 complex order handling and executions                 option orders from Rule 6.13 (including
                                                 6.39. If during a COA of a COA-eligible                 provide a framework that will enable                  Interpretation and Policy .06) and
                                                 market order, the underlying security                   the efficient trading of complex orders               elsewhere in the Rules. Stock-option
                                                 enters a limit up-limit down state, the                 in a manner that is similar to current C2             order functionality is not currently
                                                 System terminates the COA without                       functionality and substantively the same              available on C2, so this proposed rule
                                                 trading and cancels or rejects all COA                  as EDGX functionality. As described                   change will have no impact on C2
                                                 Responses. This is consistent with                      above, complex order executions are                   market participants.
                                                 handling of simple market orders during                 designed to work in concert with a                       As discussed above, proposed Rule
                                                 a limit up-limit down state, and is                     priority of allocation that continues to              6.13 regarding complex orders is
                                                 substantively the same as EDGX Rule                     respect the priority of allocations on the            substantially the same as EDGX Rule
                                                 21.20(d)(8) and current Rule 6.13(c)(9).                Simple Book while protecting orders in                21.20 or current Rule 6.13, except for
                                                    Proposed Rule 6.13(k) describes the                  the Simple Book.                                      provisions related to priority, as C2 will
                                                 impact of trading halts on the trading of                  Proposed Interpretation and Policy                 not have customer priority. Proposed
                                                 complex orders. If a trading halt exists                .01 states Market-Makers are not                      Rule 6.13 has nonsubstantive
                                                 for the underlying security or a                        required to quote on the COB. Complex                 differences compared to EDGX Rule
                                                 component of a complex strategy,                        strategies are not subject to any quoting             21.20, which differences are intended to
                                                 trading in the complex strategy will be                 requirements applicable to Market-                    simplify the description of complex
                                                 suspended. The System queues a                          Makers in the simple market. The                      orders, re-organize the provisions, and
                                                 Trading Permit Holder’s open orders                     Exchange does not take into account                   eliminate duplicative language.
                                                 during a Regulatory Halt, unless the                    Market-Makers’ volume executed in                        Current C2 Rule 6.14 describes SAL,
                                                 Trading Permit Holder entered                           complex strategies when deterring                     an electronic auction mechanism that
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                         whether Market-Makers meet their                      provides price improvement for simple
                                                 or equal to $0.50, the Cboe Options system enters       quoting obligations in the simple                     orders. Pursuant to this rule, the
                                                 the market order into the book as a limit order with    market. This codifies current C2                      Exchange may determine whether to
                                                 a price equal to the minimum trading increment for      practice and is identical to EDGX Rule                make SAL available on C2. The
                                                 the series. Similar to the proposed rule change, this
                                                 is an example of an exchange modifying an order         21.20, Interpretation and Policy .01.40               proposed rule change deletes this rule
                                                 price to provide execution opportunities for the
                                                 order when there is a lack of contra-side interest        40 The proposed rule change deletes current C2      determinations made by the Exchange, which is
                                                 when the order is received by the exchange.             Rule 6.13, Interpretation and Policy .01 regarding    being replaced by proposed Rule 1.2.



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                 22816                        Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                 (and makes conforming changes                           single rule, and states the System’s                       complex orders (proposed paragraph
                                                 throughout the rules, including deleting                acceptance and execution of orders and                     (b)), and all (i.e. simple and complex)
                                                 references to SAL and Rule 6.14), as this               quotes pursuant to the Rules, including                    orders (proposed paragraph (c)).
                                                 functionality will not be available on C2               proposed Rules 6.11 through 6.13, are                         The following table identifies the
                                                 following the technology migration.                     subject to the price protection
                                                                                                                                                                    current price protection mechanism and
                                                 Currently, the Exchange has not made                    mechanisms and risk controls in
                                                                                                                                                                    risk control, the current C2 Rule, the
                                                 SAL available for any classes on C2.                    proposed Rule 6.14. Proposed Rule 6.14
                                                    Proposed C2 Rule 6.14 consolidates                   categorizes these mechanisms and                           proposed C2 Rule, the corresponding
                                                 all order and quote price protection                    controls as ones applicable to simple                      EDGX rule (if any), and any proposed
                                                 mechanisms and risk controls into a                     orders (proposed paragraph (a)),                           changes:

                                                   Price protection/        Current          Proposed             EDGX rule                                           Proposed changes
                                                      risk control          C2 rule           C2 rule

                                                 Handling of market      6.12(h) ........   6.14(a)(1) ...   N/A ......................   Pursuant to the proposed rule change, the System cancels or rejects a
                                                   orders received                                                                          market order if there is no-bid and the Exchange best offer is less
                                                   in no-bid series.                                                                        than or equal to $0.50. Under current functionality, the System would
                                                                                                                                            treat the sell order as a limit order with a price equal to the minimum
                                                                                                                                            increment in this situation. The proposed rule change also expands
                                                                                                                                            the same protection to market orders in no-offer series. The Ex-
                                                                                                                                            change believes the proposed rule change will provide protection for
                                                                                                                                            these orders to prevent execution at potentially erroneous prices
                                                                                                                                            when a market order is entered in a series with no bid or offer.
                                                 Market order            6.17(a)(1) ...     6.14(a)(2) ...   21.17(a) ..............      The proposed functionality is generally the same as current functionality,
                                                  NBBO width pro-                                                                           except the acceptable amount away from NBBO a market order may
                                                  tection.                                                                                  execute will be determined by a percentage away from the NBBO
                                                                                                                                            midpoint (subject to a minimum and maximum dollar amount) rather
                                                                                                                                            than specified dollar ranges based on premium, providing the Ex-
                                                                                                                                            change with flexibility it believes appropriate given previous experi-
                                                                                                                                            ence with risk controls.
                                                 Buy order put           6.17(d) ........   6.14(a)(3) ...   21.17(c) ...............     The proposed rule change will apply to market order executions during
                                                   check.                                                                                   the Opening Process, and deletes the call underlying value check in
                                                                                                                                            current Rule 6.17(d)(1)(B), as this functionality will not be available on
                                                                                                                                            C2’s new system following the technology migration. The proposed
                                                                                                                                            rule change also deletes references to auctions because C2 will have
                                                                                                                                            no simple order auctions following the migration.
                                                 Drill-through pro-      6.17(a)(2) ...     6.14(a)(4) ...   21.17(d) ..............      The proposed functionality is generally the same as current functionality,
                                                   tection (simple).                                                                        except the drill-through amount is a buffer amount determined by
                                                                                                                                            class and premium rather than a number ticks. The proposed rule
                                                                                                                                            change deletes the distinction between orders exposed via SAL or
                                                                                                                                            HAL, as those auction mechanisms will not be available on C2’s new
                                                                                                                                            system following the technology migration. The proposed functionality
                                                                                                                                            applies to Day orders, as well as GTD and GTC orders that reenter
                                                                                                                                            the Book from the prior trading day, but not IOC or FOK, as resting in
                                                                                                                                            the Book for a period of time is inconsistent with their purpose (which
                                                                                                                                            is to cancel if not executed immediately).
                                                 Definitions of          6.13.04 .......    6.14(b)(1) ...   21.20.04(a) .........        No substantive changes.
                                                   vertical spread,
                                                   butterfly spread,
                                                   and box spread.
                                                 Credit-to-debit pa-     6.13.04(b) ...     6.14(b)(2) ...   21.20.04(b) .........        No substantive changes.
                                                   rameters.
                                                 Debit/credit price      6.13.04(c) ...     6.17(b)(3) ...   21.20.04(c) ..........       The proposed functionality is generally the same as current functionality,
                                                   reasonability                                                                            except the acceptable price is subject to a pre-set buffer amount,
                                                   checks.                                                                                  which flexibility is consistent with EDGX functionality. The proposed
                                                                                                                                            rule change also makes an additional change to conform to a Cboe
                                                                                                                                            Options rule, as described below.
                                                 Buy strategy pa-        6.13.04(d) ...     6.17(b)(4) ...   21.20.04(d) .........        The proposed functionality is generally the same as current functionality,
                                                   rameters.                                                                                except the net credit price is subject to a buffer amount (consistent
                                                                                                                                            with EDGX functionality). The proposed rule change deletes the
                                                                                                                                            mechanism’s applicability to sell strategies, as that functionality will
                                                                                                                                            not be available on C2 following the technology migration.
                                                 Maximum value ac-       6.13.04(h) ...     6.17(b)(5) ...   21.20.04(e) .........        The proposed functionality is generally the same as current functionality,
                                                  ceptable price                                                                            except the price range is calculated using a buffer amount (consistent
                                                  range.                                                                                    with EDGX functionality) rather than a percentage amount.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00022       Fmt 4701    Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                                         22817

                                                   Price protection/           Current           Proposed             EDGX rule                                           Proposed changes
                                                      risk control             C2 rule            C2 rule

                                                 Drill-through pro-   N/A .............         6.17(b)(6) ...   21.20.04(f) ..........       The proposed functionality is generally the same as current functionality
                                                   tection (complex).                                                                           that applies to simple orders, and expands it to complex orders. The
                                                                                                                                                proposed rule change replaces market width parameter protection and
                                                                                                                                                acceptable percentage range parameter in current Rule 6.13.04(a)
                                                                                                                                                and (e), respectively, which currently protect C2 complex orders from
                                                                                                                                                executing at potentially erroneous prices too far away from the order’s
                                                                                                                                                price or the market’s best price. The proposed rule is substantially
                                                                                                                                                similar to EDGX Rule 21.20(c)(2)(E), except as follows: (1) The pro-
                                                                                                                                                posed rule change adds the concept that a COA-eligible order would
                                                                                                                                                initiate a COA at the drill-through price (this is consistent with current
                                                                                                                                                EDGX functionality and is additional detail in the C2 Rules) (the prices
                                                                                                                                                for complex strategy executions may be subject to the drill-through
                                                                                                                                                protection, which is intended to capture the concept that the price of a
                                                                                                                                                COA may be impacted by the drill-through protection; the proposed
                                                                                                                                                rule change makes this explicit in the C2 rules); and (2) describes
                                                                                                                                                how a change in the SBBO prior to the end of the time period but the
                                                                                                                                                complex order cannot Leg, and the new SBO (SBB) crosses the drill-
                                                                                                                                                through price, the System changes the displayed price of the complex
                                                                                                                                                order to the new SBO (SBB) minus (plus) $0.01, and the order will
                                                                                                                                                not be cancelled at the end of the time period (consistent with EDGX
                                                                                                                                                functionality, and the proposed rule change adds this detail to the C2
                                                                                                                                                Rules). The proposed rule change merely permits an order to remain
                                                                                                                                                on the COB since the market reflects interest to trade (but not cur-
                                                                                                                                                rently executable due to Legging Restrictions) that was not there was
                                                                                                                                                not at the beginning of the time period, providing additional execution
                                                                                                                                                opportunities prior to cancellation.
                                                 Limit Order Fat            6.13.04(g)          6.14(c)(1) ...   21.17(b) and                 The proposed functionality is generally the same as current functionality,
                                                   Finger Check.              and                                  21.20, Interpre-             except the amount away from the NBBO a limit order price may be is
                                                                              6.17(b).                             tation and Pol-              a buffer amount rather than a number of ticks with no minimum, and
                                                                                                                   icy .06.                     Exchange may determine whether the check applies to simple orders
                                                                                                                                                prior to the conclusion of the Opening Process (current rules codify
                                                                                                                                                pre-open application), providing the Exchange with flexibility it be-
                                                                                                                                                lieves appropriate given previous experience with risk controls. The
                                                                                                                                                proposed rule change does not apply to GTC or GTD orders that re-
                                                                                                                                                enter the Book from the prior trading day, as this check only applies
                                                                                                                                                to orders when the System receives them. The proposed rule change
                                                                                                                                                provides Users with ability to set a different buffer amount to accom-
                                                                                                                                                modate its own risk modeling; does not apply to adjusted series prior
                                                                                                                                                to the Opening Process, as prices may reflect the corporate action for
                                                                                                                                                the underlying but the previous day’s NBBO would not reflect that ac-
                                                                                                                                                tion. If the check applies prior to the Opening Process, the System
                                                                                                                                                compares the order’s price to the midpoint of the NBBO rather than
                                                                                                                                                the previous day’s closing price, which the Exchange believes is an-
                                                                                                                                                other reasonable price comparison; will no longer exclude ISOs,
                                                                                                                                                which is consistent with EDGX functionality.
                                                 Maximum contract           6.17(h) ........    6.14(c)(2) ...   N/A ......................   The proposed functionality is generally the same as current functionality,
                                                  size.                                                                                         except the Exchange will set a default amount rather than permit User
                                                                                                                                                to set amount. The proposed rule change applies per port rather than
                                                                                                                                                acronym or login. The functionality to cancel a resting order or quote
                                                                                                                                                if replacement order or quote is entered will not be available on C2
                                                                                                                                                following the technology migration (however, a User can enable can-
                                                                                                                                                cel on reject functionality described below to receive same result).
                                                 Maximum notional           N/A .............   6.14(c)(3) ...   Technical speci-             Voluntary functionality similar to maximum contract size, except the Sys-
                                                  value.                                                           fications.                   tem cancels or rejects an incoming order or quote with a notional
                                                                                                                                                value that exceeds the maximum notional value a User establishes for
                                                                                                                                                each of its ports. The proposed rule change provides an additional,
                                                                                                                                                voluntary control for Users to manage their order and execution risk
                                                                                                                                                on C2.
                                                 Daily risk limits ......   N/A .............   6.14(c)(4) ...   Technical speci-             Voluntary functionality pursuant to which a User may establish limits for
                                                                                                                   fications.                   cumulative notional booked bid (‘‘CBB’’) or offer (‘‘CBO’’) value, and
                                                                                                                                                cumulative notional executed bid (‘‘CEB’’) or offer (‘‘CEO’’) value for
                                                                                                                                                each of its ports on a net or gross basis, or both, and may establish
                                                                                                                                                limits for market or limit orders (counting both simple and complex), or
                                                                                                                                                both. If a User exceeds a cutoff value (by aggregating amounts
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                                                                across the User’s ports), the System cancels or rejects incoming limit
                                                                                                                                                or market orders, or both, as applicable.41
                                                 Risk monitor mech-         6.17(g) and         6.14(c)(5) ...   6.36 .....................   Similar functionality to current C2 quote risk monitor and order entry,
                                                   anism.                     8.12.                                                             execution, and price parameter rate checks, which will not be avail-
                                                                                                                                                able on C2 following the technology migration (discussed below) [sic].




                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:43 May 15, 2018      Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00023       Fmt 4701    Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                 22818                              Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                   Price protection/             Current            Proposed               EDGX rule                                         Proposed changes
                                                      risk control               C2 rule             C2 rule

                                                 Cancel on reject ....        N/A .............   6.14(c)(6) ...      Technical speci-            Additional, voluntary control for Users to manage their order and execu-
                                                                                                                        fications.                  tion risk on C2, pursuant to which the System cancels a resting order
                                                                                                                                                    or quote if the System rejects a cancel or modification instruction (be-
                                                                                                                                                    cause, for example, it had an invalid instruction) for that resting order
                                                                                                                                                    or quote. The proposed rule change is consistent with the purpose of
                                                                                                                                                    a cancel or modification, which is to cancel the resting order or quote,
                                                                                                                                                    and carries out this purpose despite an erroneous instruction on the
                                                                                                                                                    cancel/modification message.
                                                 Kill switch ..............   6.17(i) .........   6.14(c)(7) ...      22.11 ...................   The proposed functionality is generally the same as current functionality,
                                                                                                                                                    except Users may apply it to different categories of orders by EFID
                                                                                                                                                    rather than acronym or login (consistent with new System
                                                                                                                                                    functionality), and block of incoming orders or quotes is a separate re-
                                                                                                                                                    quest by Users.
                                                 Cancel on dis-               6.48 ............   6.14(c)(8) ...      Technical speci-            The proposed functionality is generally the same as current technical
                                                   connect.                                                             fications.                  disconnect functionality, except it is the same for both APIs on the
                                                                                                                                                    new C2 system. The proposed rule change will continue to protect
                                                                                                                                                    Users against erroneous executions if it appears they are experi-
                                                                                                                                                    encing a system disruption. The proposed functionality will no longer
                                                                                                                                                    provide TPHs with ability to determine length of interval, but does pro-
                                                                                                                                                    vide additional flexibility with respect to which order types may be
                                                                                                                                                    cancelled—current functionality permits a choice of market-maker
                                                                                                                                                    quotes and day orders, while the proposed functionality permits a
                                                                                                                                                    choice of day and GTC/GTD orders, or just day orders.
                                                 Block new orders ..          N/A .............   N/A .............   22.11 ...................   Similar to automatic functionality that occurs on C2 currently when a
                                                                                                                                                    Trading Permit Holder uses kill switch functionality. The proposed rule
                                                                                                                                                    change merely provides a separate way to achieve this result on the
                                                                                                                                                    new System, providing Users with flexibility regarding how to manage
                                                                                                                                                    their resting orders and quotes.
                                                 Duplicate order              N/A .............   N/A .............   Technical speci-            Additional, voluntary control for Users to manage their order and execu-
                                                   protection.                                                          fications.                  tion risk on C2. The proposed rule change protects Users against
                                                                                                                                                    execution of multiple orders that may have been erroneously entered.



                                                   The proposed rule change deletes the                           date but different exercise prices or the                    (iii) number of executions (‘‘count’’);
                                                 mechanisms related to execution of                               same exercise price but different                         and
                                                 quotes that lock or cross the NBBO and                           expiration dates.                                            (iv) number of contracts executed as
                                                 quotes inverting the NBBO. Since there                              Additionally, the proposed rule                        a percentage of number of contracts
                                                 will be no separate order and quote                              change deletes the exception for                          outstanding within an Exchange-
                                                 functionality, orders submitted by                               complex orders with European-style                        designated time period or during the
                                                 Market-Makers will be subject to the                             exercise. The Exchange no longer                          trading day, as applicable
                                                 protections described above.                                     believes this exception is necessary and                  (‘‘percentage’’), which the System
                                                   Under the current EDGX debit/credit                            will expand this check to index options                   determines by calculating the
                                                 price reasonability check (see EDGX                              with all exercise styles.                                 percentage of a User’s outstanding
                                                 Rule 21.20.04(c)), the System only pairs                                                                                   contracts that executed on each side of
                                                                                                                     The proposed Risk Monitor                              the market during the time period or
                                                 calls (puts) if they have the same
                                                                                                                  Mechanism is substantively the same as                    trading day, as applicable, and then
                                                 expiration date but different exercise
                                                                                                                  the functionality currently available on                  summing the series percentages on each
                                                 prices or the same exercise price but
                                                                                                                  EDGX. Because there will no longer be                     side in the class.
                                                 different expiration dates. Under the
                                                                                                                  separate order and quote functionality
                                                 current C2 debit/credit reasonability                                                                                         When the System determines the
                                                                                                                  on C2 following the technology
                                                 check, with respect to pairs with                                                                                          volume, notional, count, or percentage:
                                                                                                                  migration, there will no longer be
                                                 different expiration the System pairs of                                                                                      (i) Exceeds a User’s class limit within
                                                                                                                  separate mechanisms to monitor entry
                                                 calls (puts) with different expiration                                                                                     the interval or the absolute limit for the
                                                                                                                  and execution rates, as there are on C2
                                                 dates if the exercise price for the call                                                                                   class, the Risk Monitor Mechanism
                                                                                                                  today. Each User may establish limits
                                                 (put) with the farther expiration date is                                                                                  cancels or rejects such User’s orders or
                                                                                                                  for the following parameters in the
                                                 lower (higher) than the exercise price                                                                                     quotes in all series of the class and
                                                                                                                  Exchange’s counting program. The
                                                 for the nearer expiration date in                                                                                          cancels or rejects any additional orders
                                                                                                                  System counts each of the following
                                                 addition to those with different                                                                                           or quotes from the User in the class
                                                                                                                  within a class (‘‘class limit’’) and across
                                                 expiration dates and the same exercise                                                                                     until the counting program resets (as
                                                                                                                  all classes for an EFID (‘‘firm limit’’)
                                                 price. The proposed rule change amends                                                                                     described below).
                                                                                                                  over a User-established time period
                                                 this check to pair orders in the same                                                                                         (ii) exceeds a User’s firm limit within
                                                                                                                  (‘‘interval’’) on a rolling basis up to five
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 manner as EDGX, which is to pair calls                                                                                     the interval or the absolute limit for the
                                                                                                                  minutes (except as set forth in (iv)
                                                 (puts) if they have the same expiration                                                                                    firm, the Risk Monitor Mechanism
                                                                                                                  below) and on an absolute basis for a
                                                                                                                  trading day (‘‘absolute limits’’):                        cancels or rejects such User’s orders or
                                                   41 The System calculates a notional cutoff on a                                                                          quotes in all classes and cancels or
                                                 gross basis by summing CBB, CBO, CEB, and CEO.                      (i) Number of contracts executed                       rejects any additional orders or quotes
                                                 The System calculates a notional cutoff on a net                 (‘‘volume’’);                                             from the User in all classes until the
                                                 basis by summing CEO and CBO, then subtracting
                                                 the sum of CEB and CBB, and then taking the                         (ii) notional value of executions                      counting program resets (as described
                                                 absolute value of the resulting amount.                          (‘‘notional’’);                                           below).


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:43 May 15, 2018      Jkt 244001    PO 00000     Frm 00024      Fmt 4701    Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                                      22819

                                                    The Risk Monitor Mechanism will                      with the interest of a fair and orderly                  • repeats the process described above
                                                 also attempt to cancel or reject any                    market.                                               by executing against the Book and/or
                                                 orders routed away to other exchanges.                     The proposed rule change moves the                 routing to the other options exchanges
                                                    The System processes messages in the                 provision regarding the Exchange’s                    until the original, incoming order is
                                                 order in which they are received.                       ability to share User-designated risk                 executed in its entirety;
                                                 Therefore, it will execute any                          settings in the System with a Clearing                   • repeats the process described above
                                                 marketable orders or quotes that are                    Trading Permit Holder that clears                     by executing against the Book and/or
                                                 executable against a User’s order or                    Exchange transactions on behalf of the                routing to the other options exchanges
                                                 quote and received by the System prior                  User from the introduction of current                 until the original, incoming order is
                                                 to the time the Risk Monitor Mechanism                  Rule 6.17 to proposed Rule 6.14,
                                                                                                                                                               executed in its entirety, or, if not
                                                 is triggered at the price up to the size                Interpretation and Policy .02.
                                                                                                                                                               executed in its entirety and a limit
                                                 of the User’s order or quote, even if such                 Proposed Rule 6.15 replaces current
                                                                                                         Rule 6.36 regarding routing of orders to              order, posts the unfilled balance of the
                                                 execution results in executions in
                                                                                                         other exchanges. C2 will continue to                  order on the Book if the order’s limit
                                                 excess of the User’s parameters.
                                                    The System will not accept new                       support orders that are designated to be              price is reached; or
                                                 orders or quotes from a User after a class              routed to the NBBO as well as orders                     • to the extent the System is unable
                                                 limit is reached until the User submits                 that will execute only within C2 (as                  to access a Protected Quotation and
                                                 an electronic instruction to the System                 discussed above). Orders designated to                there are no other accessible Protected
                                                 to reset the counting program for the                   execute at the NBBO will be routed to                 Quotations at the NBBO, cancels or
                                                 class. The System will not accept new                   other options markets for execution                   rejects the order back to the User,
                                                 orders or quotes from a User after a firm               when the Exchange is not at the NBBO,                 provided, however, that this provision
                                                 limit is reached until the User manually                consistent with the Options Order                     does not apply to Protected Quotations
                                                 notifies the Trade Desk to reset the                    Protection and Locked/Crossed Market                  published by an options exchange
                                                 counting program for the firm, unless                   Plan. Subject to the exceptions                       against which the Exchange has
                                                 the User instructs the Exchange to                      contained in Rule 6.81, the System will               declared self-help.
                                                 permit it to reset the counting program                 ensure that an order will not be                         Currently, C2 automatically routes
                                                 by submitting an electronic message to                  executed at a price that trades through               intermarket sweep orders, consistent
                                                 the System. The Exchange may restrict                   another options exchange. An order that               with the definition in Rule 6.80(8). This
                                                 the number of User class and firm resets                is designated by a Trading Permit                     routing process is functionally
                                                 per second.                                             Holder as routable will be routed in                  equivalent to the current C2 routing
                                                    The System counts executed COA                       compliance with applicable Trade-                     process, and referred to as SWPA and is
                                                 responses as part of the Risk Monitor                   Through restrictions. Any order entered               specifically described in proposed Rule
                                                 Mechanism. The System counts                            with a price that would lock or cross a               6.15(a)(2)(B). Specifically, SWPA is a
                                                 individual trades executed as part of a                 Protected Quotation that is not eligible              routing option (which will be the
                                                 complex order when determining                          for either routing, or the Price Adjust               default routing option following
                                                 whether the volume, notional, or count                  process described above, will be                      migration, and thus, if no other routing
                                                 limit has been reached. The System                      cancelled.                                            option is specified by a User, a User’s
                                                 counts the percentage executed of a                        Proposed Rule 6.15 states for System
                                                                                                                                                               order subject to routing will be handled
                                                 complex order when determining                          securities, the order routing process is
                                                                                                                                                               in the same way it is today). Following
                                                 whether the percentage limit has been                   available to Users from 9:30 a.m. until
                                                                                                                                                               the technology migration, C2 will offer
                                                 reached.                                                market close. Users can designate an
                                                    The Risk Monitor Mechanism                                                                                 additional routing options identical to
                                                                                                         order as either available or not available
                                                 providers Users with similar ability to                                                                       the routing options offered by EDGX.42
                                                                                                         for routing. Orders designated as not
                                                 manage their order and execution risk to                                                                      Routing options may be combined with
                                                                                                         available for routing (either Book Only
                                                 the quote risk monitor and rate checks                                                                        all available Order Instructions and
                                                                                                         or Post Only) are processed pursuant to
                                                 currently available on C2. It merely uses                                                                     Times-in-Force, with the exception of
                                                                                                         Rule 6.12. For an order designated as
                                                 different parameters and modifies the                                                                         those whose terms are inconsistent with
                                                                                                         available for routing, the System first
                                                 functionality to conform C2’s new                                                                             the terms of a particular routing option.
                                                                                                         checks for the Book for available
                                                 System.                                                                                                       The System considers the quotations
                                                                                                         contracts for execution against the order
                                                    With respect to various price                                                                              only of accessible markets. The term
                                                                                                         pursuant to Rule 6.12. Unless otherwise
                                                 protections and risk controls in current                                                                      ‘‘System routing table’’ refers to the
                                                                                                         instructed by the User, the System then
                                                 Rules 6.13, Interpretation and Policy                                                                         proprietary process for determining the
                                                                                                         designates the order (or unexecuted
                                                 .04, and 6.17, the Exchange has the                                                                           specific options exchanges to which the
                                                                                                         portion) as IOC and routes it to one or
                                                 authority to provide intraday relief by                                                                       System routes orders and the order in
                                                                                                         more options exchanges for potential
                                                 widening or inactivating one or more of                                                                       which it routes them. The Exchanges
                                                                                                         execution, per the User’s instructions.
                                                 the parameter settings for the                                                                                reserves the right to maintain a different
                                                                                                         After the System receives responses to
                                                 mechanisms in those rules. This                                                                               System routing table for different
                                                                                                         the order, to the extent it was not
                                                 authority is included in proposed                                                                             routing options and to modify the
                                                                                                         executed in full through the routing
                                                 Interpretation and Policy .01, to provide                                                                     System routing table at any time
                                                                                                         process, the System processes the order
                                                 this flexibility for all price protections                                                                    without notice. These additional routing
                                                                                                         (or unexecuted portion) as follows,
                                                 and risk controls for which the                         depending on parameters set by the
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                                                                                 42 Users may mark orders as eligible for routing
                                                 Exchange sets parameters, providing the                 User when the incoming order was                      (with one of the four proposed routing instructions)
                                                 Exchange with flexibility it believes                   originally entered:                                   or not eligible for routing (with either a Book Only
                                                 appropriate given previous experience                      • Cancels the order (or unexecuted                 or Post Only instruction). Separately, both routable
                                                 with risk controls. The Exchange will                   portion) back to the User;                            and non-routable orders may be marked with re-
                                                 continue to make and keep records to                       • posts the unfilled balance of the                pricing instructions (either Price Adjust (single or
                                                                                                                                                               multiple) and Cancel Back), which instruction the
                                                 document all determinations to grant                    order to the Book, subject to the Price               System will apply when it receives the order from
                                                 intraday relief, and periodically review                Adjust process described in proposed                  the User or receives any unexecuted portion of an
                                                 these determinations for consistency                    Rule 6.12(b), if applicable. [sic]                    order upon returning from routing.



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                 22820                        Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                 options are ROUT, destination specific,                 unexecuted portion), the order receives               of orders are deemed to be erroneous or
                                                 and directed ISO:                                       a new time stamp reflected the time the               duplicative, would cause the entering
                                                    • ROUT is a routing option under                     System receives the returned order.                   Trading Permit Holder’s credit exposure
                                                 which the System checks the Book for                    Proposed Rule 6.15(c) states Users                    to exceed a preset credit threshold, or
                                                 available contracts to execute against an               whose orders are routed to other options              are noncompliant with applicable pre-
                                                 order and then sends it to destinations                 exchanges must honor trades of those                  trade regulatory requirements, Cboe
                                                 on the System routing table. A User may                 orders executed on other options                      Trading will reject the orders prior to
                                                 select either Route To Improve (‘‘RTI’’)                exchanges to the same extent they                     routing and/or seek to cancel any orders
                                                 or Route To Fill (‘‘RTF’’) for the ROUT                 would be required to honor trades of                  that have been routed. This provision is
                                                 routing option. RTI may route to                        those orders if they had executed on the              the same as EDGX Rule 21.9(f), and
                                                 multiple destinations at a single price                 Exchange. These provisions are                        currently applies to Cboe Trading.
                                                 level simultaneously while RTF may                      consistent with current C2 functionality,                The proposed rule, including the
                                                 route to multiple destinations and at                   and the proposed rule change adds this                various routing options, is substantially
                                                 multiple price levels simultaneously.                   detail to the C2 Rules. They are also                 the same as EDGX Rule 21.9. The
                                                    • Destination specific is a routing                  substantively the same as EDGX Rule                   various routing options will provide
                                                 option under which the System checks                    21.9(b) and (c).                                      Users with additional flexibility to
                                                 the Book for available contracts to                        C2 will route orders in options via                instruct the Exchange how to handle the
                                                 execute against an order and then sends                 Cboe Trading, which will serve as the                 routing of their orders. The Re-Route
                                                 it to a specific away options exchange.                 Outbound Router of the Exchange, as                   instructions will provide unexecuted
                                                    • Directed ISO is a routing option                   discussed above. The Outbound Router                  orders resting on the Book with
                                                 under which the System does not check                   will route orders in options listed and               additional execution opportunities. The
                                                 the Book for available contracts and                    open for trading on C2 to other options               proposed routing process and options
                                                 sends the order to another options                      exchanges pursuant to C2 Rules solely                 are identical to those available on
                                                 exchange specified by the User. It is the               on behalf of C2. The Outbound Router                  EDGX.
                                                 enter Trading Permit Holder’s                           is subject to regulation as a facility of                Current C2 Rule 6.18 describes HAL,
                                                 responsibility, not the Exchanges                       the Exchange, including the                           a feature that automates handling of
                                                 responsibility, to comply with the                      requirement to file proposed rule                     orders not at the NBBO by auctioning
                                                 requirements relating to Intermarket                    changes under Section 19 of the                       them at the NBBO for potential price
                                                 Sweep Orders.                                           Exchange Act. Use of Cboe Trading or                  improvement on the Exchange prior to
                                                    The Exchange also proposes to offer                  Routing Services as described below to                routing. Pursuant to this rule, the
                                                 two options for Re-Route instructions,                  route orders to other market centers is               Exchange may determine whether to
                                                 Aggressive Re-Route and Super                           optional. Parties that do not desire to               make HAL available on C2. The
                                                 Aggressive Re-Route, either of which                    use Cboe Trading or other Routing                     proposed rule change deletes this rule
                                                 can be assigned to routable orders:                     Services provided by the Exchange must                (and makes conforming changes
                                                    • Pursuant to the Aggressive Re-Route                designate orders as not available for                 throughout the rules, including deleting
                                                 instruction, if the remaining portion of                routing.                                              references to HAL and Rule 6.18), as
                                                 a routable order has been posted to the                    In the event the Exchange is not able              this functionality will not be available
                                                 Book pursuant proposed paragraph                        to provide Routing Services through its               on C2 following the technology
                                                 (a)(1) above, if the order’s price is                   affiliated broker-dealer, the Exchange                migration.
                                                 subsequently crossed by the quote of                    will route orders to other options                       The proposed rule change deletes
                                                 another accessible options exchange, the                exchanges in conjunction with one or                  current C2 Rule 6.19 regarding types of
                                                 System routes the order to the crossing                 more routing brokers that are not                     order formats, as these formats are
                                                 options exchange if the User has                        affiliated with the Exchange. C2 does                 available on the current C2 system but
                                                 selected the Aggressive Re-Route                        not currently have an affiliated broker-              will not be applicable on C2’s new
                                                 instruction.                                            dealer that provides routing services,                system following the technology
                                                    • Pursuant to the Super Aggressive                   and thus it currently routes orders to                migration. Information regarding order
                                                 Re-Route instruction, to the extent the                 other options exchanges in conjunction                formats are available in technical
                                                 unfilled balance of a routable order has                with one or more routing brokers not                  specifications on the Exchange’s
                                                 been posted to the Book pursuant to                     affiliated with the Exchange, as                      website.43
                                                 subparagraph (a)(1) above, if the order’s               provided in current Rule 6.36(a). In                     Proposed C2 Rule 6.28 states the
                                                 price is subsequently locked or crossed                 connection with Routing Services, the                 System sends to a User aggregated and
                                                 by the quote of another accessible                      same conditions will apply to routing                 individual transaction reports for the
                                                 options exchange, the System routes the                 brokers that currently apply to C2                    User’s transactions, which reports
                                                 order to the locking or crossing options                routing brokers pursuant to current Rule              include transaction details; the contra
                                                 exchange if the User has selected the                   6.36(a) (which are proposed to be                     party’s EFID, clearing Trading Permit
                                                 Super Aggressive Re-Route instruction.                  moved to Rule 6.15(e)) and are the same               Holder account number, and Capacity;
                                                    Proposed Rule 6.15(b) states the                     as EDGX Rule 21.9(e).                                 and the name of any away exchange if
                                                 System does not rank or maintain in the                    Proposed Rule 6.15(f) states in                    an order was routed for execution. The
                                                 Book pursuant to Rule 6.12 orders it has                addition to the Rules regarding routing               Exchange reveals a User’s identity (1)
                                                 routed to other options exchanges, and                  to away options exchanges, Cboe                       when a registered clearing agency ceases
                                                 therefore those orders are not available                Trading has, pursuant to Rule 15c3–5                  to act for a participant, or the User’s
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 to execute against incoming orders.                     under the Exchange Act, implemented                   Clearing Trading Permit Holder, and the
                                                 Once routed by the System, an order                     certain tests designed to mitigate the                registered clearing agency determines
                                                 becomes subject to the rules and                        financial and regulatory risks associated             not to guarantee the settlement of the
                                                 procedures of the destination options                   with providing Trading Permit Holders                 User’s trades, or (2) for regulatory
                                                 exchange including, but not limited to,                 with access to away options exchanges.                purposes or to comply with an order of
                                                 order cancellation. If a routed order (or               Pursuant to the policies and procedures
                                                 unexecuted portion) is subsequently                     developed by Cboe Trading to comply                     43 See http://markets.cboe.com/us/options/

                                                 returned to the Exchange, the order (or                 with Rule 15c3–5, if an order or series               support/technical/.



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                             22821

                                                 an arbitrator or court. C2 currently                       • occurrence of a System technical                 other unusual circumstance that may
                                                 sends out transaction reports containing                failure or failures including, but not                threaten the ability to conduct business
                                                 similar information, and the Exchange                   limited to, the failure of a part of the              on the Exchange, which is consistent
                                                 believes including this information in                  central processing system, a number of                with current Rule 6.45(a).
                                                 the Rules will provide more                             Trading Permit Holder applications, or                   Proposed Rule 6.34(b) states Trading
                                                 transparency to market participants                     the electrical power supply to the                    Permit Holders that contribute a
                                                 about these reports. The proposed rule                  System itself or any related system (the              meaningful percentage of the
                                                 change is substantively the same as                     Exchange believes this broader factor                 Exchange’s overall volume must
                                                 EDGX Rule 21.10 and is consistent with                  regarding system functionality covers                 connect to the Exchange’s backup
                                                 current Exchange and options industry                   the current factor in paragraph (a)(4)                systems and participate in functional
                                                 practices, including the fact that                      regarding the status of a rotation, which             and performance testing as announced
                                                 clearing information available through                  is a system process).                                 by the Exchange, which will occur at
                                                 OCC provides contra-party information,                     As the current rule permits the                    least once every 12 months. The
                                                 as well as the ability of a User to                     Exchange to consider factors other than               Exchange has established the following
                                                 disclose its identify on orders.                        those currently listed, including the two             standards to identify Trading Permit
                                                    Current C2 Rule 6.49 describes the C2                factors proposed to be added (which the               Holders that account for a meaningful
                                                 Trade Match System (‘‘CTM’’)                            Exchange currently does consider when                 percentage of the Exchange’s overall
                                                 functionality available on C2’s current                 determining whether to halt a class), the             volume and, taken as a whole, the
                                                 System, which permits Trading Permit                    proposed rule change is consistent                    constitute the minimum necessary for
                                                 Holders to update transaction reports.                  current Rule 6.32(a). The proposed rule               the maintenance of fair and orderly
                                                 The functionality available on C2’s                     change moves the provision in                         markets in the event of the activation of
                                                 System following the technology                         Interpretation and Policy .02 to                      business continuity and disaster
                                                 migration is called the Clearing Editor.                subparagraph (a)(1). The proposed rule                recovery plans:
                                                 The Clearing Editor, like CTM, allows                   change moves the provisions in current                   • The Exchange will determine the
                                                                                                         Interpretations and Policies .01 and .05              percentage of volume it considers to be
                                                 Trading Permit Holders to update
                                                                                                         to proposed paragraph (c).                            meaningful for purposes of this Rule.
                                                 executed trades on their trading date
                                                                                                            The proposed rule change adds                         • The Exchange will measure volume
                                                 and revise them for clearing. The                                                                             executed on the Exchange on a quarterly
                                                                                                         proposed paragraph (b), which states if
                                                 Clearing Editor may be used to correct                                                                        basis. The Exchange will also
                                                                                                         the Exchange determines to halt trading,
                                                 certain bona fide errors. Trading Permit                                                                      individually notify all Trading Permit
                                                                                                         all trading in the effected class(es) will
                                                 Holders may change the following fields                                                                       Holders quarterly that are subject to this
                                                                                                         be halted, and the System cancels all
                                                 through the Clearing Editor: executing                                                                        paragraph based on the prior calendar
                                                                                                         orders in the class(es) unless a User
                                                 firm and contra firm; executing broker                                                                        quarter’s volume.
                                                                                                         entered instructions to cancel all orders
                                                 and contra broker; CMTA; account and                                                                             • If a Trading Permit Holder has not
                                                                                                         except GTC and GTD orders or not
                                                 subaccount (not just market-maker                       cancel orders during a halt. C2                       previously been subject to the
                                                 account and subaccount, as is the case                  disseminates through its trading                      requirements of this paragraph, such
                                                 currently on CTM): Customer ID;                         facilities and over OPRA a symbol with                Trading Permit Holder will have until
                                                 position effect (open/close); or Capacity               respect to the class(es) indicating that              the next calendar quarter before such
                                                 (because there will be no customer                      trading in the class(es) has been halted.             requirements are applicable.
                                                 priority on C2, there is no need to                     The Exchange makes available to                          Proposed Rule 6.34(c) states all
                                                 restrict Capacity changes as set forth in               vendors a record of the time and                      Trading Permit Holders may connect to
                                                 current Rule 6.49). The proposed rule                   duration of the halt. Following the                   the Exchange’s backup systems and
                                                 change deletes Rule 6.49(b), which are                  technology migration, C2 will have                    participate in testing of such systems.
                                                 fields Trading Permit Holders may                       functionality availability that permits               Current Rule 6.45 similarly requires
                                                 change only if they provide notice to the               Trading Permit Holders to enter a                     certain Trading Permit Holders
                                                 Exchange, as Clearing Editor does not                   standing instruction regarding the                    designated by the Exchange to connect
                                                 permit Trading Permit Holders to                        handling of its orders during a halt. The             to back-up systems and participate in
                                                 change these fields. If a Trading Permit                remainder of proposed paragraph (b) is                testing (current Rule 6.34(f) also
                                                 Holder must change the series, quantity,                consistent with C2’s current practice.                requires participation in mandatory
                                                 buy or sell, or premium price, it must                  The proposed paragraph (b) is also                    systems testing). The proposed rule
                                                 contact the Exchange pursuant to                        substantively the same as EDGX Rule                   change designates different but
                                                 proposed Rule 6.29 regarding obvious                    20.3(b).                                              reasonable criteria for determining
                                                 errors. Current Rule 6.49(c) and                           C2’s new technology platform is                    which Trading Permit Holders must
                                                 Interpretation and Policy .01 are moved                 currently the platform for EDGX and                   participate in mandatory testing.
                                                 to Rule 6.31(c) and Interpretation and                  other Cboe Affiliated Exchanges, and                     Proposed paragraphs (b) and (c) are
                                                 Policy .01 with no substantive changes.                 thus has an established disaster                      consistent with Regulation SCI
                                                    C2 Rule 6.32 describes when the                      recovery plan. Therefore, the proposed                requirements, which apply to certain
                                                 Exchange may halt trading in a class                    rule change deletes the majority of C2’s              self-regulatory organizations (including
                                                 and is substantially similar to EDGX                    disaster recovery provisions, contained               the Exchange), alternative trading
                                                 Rules 20.3 and 20.4. Current Rule                       in current Rules 6.45 and 6.34(f)                     systems (‘‘ATSs’’), plan processors, and
                                                 6.32(a) lists various factors, among                    (regarding mandatory testing), and                    exempt clearing agencies (collectively,
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 others, the Exchange may consider                       adopts proposed Rule 6.34, which is                   ‘‘SCI entities’’), and requires these SCI
                                                 when determining whether to halt                        substantially similar to EDGX Rule 2.4.               entities to comply with requirements
                                                 trading in a class, but adds the following              Proposed Rule 6.34 states the Exchange                with respect to the automated systems
                                                 two to be consistent with EDGX Rule                     maintains business continuity and                     central to the performance of their
                                                 20.3:                                                   disaster recovery plans, including                    regulated activities. The Exchange takes
                                                    • Occurrence of an act of God or other               backup systems, it may activate to                    pride in the reliability and availability
                                                 event outside the Exchange’s control;                   maintain fair and orderly markets in the              of its systems. C2 has, and the Cboe
                                                 and                                                     event of a systems failure, disaster, or              Affiliate Exchanges that operate on the


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                 22822                        Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                 technology platform to which C2 will                    of up to but no more than one second                  Holder or any other third party of any
                                                 migrate have, put extensive time and                    in order to control the number of quotes              of the terms of the order.
                                                 resources toward planning for system                    the Exchange disseminates. Cboe                          While these provisions are not
                                                 failures and already maintain robust                    Options Rule 5.4, Interpretation and                  currently stated in the C2 Rules, they
                                                 business continuity and disaster                        Policy .13 (which is incorporated by                  are consistent with the C2’s
                                                 recovery BC/DR plans consistent with                    reference into C2’s Rules) permits the                interpretation of current Rule 6.50.
                                                 the Rule.                                               Exchange to delist any class                          Current C2 Rule 6.50 is substantively
                                                    Propose Rule 6.35 describes steps the                immediately if the class is open for                  the same as EDGX Rule 22.12, and the
                                                 Exchange may take to mitigate message                   trading on another national securities                following proposed Interpretations and
                                                 traffic, based on C2’s traffic with respect             exchange, or to not open any additional               Policies .01 through .04 are
                                                 to target traffic levels and in accordance              series for trading if the class is solely             substantively the same as EDGX Rule
                                                 with C2’s overall objective of reducing                 open for trading on C2. This provision                22.12, Interpretations and Policies .01
                                                 both peak and overall traffic. First, the               achieves the same purpose as EDGX                     through .04.
                                                 System does not send an outbound                        Rule 21.14(a), and thus it is unnecessary                Current C2 Rule 6.51 describes the
                                                 message 44 in a series that is about to be              to add the EDGX provision to C2 Rules.                Automated Improvement Mechanism
                                                 sent if a more current quote message for                   The proposed rule change adds                      (‘‘AIM’’), an electronic auction
                                                 the same series is available for sending,               Interpretations and Policies .01 through              mechanism that provides potential price
                                                 but does not delay the sending of any                   .04 to Rule 6.50 regarding the order                  improvement for eligible incoming
                                                 messages (referred to in proposed Rule                  exposure requirement:                                 orders, and current C2 Rule 6.52
                                                 6.35 as ‘‘replace on queue’’). Second, the                 • Rule 6.50 prevents a Trading Permit              describes the Solicitation Auction
                                                 System will prioritize price update                     Holder from executing agency orders to                Mechanism (‘‘SAM’’), an electronic
                                                 messages over size update messages in                   increase its economic gain from trading               auction mechanism that provides
                                                 all series and in conjunction with the                  against the order without first giving                potential price improvement for the all-
                                                 replace on queue functionality                          other trading interest on the Exchange                or-none orders with size of 500 or more.
                                                 described above. Current C2 Rules                       an opportunity to either trade with the               Pursuant to those rules, the Exchange
                                                 contains various provisions the current                 agency order or to trade at the execution             may determine whether to make this
                                                 system uses to mitigate message traffic,                price when the Trading Permit Holder                  functionality available on C2. The
                                                 such as Rules 6.34(b) (permits the                      was already bidding or offering on the                proposed rule change deletes these rules
                                                 Exchange to limit the number of                         Book. Rule 6.50 imposes an exposure                   (and makes conforming changes
                                                 messages Trading Permit Holders may                     requirement of one second before such                 throughout the rules, including deleting
                                                 send) and (c) (newly received quotations                orders may execute. However, the                      references to AIM, SAM, and the rules),
                                                 and other changes to the BBO may not                    Exchange recognizes that it may be                    as this functionality will not be
                                                 be disseminated for a period of up to,                  possible for a Trading Permit Holder to               available on C2 following the
                                                 but no more than, one second), 6.35                     establish a relationship with a customer              technology migration.
                                                 (regarding bandwidth packets), and                      or other person to deny agency orders
                                                                                                                                                               Chapter 8
                                                 8.11.45 The proposed rule change                        the opportunity to interact on the
                                                 essentially replaces these provisions. C2               Exchange and to realize similar                          The proposed rule change adds
                                                 does not have unlimited capacity to                     economic benefits as it would achieve                 paragraph (d) to Rule 8.1, which states
                                                 support unlimited messages, and the                     by executing agency orders as principal.              a Trading Permit Holder or prospective
                                                 technology platform onto which it will                  It is a violation of the Rule for a Trading           Trading Permit Holder adversely
                                                 migrates contains the above                             Permit Holder to be a party to any                    affected by an Exchange determination
                                                 functionality, which are reasonable                     arrangement designed to circumvent                    under this Chapter 8, including the
                                                 measures the Exchange may take to                       this Rule by providing an opportunity                 Exchange’s termination or suspension of
                                                 manage message traffic and protect the                  for a customer to regularly execute                   a Trading Permit Holder’s status as a
                                                 integrity of the System. The proposed                   against agency orders handled by the                  Market-Maker or a Market-Maker’s
                                                 change is substantively the same as                     Trading Permit Holder immediately                     appointment to a class, may obtain a
                                                 EDGX Rule 21.14, except it does not                     upon their entry into the System.                     review of such determination in
                                                 include the provision regarding EDGX’s                     • It is a violation of Rule 6.50 for               accordance with the provisions of
                                                 ability to periodically delist options                  Trading Permit Holder to cause the                    Chapter 19. Current Rule 8.2 contains a
                                                 with an average daily volume of less                    execution of an order it represents as                similar provision applicable to that
                                                 than 100 contracts. Additionally,                       agent on C2 against orders it solicited               Rule; however, the remaining rules in
                                                 current C2 Rule 6.34(c) (which is being                 from Trading Permit Holders and non-                  Chapter 8 contain various provision that
                                                 deleted and replaced by the message                     Trading Permit Holder broker-dealers,                 permit the Exchange to make
                                                 traffic mitigation provisions in proposed               whether such solicited orders are                     determinations, which would be subject
                                                 Rule 6.35) permits the Exchange to                      entered into C2 directly by the Trading               to review under Chapter 19. Therefore,
                                                 utilize a mechanism so that newly                       Permit Holder or by the solicited party               the Exchange believes it is appropriate
                                                 received quotes and other changes to the                (either directly or through another                   to include a similar provision applicable
                                                 BBO are not disseminated for a period                   Trading Permit Holder), if the Trading                to the entire Chapter 8.
                                                                                                         Permit Holder fails to expose orders on                  The proposed rule change modifies
                                                   44 This refers to outbound messages being sent to
                                                                                                         C2 as required by the Rule.                           rule provisions throughout Chapter 8 to
                                                 data feeds and OPRA.                                       • With respect to nondisplayed                     clarify the distinction between Market-
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   45 The proposed rule change deletes the
                                                                                                         portions of reserve orders, the exposure              Maker registration and appointment. A
                                                 remainder of current Rule 6.34(b), which states the
                                                 Exchange may impose restrictions on the use of a        requirement of Rule 6.50 is satisfied if              Trading Permit Holder may register as a
                                                 computer connected through an API if necessary to       the displayed portion of the order is                 Market-Maker which is a function
                                                 ensure the proper performance of the System. The        displayed at its displayable price for one            available on the Exchange. A Trading
                                                 proposed rules do not contain a similar provision;      second.                                               Permit Holder registered as a Market-
                                                 however, to the extent C2 in the future wanted to
                                                 impose any type of these restrictions, it would
                                                                                                            • Prior to or after submitting an order            Maker may select appointments to
                                                 similarly submit a rule change for Commission           to the System, a Trading Permit Holder                classes in which it agrees to satisfy
                                                 approval.                                               cannot inform another Trading Permit                  obligations as a Market-Maker and


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                                                    Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                                                   22823

                                                 obtain Market-Maker treatment for its                           no option class registration may be                              and Market-Maker requirements set
                                                 trading activity in those classes.                              made without the Market-Maker’s                                  forth in Chapter 8. These are generally
                                                    The proposed rule change renames                             consent to such registration, provided                           the only requirements applicable to
                                                 Rule 8.2 to be Market-Maker Class                               that refusal to accept a registration may                        qualify as a Market-Maker.
                                                 Appointments, as the rule generally                             be deemed sufficient cause for                                      Rule 8.5 currently describes general
                                                 describes how a Market-Maker may                                termination or suspension of a Market-                           obligations imposed on Market-Makers,
                                                 obtain appointments to classes, rather                          Maker. As noted above, Market-Makers
                                                 than continuing Market-Maker                                                                                                     while Rule 8.6 describes requirements
                                                                                                                 select their own appointments. Rules
                                                 registration. To retain status as a                                                                                              applicable to Market-Maker quotes (the
                                                                                                                 8.1(b) and 8.4(b), among others, describe
                                                 registered Market-Maker, a Market-                                                                                               proposed rule change renames Rule 8.6
                                                                                                                 circumstances under which the
                                                 Maker must satisfy its obligations in its                       Exchange may suspend or terminate a                              to apply to all quote requirements rather
                                                 appointed classes (as discussed below)                          Trading Permit Holder’s registration as                          than the firm quote requirement, which
                                                 and otherwise stay in good standing, as                         a Market-Maker or a Market-Maker’s                               is still included in proposed Rule
                                                 described in Rule 8.4 (as discussed                             appointment in a class. Additionally,                            8.6(a)). The proposed rule moves the
                                                 below). Currently, and following the                            the proposed rule change deletes the                             description of the continuous quoting
                                                 System migration, Market-Makers may                             provision permitting it to arrange two or                        obligation to proposed Rule 8.6(d) from
                                                 select their own class appointments                             more classes of contracts into the                               current Rule 8.5(a)(1), but there are no
                                                 through an Exchange system. Rule 8.2(b)                         groupings and make registrations to                              substantive changes to the continuous
                                                 states a Market-Maker may register in                           those groupings rather than to                                   quoting obligation. The proposed rule
                                                 one or more classes in a manner                                 individual classes, as the Exchange does                         change also adds that the Market-Maker
                                                 prescribed by the Exchange. The                                 not, and does not intend, to create                              continuous quoting obligations in
                                                 proposed rule change adds detail, which                         groups of registrations. Market-Makers                           proposed Rule 8.6(d) apply collectively
                                                 conforms to EDGX Rule 22.3(b), which                            only select appointments by class.                               to Market-Makers associated with the
                                                 states a Market-Maker may enter an                                Proposed Rule 8.2(c) states a Market-                          same Trading Permit Holder firm. This
                                                 appointment request via an Exchange-                            Maker’s appointment in a class confers                           is consistent with the Exchange’s
                                                 approved electronic interface with the                          the right of the Market-Maker to quote                           current interpretation of this obligation,
                                                 Exchange’s systems by 9:00 a.m., which                          (using order functionality) in that class.                       and the proposed rule change merely
                                                 appointment will become effective on                            On C2’s current system, there is separate                        codifies it in the Rules to provide
                                                 the day the Market-Maker enters the                             quote functionality for quoting in                               additional transparency. This structure
                                                 appointment request. The Exchange                               appointed classes. Following the                                 conforms to EDGX Rules 22.5 and
                                                 notes Market-Makers on EDGX may                                 technology migration, the new System                             22.6.46 The proposed rule change also
                                                 select appointments to series, while                            permits Market-Makers to quote in                                moves current Rule 8.5(d) to proposed
                                                 Market-Makers on C2 will continue to                            appointed classes using order                                    Rule 8.6(e), which permits the Exchange
                                                 be able to select appointments to a class,                      functionality (which is the case today                           to call on a Market-Maker to submit a
                                                 as they do today. This proposed process                         on EDGX). A similar provision is                                 single quote or maintain continuous
                                                 is similar to the one Market-Makers use                         contained in current Rule 8.2(d).                                quotes in one or more series of a Market-
                                                 on C2’s current systems for selecting                             The proposed rule change adds                                  Maker’s appointed class whenever, in
                                                 appointments. The proposed rule                                 proposed Rule 8.2(d), which references                           the judgment of the Exchange, it is
                                                 change deletes the language in current                          the Exchange’s ability to limit                                  necessary to do so in the interest of
                                                 Rule 8.2(d) stating a Market-Maker may                          appointments pursuant to proposed                                maintaining a fair and orderly market.
                                                 change its registered classes upon                              Rule 8.1(c), as described above.                                 The revised language is substantially the
                                                 advance notification to the Exchange, as                          Current Rule 8.2(d) describes the
                                                                                                                                                                                  same as EDGX Rule 22.6(d)(2). The
                                                 that is duplicative of proposed Rule                            appointment costs of Market-Maker
                                                                                                                                                                                  proposed rule change also moves
                                                 8.2(b), which requires Market-Makers to                         class appointments. The proposed rule
                                                                                                                                                                                  current Rule 8.5, Interpretation and
                                                 select appointments prior to a trading                          change merely moves the description of
                                                                                                                                                                                  Policy .01 to proposed Rule 8.6(d)(4),
                                                 day for that appointment to become                              appointment costs to proposed Rule 8.3.
                                                                                                                   The proposed rule change deletes                               which provides a Market-Maker has no
                                                 effective on that trading day.
                                                                                                                 current Rule 8.4(a)(2), which states a                           quoting obligations while the
                                                    The proposed rule change deletes the
                                                 provision in current Rule 8.2(b) that                           Market-Maker must continue to satisfy                            underlying security for an appointed
                                                 permits the Exchange to register a                              the Market-Maker qualification                                   class is in a limit up-limit down state.
                                                 Market-Maker in one or more classes of                          requirements specified by the Exchange,                          The revised language is substantially
                                                 option contracts, as the Exchange does                          because it is redundant of the language                          similar to EDGX Rule 22.6(d)(5).
                                                 not, and does not intend, to impose                             in subparagraph (a)(1), which states a                              The proposed rule change adds the
                                                 appointments on Market-Makers.                                  Market-Maker must continue to meet                               following quoting obligations to Rule
                                                 Similarly, the proposed rule change                             the general requirements for Trading                             8.6, which are the same as obligations
                                                 deletes current Rule 8.2(c), which states                       Permit Holders set forth in Chapter 3                            in EDGX Rule 22.6:

                                                                                                                                                                                                      Proposed
                                                                                                                   Obligation                                                                                           EDGX rule
                                                                                                                                                                                                       C2 rule

                                                 A Market-Maker’s bid (offer) for a series must be accompanied by the number of contracts at the price of the
                                                   bid (offer) the Market-Maker is willing to buy (sell), and the best bid and best offer entered by a Market-
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   Maker must have a size of at least one contract ................................................................................................          8.6(b)            22.6(a)


                                                   46 EDGX rules permit appointments by series,                  rule change does not add the obligation in EDGX                  will often use Post Only orders to add liquidity to
                                                 while C2 Rules will continue to permit                          Rule 22.5(a)(7), which states a Market-Maker must                the Book as quotes (including through use of the
                                                 appointments by class. Ultimately, an EDGX                      honor all orders the trading system routes to away               bulk order port), and those orders, like current
                                                 market-maker has the same flexibility to select its             markets. The Exchange believes this obligation is                quotes today, do not route to other exchanges.
                                                 appointments, and is subject to the same quoting                unnecessary, as it is true for all orders.
                                                 obligations, as C2 Market-Makers. The proposed                  Additionally, the Exchange expects Market-Makers



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014      18:43 May 15, 2018     Jkt 244001     PO 00000     Frm 00029     Fmt 4701     Sfmt 4703    E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM          16MYN2


                                                 22824                                    Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Proposed
                                                                                                                                Obligation                                                                                                      EDGX rule
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   C2 rule

                                                 A Market-Maker that enters a bid (offer) on the Exchange in a series in an appointed class must enter an offer
                                                   (bid) ......................................................................................................................................................................        8.6(c)       22.6(b)
                                                 A Market-Maker is considered an OEF under the Rules in all classes in which the Market-Maker has no ap-
                                                   pointment. The total number of contracts a Market-Maker may execute in classes in which it has no appoint-
                                                   ment may not exceed 25% of the total number of all contracts the Market-Maker executes on the Exchange
                                                   in any calendar quarter ........................................................................................................................................                    8.6(f)       22.6(c)



                                                    The proposed size requirement in                                          requirements and arrangements of                                                • Rule 6.4 states the board will
                                                 proposed Rule 8.6(b) is consistent with                                      Market-Makers into a single Rule 8.8.                                        establish minimum quoting increments
                                                 the firm quote rule, and, as a bid and                                          Current Rule 8.11 provides the                                            for options traded on the Exchange.
                                                 offer currently cannot have size of zero,                                    Exchange may impose an upper limit on                                           • Rule 6.33, which permits the board
                                                 the minimum size requirement is                                              the aggregate number of Market-Makers                                        to designate persons other than the CEO
                                                 consistent with current C2 System                                            that may quote in each product (the                                          or President to halt or suspend trading
                                                 functionality.                                                               ‘‘CQL’’). Current and proposed Rule                                          and take other action if necessary or
                                                    While there is no explicit requirement                                    8.1(c) permits the Exchange to limit the                                     appropriate for the maintenance of a fair
                                                 in current C2 rules that a Market-Maker                                      number of Market-Makers in a class and                                       and orderly market or the protection of
                                                 must enter two-sided quotes in                                               monitor quote capacity, in a similar                                         investors, due to emergency conditions.
                                                 appointed series like the one in                                             manner as EDGX may impose any such                                              • Rule 8.1(c), which permits the
                                                 proposed Rule 8.6(c), the continuous                                         limits.47 Therefore, the proposed rule                                       board or its designee to limit access to
                                                 quoting obligation requires a continuous                                     change deletes Rule 8.11, since it is                                        the System, for a period to be
                                                 two-sided market (see current Rule                                           duplicative.                                                                 determined in the board’s discretion,
                                                 8.5(a)(1)) and general obligations require                                      Currently, there are no Primary                                           pending any action required to address
                                                 a Market-Maker to, among other things,                                       Market-Makers (‘‘PMM’’) (see Rule 8.13)                                      the issue of concern to the board, and
                                                 compete with other Market-Makers in                                          or Designated Primary Market-Makers                                          to the extent the board places
                                                 its appointed classes, update quotes in                                      (‘‘DPM’’) (see Rules 8.14 through 8.21),                                     permanent limitations on access to the
                                                 response to changes market conditions,                                       and C2 does not intend to appoint any                                        System on any Trading Permit Holder,
                                                 and maintain active markets in its                                           PMMs or DPMs in the future. Therefore,                                       such limits will be objectively
                                                 appointed classes (see current Rule                                          the proposed rule change deletes Rules                                       determined and submitted to the
                                                 8.5(a)(3) through (5)), which are                                            8.13 through 8.21, as well as the                                            Commission for approval pursuant to a
                                                 consistent with the requirement to enter                                     definition of DPM in Rule 1.1. The                                           rule change filing.
                                                 two-sided quotes. Additionally, current                                      proposed rule change makes                                                      These decisions relate to Exchange
                                                 C2 System functionality permits Market-                                      corresponding changes throughout the                                         trading and operations, and thus are
                                                 Makers to submit two-sided quotes.                                           rules to delete references to those rule                                     made by Exchange management, rather
                                                    Current C2 Rules contain no specific                                      numbers and to PMMs and DPMs.                                                than the Board, which generally is not
                                                 requirement regarding the percentage of                                                                                                                   involved in determinations related to
                                                 a Market-Makers executed volume that                                         Other Nonsubstantive Changes                                                 day-to-day operations of the Exchange.
                                                 must be within their appointed classes.                                         The proposed rule change deletes the                                      Therefore, the proposed rule change
                                                 However, such a requirement is                                               supplemental rule (a) to Chapter 4                                           modifies these provisions to indicate the
                                                 consistent with Market-Makers current                                        regarding proxy voting. C2 Chapter 4                                         Exchange will make these
                                                 obligations to maintain continuous two-                                      incorporates Cboe Options Chapter IV                                         determinations rather than the Board.
                                                 sided quotes in their appointed classes                                      by reference. Recently, Cboe Options                                         The Exchange notes pursuant to
                                                 for a significant part of the trading day,                                   adopted Cboe Options Rule 4.25, which                                        corresponding EDGX rules, EDGX
                                                 compete in their appointed classes, and                                      is substantively identical to the C2                                         makes those determinations rather than
                                                 update quotes and maintain active                                            Chapter 4 supplement rule (a). By virtue                                     EDGX’s board.
                                                 markets in their appointed classes.                                          of the incorporation by reference of                                            The proposed rule change deletes
                                                    The Exchange believes these                                               Cboe Options Chapter IV, including                                           current Rule 6.38, which requires
                                                 additional explicit requirements in the                                      Rule 4.25, into C2 Chapter 4, Cboe                                           Trading Permit Holders to file with the
                                                 rules will continue to offset the benefits                                   Options Rule 4.25 applies to C2 Trading                                      Exchange trade information covering
                                                 a Market-Maker receives in its                                               Permit Holders pursuant to C2 Chapter                                        each Exchange transaction during a
                                                 appointed classes, as the proposed                                           4. Therefore, the supplement rule (a) is                                     business day. Because all transactions
                                                 Market-Maker requirements are                                                now duplicative of Cboe Options Rule                                         on the Exchange are electronic, as soon
                                                 consistent with current C2 Market-                                           4.25 and is no longer necessary.                                             as a transaction executes on the
                                                 maker obligations and observed quoting                                          The proposed rule change deletes                                          Exchange, the Exchange has all of the
                                                 behavior, and they are the substantively                                     Rule 6.20, which is currently reserved                                       information indicated in Rule 6.38 and
                                                 the same as those in the EDGX rules.                                         and contains no rule text.                                                   thus does not require Trading Permit
                                                 The Exchange believes having                                                    The following rules contain language                                      Holders to submit a separate report with
                                                 consistent Market-Maker obligations in                                       that the C2 board of directors may make                                      this information, as that is duplicative.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 the C2 and EDGX rules will simplify the                                      certain trading decisions:                                                   The Exchange notes EDGX does not
                                                 regulatory requirements and increase                                            • Rule 6.1, Interpretations and                                           contain a similar rule.
                                                 the understanding of the Exchange’s                                          Policies .01 and .02 (proposed to be                                            The proposed rule change deletes
                                                 operations for Trading Permit Holders                                        Rule 6.1(b)), which states the board                                         Rule 6.41, which states a Trading Permit
                                                 that are Market-Makers on both C2 and                                        determines trading hours and Exchange                                        Holder may not bid, offer, purchase, or
                                                 EDGX.                                                                        holidays.                                                                    write on the Exchange any security
                                                    The proposed rule change combines                                                                                                                      other than an option contract currently
                                                 Rules 8.8 and 8.10 regarding financial                                          47 See   EDGX Rule 22.2(c).                                               open for trading in accordance with the


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014          18:43 May 15, 2018          Jkt 244001       PO 00000        Frm 00030        Fmt 4701       Sfmt 4703       E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM               16MYN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                                      22825

                                                 provisions of Chapter 5. This rule is                           Holder to be a Designated Give Up                           passive voice to active voice), and
                                                 unnecessary, as the System would not                            pursuant to Rule 6.30. The proposed                         conform language to corresponding
                                                 permit the entry or execution of orders                         rule change eliminates the term                             EDGX rules. In these cases, the
                                                 or quotes in securities not open for                            acronym from the forms (as noted                            Exchange intends no substantive
                                                 trading.                                                        above, that term will no longer be used                     changes to the meaning or application of
                                                    The proposed rule change deletes                             from a system perspective following the                     the rules.
                                                 Rule 6.46 regarding Trading Permit                              technology migration) and makes other                         Chapter 24 incorporates rules in Cboe
                                                 Holder Education, because it is                                 nonsubstantive clarifications (such as                      Options Chapter XXIV by reference, but
                                                 duplicative of Rule 3.13.                                       adding defined terms).                                      states certain rules do not apply to C2.
                                                    Attached as Exhibits 3A, 3B, and 3C                            The proposed rule change makes                            One rule that is excluded is Rule 24.17
                                                 are the following updated forms:                                various nonsubstantive changes                              (RAES Eligibility in Broad-Based Index
                                                    • C2 Trading Permit Holder                                   throughout the rules, in addition to                        Options and Options on Exchange
                                                 Notification of Designated Give-Ups;                            nonsubstantive changes described                            Traded funds on Broad Based Indexes).
                                                    • C2 Give Up Change Form; and                                above, to simplify or clarify rules, delete                 This rule has been deleted from Cboe
                                                    • C2 Give Up Change Form for                                 duplicative rule provisions, conform                        Options Chapter XXIV, and thus the
                                                 Accepting Clearing Trading Permit                               paragraph numbering and lettering                           proposed rule change deletes the
                                                 Holders.                                                        throughout the rules, update Exchange                       reference to that rule in Chapter 24.
                                                    These forms relate to the manner in                          department names, revise chapter and                          Additionally, the proposed rule
                                                 which a Trading Permit Holder may                               rule names, use plain English (e.g.,                        change moves certain rules within the
                                                 designate Clearing Trading Permit                               change ‘‘shall’’ to ‘‘must,’’ change                        C2 rulebook as follows:

                                                                                                                                                                 Current             Proposed         Corresponding
                                                                                                 Rule                                                            C2 rule              C2 rule          EDGX rule

                                                 Affiliates, order routing/error accounts/order cancellation and release ................                  3.2(f), 6.36, 6.37,   3.16, 3.17 and     2.10, 2.11, and
                                                                                                                                                             and 6.47.             6.15.              21.9.
                                                 Nullification and adjustment of options transactions including obvious errors ....                        6.15.                 6.29.              20.6.
                                                 Price binding despite erroneous report ................................................................   6.16.                 6.26(b).           21.11.
                                                 Reporting of matched trades to OCC ...................................................................    6.31.                 6.27.              21.13.
                                                 Contract made on acceptance of bid or offer ......................................................        6.40.                 6.26(a).           21.11.
                                                 Trading on knowledge of imminent undisclosed solicited transaction .................                      6.55.                 6.51.              N/A.



                                                 2. Statutory Basis                                              certain system functionality currently                         To the extent a proposed rule change
                                                    The Exchange believes the proposed                           offered by EDGX and other Cboe                              is based on an existing Cboe Affiliated
                                                 rule change is consistent with the                              Affiliated Exchanges in order to provide                    Exchange rule, the language of Exchange
                                                 Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the                            a consistent technology offering for the                    Rules and Cboe Affiliated Exchange
                                                 ‘‘Act’’) and the rules and regulations                          Cboe Affiliated Exchanges. A consistent                     rules may differ to extent necessary to
                                                 thereunder applicable to the Exchange                           technology offering, in turn, will                          conform with existing Exchange rule
                                                 and, in particular, the requirements of                         simplify the technology                                     text or to account for details or
                                                 Section 6(b) of the Act.48 Specifically,                        implementation, changes and                                 descriptions included in the Exchange’s
                                                 the Exchange believes the proposed rule                         maintenance by Users of the Exchange                        Rules but not in the applicable EDGX
                                                 change is consistent with the Section                           that are also participants on Cboe                          rule. Where possible, the Exchange has
                                                 6(b)(5) 49 requirements that the rules of                       Affiliated Exchanges. The proposed rule                     substantively mirrored Cboe Affiliated
                                                 an exchange be designed to prevent                              changes would also provide Users with                       Exchange rules, because consistent rules
                                                 fraudulent and manipulative acts and                            access to functionality that is generally                   will simplify the regulatory
                                                 practices, to promote just and equitable                        available on markets other than the                         requirements and increase the
                                                 principles of trade, to foster cooperation                      Cboe Affiliated Exchanges and may                           understanding of the Exchange’s
                                                 and coordination with persons engaged                           result in the efficient execution of such                   operations for Trading Permit Holders
                                                 in regulating, clearing, settling,                                                                                          that are also participants on EDGX. The
                                                                                                                 orders and will provide additional
                                                 processing information with respect to,                                                                                     proposed rule change would provide
                                                                                                                 flexibility as well as increased
                                                 and facilitating transactions in                                                                                            greater harmonization between the rules
                                                                                                                 functionality to the Exchange’s System
                                                 securities, to remove impediments to                                                                                        of the Cboe Affiliated Exchanges,
                                                                                                                 and its Users. The proposed rule change                     resulting in greater uniformity and less
                                                 and perfect the mechanism of a free and                         does not propose to implement new or
                                                 open market and a national market                                                                                           burdensome and more efficient
                                                                                                                 unique functionality that has not been                      regulatory compliance. As such, the
                                                 system, and, in general, to protect                             previously filed with the Commission or
                                                 investors and the public interest.                                                                                          proposed rule change would foster
                                                                                                                 is not available on Cboe Affiliated                         cooperation and coordination with
                                                 Additionally, the Exchange believes the                         Exchanges. The Exchange notes that the
                                                 proposed rule change is consistent with                                                                                     persons engaged in facilitating
                                                                                                                 proposed rule text is generally based on                    transactions in securities and would
                                                 the Section 6(b)(5) 50 requirement that
                                                                                                                 EDGX Rules and is different only to the                     remove impediments to and perfect the
                                                 the rules of an exchange not be designed
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                                 extent necessary to conform to the                          mechanism of a free and open market
                                                 to permit unfair discrimination between
                                                                                                                 Exchange’s current rules, retain                            and a national market system. The
                                                 customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                                                    The proposed rule changes are                                intended differences based on the                           Exchange also believes that the
                                                 generally intended to add or align                              Exchange’s market model, or make other                      proposed amendments will contribute
                                                                                                                 nonsubstantive changes to simplify,                         to the protection of investors and the
                                                   48 15    U.S.C. 78f(b).                                       clarify, eliminate duplicative language,                    public interest by making the
                                                   49 15    U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).                                    or make the rule provisions plain                           Exchange’s rules easier to understand.
                                                   50 Id.                                                        English.                                                    Where necessary, the Exchange has


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014       18:43 May 15, 2018    Jkt 244001    PO 00000     Frm 00031     Fmt 4701     Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                 22826                           Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                 proposed language consistent with the                     on all Cboe Affiliated exchanges. As                  process, how the price of the opening
                                                 Exchange’s operations on EDGX                             such, the proposed rule change will                   transaction is determined; and the
                                                 technology, even if there are specific                    foster cooperation and coordination                   process for late openings and re-
                                                 details not contained in the current                      with persons engaged in facilitating                  openings. Conforming the C2 Opening
                                                 structure of EDGX rules. The Exchange                     transactions in securities and would                  Process to the EDGX opening process
                                                 believes it is consistent with the Act to                 remove impediments to and perfect the                 will contribute to the protection of
                                                 maintain its current structure and such                   mechanism of a free and open market                   investors and the public interest by
                                                 detail, rather than removing such details                 and a national market system.                         avoiding investor confusion and
                                                 simply to conform to the structure or                        The Exchange further believes that the             providing consistent functionality
                                                 format of EDGX rules, again because the                   proposed definition of bulk order entry               across Cboe Affiliated Exchanges.
                                                 Exchange believes this will increase the                  ports to provide that only Post Only                     Following the technology migration,
                                                 understanding of the Exchange’s                           Orders with a time in force of DAY or                 orders and quotes will generally be
                                                 operations for all Trading Permit                         GTD may be entered, modified, or                      allocated in the same manner as they are
                                                 Holders of the Exchange.                                  cancelled through such ports will                     today on C2—either pursuant to pro-rata
                                                    The proposed order instructions and                    protect investors and the public interest             or price-time priority. Deleting other
                                                 TIFs not currently available on C2 add                    and maintain fair and orderly markets                 priority overlays that are not used and
                                                 functionality currently offered by EDGX                   by offering specific functionality                    will not be used on C2 protects
                                                 in order to provide consistent order                      through which Users can submit orders                 investors by eliminating potential
                                                 handling options across the Cboe                          that will result in quotations on the                 confusion regarding which rules apply
                                                 Affiliated Exchanges. The proposed rule                   Exchange. In particular, the options                  to trading on C2. The proposed change
                                                 changes would also provide Users with                     markets are quote driven markets                      regarding how the System rounds the
                                                 access to optional functionality that may                 dependent on liquidity providers to an                number of contracts when they cannot
                                                 result in the efficient execution of such                 even greater extent than equities                     be allocated proportionally in whole
                                                 orders and will provide additional                        markets. In contrast to the                           numbers pursuant to the pro-rata
                                                 flexibility as well as increased                          approximately 7,000 different securities              algorithm (which previously only
                                                 functionality to the Exchange’s System                    traded in the U.S. equities markets each              addressed the situation if there one
                                                 and its Users. As explained above, the                    day, there are more than 500,000                      additional contract for two market
                                                 proposed functionality is substantially                   unique, regularly quoted option series.               participants) and proposed aggregated
                                                 similar to functionality on EDGX, and is                  Given this breadth in options series the              pro-rata algorithm (which previously
                                                 optional for Users. The proposed rule                     options markets are more dependent on                 was silent on this matter) adds detail to
                                                 change would provide greater                              liquidity providers than equities                     the rules regarding the allocation
                                                 harmonization between the order                           markets; such liquidity is provided most              process and provides a fair, objective
                                                 handling instructions available amongst                   commonly by registered market makers                  manner for rounding and distribution in
                                                 the Cboe Affiliated Exchanges, resulting                  but also by other professional traders.               all situations in which the number of
                                                 in greater uniformity and less                            As such, the Exchange believes                        contracts many not be allocated
                                                 burdensome and more efficient                             maintaining specific functionality to                 proportionally in whole numbers.
                                                 regulatory compliance. With respect to                    maintain quotations on the Exchange                   Rounding and distributing contracts in
                                                 the proposed MTP modifier                                 through bulk order entry ports will                   the proposed manner is also
                                                 functionality, the Exchange believes the                  protect investors and the public interest             substantively the same as an EDGX rule,
                                                 various proposed modifier options                         and the maintenance of fair and orderly               as discussed above.
                                                 would allow firms to better manage                        markets by ensuring that an efficient                    The Exchange believes that the
                                                 order flow and prevent undesirable                        process to enter and update quotations                general provisions regarding the trading
                                                 executions against themselves, and the                    is available to Exchange Users. The                   of complex orders provide a clear
                                                 proposed change described herein                          Exchange also believes this is                        framework for trading of complex orders
                                                 enhances the choices available to such                    reasonable, as it will establish a                    in a manner consistent with EDGX. This
                                                 firms in how they do so. The proposed                     marketplace that operates more similar                consistency should promote a fair and
                                                 rule change also is designed to support                   to C2’s current market, which is a quote-             orderly national options market system.
                                                 the principles of Section 11A(a)(1) of                    based market.                                         The proposed execution and priority
                                                 the Act 51 in that it seeks to assure fair                   The Exchange believes the proposed                 rules will allow complex orders to
                                                 competition among brokers and dealers                     rule change to modify the minimum                     interact with interest in the Simple
                                                 and among exchange markets. The                           increment for XSP options with those                  Book and, conversely, interest on the
                                                 proposed rule change would also                           for SPY options perfects the mechanism                Simple Book to interact with complex
                                                 provide Users with access to                              for a free and open market and a                      orders in an efficient and orderly
                                                 functionality that may result in the                      national market system because both                   manner. Consistent with C2’s current
                                                 efficient execution of such orders and                    products are based, in some manner, on                rules and the rules of other exchanges,
                                                 will provide additional flexibility as                    1/10th the price of the S&P 500 Index,                proposed Rule 6.13(f)(2) will not
                                                 well as increased functionality to the                    and therefore it makes sense to have the              execute a complex order at a net price
                                                 Exchange’s System and its Users.                          same minimum increments of bids and                   ahead of orders on the Simple Book
                                                    The proposed rule change to define                     offers for both. This proposed rule                   without improving the BBO on at least
                                                 ports will reduce complexity and                          change is also substantively the same as              one component of the complex strategy
                                                 increase understanding of the                             a Cboe Options rule, as discussed above.              by at least $0.01. Additionally, before
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 Exchange’s operations for all Users of                       The proposed Opening Process is                    executing against another complex
                                                 the Exchange following migration. As                      designed to promote just and equitable                order, a complex order on the Exchange
                                                 the ports are the same as used on certain                 principles of trade and remove                        will execute first against orders on the
                                                 Cboe Affiliated Exchanges, Users of the                   impediments to, and perfect the                       Simple Book if that would result in the
                                                 Exchange and these other exchanges                        mechanism of, a free and open market                  best price prior to executing against
                                                 will have access to similar functionality                 system because it would align with the                complex orders on the COB. The
                                                                                                           EDGX Opening Process as it relates to:                complex order priority pursuant to
                                                   51 15   U.S.C. 78k–1(a)(1).                             Which orders may participate in the                   which complex orders will trade against


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014     18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                               22827

                                                 the leg markets prior to execution                      proposed Rule 6.13(i) ensures that the                COA, which is the same maximum
                                                 against complex orders is consistent                    System will capture and act upon                      Response Time Interval on EDGX.
                                                 with the complex order priority                         complex orders that are due for                          The Exchange again notes that it has
                                                 currently available on C2 and ensures                   execution. The regular and event-driven               not proposed to limit the frequency of
                                                 protection of the leg markets.                          evaluation process removes potential                  COAs for a complex strategy and could
                                                   The Exchange proposes that complex                    impediments to the mechanisms of the                  have multiple COAs occurring
                                                 orders may be submitted as limit orders                 free and open market and the national                 concurrently with respect to a particular
                                                 and market orders, and orders with a                    market system by ensuring that complex                complex strategy. The Exchange
                                                 Time in Force of GTD, IOC, DAY, GTC,                    orders are given the best possible                    represents that it has systems capacity
                                                 or OPG, or as a Complex Only order,                     chance at execution at the best price,                to process multiple overlapping COAs
                                                 COA-eligible or do-not-COA order. In                    evaluating the availability of complex                consistent with the proposal, including
                                                 particular, the Exchange believes that                  orders to be handled in a number of                   systems necessary to conduct
                                                 limit orders, GTD, IOC, DAY, GTC, and                   ways as described in this proposal. Any               surveillance of activity occurring in
                                                 OPG orders all provide valuable                         potential impediments to the order                    such auctions. Further, EDGX may
                                                 limitations on execution price and time                 handling and execution process                        currently have multiple complex
                                                 that help to protect Exchange                           respecting complex orders are                         auctions in the same strategy run
                                                 participants and investors in both the                  substantially removed due to their                    concurrently. EDGX Rule 21.20,
                                                 Simple Book and the COB. In addition,                   continual and event-driven evaluation                 Interpretation and Policy .02 similarly
                                                 the Exchange believes that offering                     for subsequent action to be taken by the              permits multiple complex auctions in
                                                 participants the ability to utilize MTP                 System. This protects investors and the               the same strategy to run concurrently.
                                                 Modifiers for complex orders in a                       public interest by ensuring that complex              The Exchange does not anticipate
                                                 similar way to the way they are used on                 orders in the System are continually                  overlapping auctions necessarily to be a
                                                 the Simple Book provides such                           monitored and evaluated for potential                 common occurrence, however, after
                                                 participants with the ability to protect                action(s) to be taken on behalf of                    considerable review, believes that such
                                                 themselves from inadvertently matching                  investors that submit their complex                   behavior is more fair and reasonable
                                                 against their own interest. As discussed                orders to the Exchange.                               with respect to Trading Permit Holders
                                                 above, because complex orders do not                       If a complex order is not priced equal             who submit orders to the COB because
                                                 route and may not be Post Only, all                     to, or better than, the SBBO or is not                the alternative presents other issues to
                                                 complex orders are Book Only, which is                  priced to improve other complex orders                such Trading Permit Holders.
                                                 consistent with current C2 complex                      resting at the top of the COB, the                    Specifically, if the Exchange does not
                                                 order functionality. The proposed rule                  Exchange does not believe that it is                  permit overlapping COAs, then a
                                                 change also clarifies that Attributable/                reasonable to anticipate that it would                Trading Permit Holder who wishes to
                                                 Non-Attributable instructions are                       generate a meaningful number of COA                   submit a COA-eligible order but has its
                                                 available for complex orders; however,                  Responses such that there would be                    order rejected because another COA is
                                                 these instructions merely apply to                      price improvement of the complex                      already underway in the complex
                                                 information that is displayed for the                   order’s limit price. Promoting the                    strategy must either wait for such COA
                                                 orders but do not impact how they                       orderly initiation of COAs is essential to            to conclude and re-submit the order to
                                                 execute.                                                maintaining a fair and orderly market                 the Exchange (possibly constantly
                                                   The Exchange believes that permitting                 for complex orders; otherwise, the                    resubmitting the complex order to
                                                 complex orders to be entered with these                 initiation of COAs that are unlikely to               ensure it is received by the Exchange
                                                 varying order types and modifiers will                  result in price improvement could affect              before another COA commences) or
                                                 give the Exchange participants greater                  the orderliness of the marketplace in                 must send the order to another options
                                                 control and flexibility over the manner                 general.                                              exchange that accepts complex orders.
                                                 and circumstances in which their orders                    The Exchange believes that this                       The Legging restrictions protects
                                                 may be executed, modified, or                           removes impediments to and perfects                   investors and the public interest by
                                                 cancelled, and thus will provide for the                the mechanisms of a free and open                     ensuring that Market-Makers and other
                                                 protection of investors and contribute to               market and a national market system by                liquidity providers do not trade above
                                                 market efficiency.                                      promoting the orderly initiation of                   their established risk tolerance levels, as
                                                   In particular, the Exchange notes that                COAs, and by limiting the likelihood of               described above. Despite the enhanced
                                                 while both the Complex Only Order and                   unnecessary COAs that are not expected                execution opportunities provided by
                                                 the do-not-COA instruction may reduce                   to result in price improvement.                       Legging, the Exchange believes it is
                                                 execution opportunities for the entering                   The Exchange believes the proposed                 reasonable and consistent with the Act
                                                 Market-Maker or User, respectively,                     maximum 500 millisecond Response                      to permit Market-Makers to submit
                                                 similar features are already offered by                 Time Interval promotes just and                       orders designated as Complex Only
                                                 EDGX (and C2 with respect to do-not-                    equitable principles of trade and                     Orders that will not leg into the Simple
                                                 COA) in connection with complex order                   removes impediments to a free and open                Book. This is analogous to functionality
                                                 functionality and that they are                         market because it allows sufficient time              on EDGX,52 as well as other types of
                                                 reasonable limitations a Market-Maker                   for Trading Permit Holders participating              functionality offered by the Exchange
                                                 or User, respectively, may wish to                      in a COA to submit COA Responses and                  that provides Trading Permit Holders
                                                 include on their order in order to                      would encourage competition among                     the ability to direct the Exchange not to
                                                 participate on the COB.                                 participants, thereby enhancing the                   route their orders or remove liquidity
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   Evaluation of the executability of                    potential for price improvement for                   from the Exchange. Similar to such
                                                 complex orders is central to the removal                complex orders in the COA to the                      analogous features, the Exchange
                                                 of impediments to, and the perfection                   benefit of investors and public interest.             believes that Market-Makers may utilize
                                                 of, the mechanisms of a free and open                   The Exchange believes the proposed                    Complex Only Order functionality as
                                                 market and a national market system                     rule change is not unfairly                           part of their strategy to maintain
                                                 and, in general, the protection of                      discriminatory because it establishes a               additional control over their executions,
                                                 investors and the public interest. The                  Response Time Interval applicable to all
                                                 proposed evaluation process pursuant to                 Exchange participants participating in a                52 See   EDGX Rule 21.20(b)(1).



                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00033   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM     16MYN2


                                                 22828                        Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices

                                                 in connection with their attempt to                     maker obligations and observed quoting                   Proposed Rule 3.16 (related to
                                                 provide and not remove liquidity, or in                 behavior, and they are the substantively              Exchange affiliations with Trading
                                                 connection with applicable fees for                     the same as Market-Maker requirements                 Permit Holders) and 3.17 (related to
                                                 executions.                                             in the EDGX rules.                                    Cboe Trading providing Outbound
                                                    Based on the foregoing, the Exchange                    The Exchange believes the proposed                 Router services) are substantially similar
                                                 does not believe that the proposed                      rule change regarding information to be               to EDGX Rule 2.10 and 2.11.
                                                 complex order functionality raises any                  provided to Users in transaction reports              Additionally, proposed Rule 3.16
                                                 new or novel concepts under the Act,                    is consistent with current practice and               incorporates the provisions in current
                                                 and instead is consistent with the goals                provides market participants with                     C2 Rule 3.2(f) related to restrictions on
                                                 of the Act to remove impediments to                     additional transparency regarding these               Exchange affiliations with Trading
                                                 and to perfect the mechanism of a free                  reports. It is also consistent with other             Permit Holders. As noted above, the
                                                 and open market and a national market                   Exchange and options industry                         provisions related to Exchange
                                                 system, and to protect investors and the                practices, including the fact that                    affiliations with Trading Permit Holders
                                                 public interest.                                        clearing information available through                (including exceptions to any restrictions
                                                    The proposed rule change regarding                   OCC already provides contra-party                     in the Rules) are consistent with the
                                                 price adjust is consistent with linkage                 information as well as the ability of a               governing documents of C2.
                                                 rules that require exchanges to                         User on the Exchange to disclose its                  Additionally, the Commission recently
                                                 reasonably avoid displaying quotations                  identify when quoting. The Exchange                   approved the Exchange affiliation with
                                                 that lock or cross any Protected                        believes this is consistent with the Act,             Cboe Trading related to its performing
                                                 Quotation, as well as EDGX Rule 21.1(i).                as it is designed to foster cooperation               inbound routing services for C2. The
                                                 The proposed functionality will assist                  and coordination with persons engaged                 Exchange believes proposed Rule 3.17
                                                 Users by displaying orders and quotes at                in clearing, settling, processing                     promotes the maintenance of a fair and
                                                 permissible prices.                                     information with respect to, and                      orderly market, the protection of
                                                    The Exchange believes the additional                 facilitating transactions in securities.              investors and the public interest, and is
                                                 and enhanced price protection                              The proposed rule change makes                     in the best interests of the Exchange and
                                                 mechanisms and risk controls will                       various nonsubstantive changes                        its Trading Permit Holders as it will
                                                 protect investors and the public interest               throughout the rules, in addition to                  allow the routing of orders to Trading
                                                 and maintain fair and orderly markets                   nonsubstantive changes described                      Centers (including affiliated exchanges
                                                 by mitigating potential risks associated                above, will protect investors and benefit             BZX Options and EDGX Options) from
                                                 with market participants entering orders                market participants, as these changes                 the Exchange in the same manner as
                                                 and quotes at unintended prices, and                    simplify or clarify rules, delete                     certain Cboe-affiliated exchanges
                                                 risks associated with orders and quotes                 duplicative rule provisions, conform                  currently route orders. Moreover, in
                                                 trading at prices that are extreme and                  paragraph numbering and lettering                     meeting the requirements of Rule 3.17
                                                 potentially erroneous, which may likely                 throughout the rules, update Exchange                 (i.e., regulation as a facility, FINRA
                                                 have resulted from human or                             department names, use plain English,                  acting as the designated examining
                                                 operational error. While the Exchange                   and conform language to corresponding                 authority, optional use of Cboe Trading
                                                 currently offers many similar                           EDGX rules.                                           as an outbound router, restrictions on
                                                 protections and controls, as described                     As described above, the fundamental                business of Cboe Trading, procedures
                                                 above, the Exchange believes Users will                 premise of the proposal is that the                   and internal controls, cancellation of
                                                 benefit from the additional functionality               Exchange will operate its options                     orders, maintenance of error account),
                                                 that will be available following the                    market in a similar manner to its                     the Exchange believes it will have
                                                 technology migration. The Exchange                      affiliated options exchange, EDGX                     mechanisms in place that protect the
                                                 notes the proposed rule change does not                 (which as discussed above in the                      independence of the Exchange’s
                                                 establish outer boundaries or limits to                 purpose section, is similar in many                   regulatory responsibility with respect to
                                                 the levels at which mechanisms can be                   ways to how C2 currently operates),                   Cboe Trading, as well as demonstrates
                                                 set. The Exchange believes this is                      with the exception of the priority model              that Cboe Trading cannot use any
                                                 reasonable and necessary to afford the                  and certain other limited differences.                information that it may have because of
                                                 Exchange and Users flexibility to                       The basis for the majority of the                     its affiliation with the Exchange to its
                                                 establish and modify the default                        proposed rule changes in this filing are              advantage. This will help prevent an
                                                 parameters in order to protect investors                the approved rules of EDGX, which                     unfair burden on competition and unfair
                                                 and the public interest, and maintain a                 have already been found to be                         discrimination between customers,
                                                 fair and orderly market. The Exchange                   consistent with the Act. For instance,                issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                                                 notes any Exchange-determined                           the Exchange does not believe that any
                                                 parameters will always be available on                  of the proposed order types or order                  B. Self-Regulatory Organization’s
                                                 C2’s website via specification or Notice.               type functionality or allocation and                  Statement on Burden on Competition
                                                 The Exchange notes the proposed rule                    priority provisions raise any new or                     C2 does not believe that the proposed
                                                 changes related to price protection                     novel issues that have not previously                 rule change will impose any burden on
                                                 mechanisms and risk controls are                        been considered.                                      competition that is not necessary or
                                                 substantially the same as EDGX rules                       Thus, the Exchange further believes                appropriate in furtherance of the
                                                 and specifications, as discussed above.                 that the functionality that it proposes to            purposes of the Act. The Exchange
                                                 The proposed rule change is also similar                offer is consistent with Section 6(b)(5) of           reiterates that the proposed rule change
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 to current C2 and Cboe Options Rules.                   the Act, because the System upon the                  is being proposed in the context of the
                                                    The Exchange believes the proposed                   technology migration is designed to                   technology integration of the Cboe
                                                 additional explicit Market-Maker                        continue to be efficient and its operation            Affiliated Exchanges. Thus, the
                                                 requirements in the rules will continue                 transparent, thereby facilitating                     Exchange believes this proposed rule
                                                 to offset the benefits a Market-Maker                   transactions in securities, removing                  change is necessary to permit fair
                                                 receives in its appointed classes, as the               impediments to and perfecting the                     competition among national securities
                                                 proposed Market-Maker requirements                      mechanism of a free and open market                   exchanges. In addition, the Exchange
                                                 are consistent with current C2 Market-                  and a national market system.                         believes the proposed rule change will


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00034   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM   16MYN2


                                                                                Federal Register / Vol. 83, No. 95 / Wednesday, May 16, 2018 / Notices                                                  22829

                                                 benefit Exchange participants in that it                  rule change may become operative prior               change is consistent with the Act.
                                                 will provide a consistent technology                      to the proposed C2 technology                        Comments may be submitted by any of
                                                 offering for Users by the Cboe Affiliated                 migration on May 14, 2018. In support                the following methods:
                                                 Exchanges. Following the technology                       of its waiver request, the Exchange
                                                                                                                                                                Electronic Comments
                                                 migration, the C2 System, as described                    states that many of the proposed rule
                                                 in this proposed rule change, will apply                  changes are based on rules of EDGX                     • Use the Commission’s internet
                                                 to all Users and order and quotes                         Options and BZX Options and the                      comment form (http://www.sec.gov/
                                                 submitted by Users in the same manner.                    proposed rule changes will align much                rules/sro.shtml); or
                                                 As discussed above, the basis for the                     of C2’s System with that of those other                • Send an email to rule-comments@
                                                 majority of the proposed rule changes in                  Cboe Affiliated Changes, which will                  sec.gov. Please include File Number SR–
                                                 this filing are the approved rules of                     simplify the User experience for those               C2–2018–005 on the subject line.
                                                 EDGX, while a few other changes are                       firms that are members of one or more
                                                                                                           of the other Cboe Affiliated Exchanges,              Paper Comments
                                                 based on approved rules of Cboe
                                                 Options and BZX, which have already                       and also will promote stability across                  • Send paper comments in triplicate
                                                 been found to be consistent with the                      the affiliated trading platforms. The                to Secretary, Securities and Exchange
                                                 Act.                                                      Commission notes that, because                       Commission, 100 F Street NE,
                                                                                                           migrating C2’s trading platform                      Washington, DC 20549–1090.
                                                 C. Self-Regulatory Organization’s                         technology over to EDGX Options
                                                 Statement on Comments on the                                                                                   All submissions should refer to File
                                                                                                           technology is a material event, the                  Number SR–C2–2018–005. This file
                                                 Proposed Rule Change Received From                        Exchange has publicized its plans well
                                                 Members, Participants, or Others                                                                               number should be included on the
                                                                                                           in advance by issuing periodic updates               subject line if email is used. To help the
                                                   The Exchange neither solicited nor                      to Trading Permit Holders regarding the              Commission process and review your
                                                 received comments on the proposed                         technology migration changes and the                 comments more efficiently, please use
                                                 rule change.                                              anticipated timeline in order to enable              only one method. The Commission will
                                                                                                           Trading Permit Holders to make and test              post all comments on the Commission’s
                                                 III. Date of Effectiveness of the                         system changes at the firm and User
                                                 Proposed Rule Change and Timing for                                                                            internet website (http://www.sec.gov/
                                                                                                           level to accommodate the transition and              rules/sro.shtml). Copies of the
                                                 Commission Action                                         ensure uninterrupted access to the                   submission, all subsequent
                                                   The Exchange has filed the proposed                     Exchange after the migration. In                     amendments, all written statements
                                                 rule change pursuant to Section                           addition, as described in detail above,              with respect to the proposed rule
                                                 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act 53 and Rule 19b–                   the Exchange’s proposal does not raise
                                                                                                                                                                change that are filed with the
                                                 4(f)(6) 54 thereunder. Because the                        any new or novel issues, as the nature
                                                                                                                                                                Commission, and all written
                                                 foregoing proposed rule change does                       of the changes are connected to the
                                                                                                                                                                communications relating to the
                                                 not: (i) Significantly affect the                         migration of C2 to the existing
                                                                                                                                                                proposed rule change between the
                                                 protection of investors or the public                     technology and functionality of the
                                                                                                                                                                Commission and any person, other than
                                                 interest; (ii) impose any significant                     EDGX Options platform. Therefore, the
                                                                                                                                                                those that may be withheld from the
                                                 burden on competition; and (iii) become                   Commission believes that waving the
                                                                                                                                                                public in accordance with the
                                                 operative for 30 days from the date on                    30-day operative delay is consistent
                                                                                                                                                                provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be
                                                 which it was filed, or such shorter time                  with the protection of investors and the
                                                                                                                                                                available for website viewing and
                                                 as the Commission may designate, it has                   public interest. Accordingly, the
                                                                                                           Commission hereby waives the 30-day                  printing in the Commission’s Public
                                                 become effective pursuant to Section                                                                           Reference Room, 100 F Street NE,
                                                 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act 55 and Rule 19b–                   operative delay and designates the
                                                                                                           proposal operative on May 11, 2018.59                Washington, DC 20549 on official
                                                 4(f)(6) 56 thereunder.                                                                                         business days between the hours of
                                                   A proposed rule change filed under                         At any time within 60 days of the
                                                                                                           filing of the proposed rule change, the              10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Copies of the
                                                 Rule 19b–4(f)(6) 57 normally does not                                                                          filing also will be available for
                                                 become operative prior to 30 days after                   Commission summarily may
                                                                                                           temporarily suspend such rule change if              inspection and copying at the principal
                                                 the date of the filing. However, pursuant                                                                      office of the Exchange. All comments
                                                 to Rule 19b–4(f)(6)(iii),58 the                           it appears to the Commission that such
                                                                                                           action is necessary or appropriate in the            received will be posted without change.
                                                 Commission may designate a shorter                                                                             Persons submitting comments are
                                                 time if such action is consistent with                    public interest, for the protection of
                                                                                                           investors, or otherwise in furtherance of            cautioned that we do not redact or edit
                                                 protection of investors and the public                                                                         personal identifying information from
                                                 interest. The Exchange has asked the                      the purposes of the Act. If the
                                                                                                           Commission takes such action, the                    comment submissions. You should
                                                 Commission to waive the 30-day                                                                                 submit only information that you wish
                                                 operative delay so that the proposed                      Commission will institute proceedings
                                                                                                           to determine whether the proposed rule               to make available publicly. All
                                                   53 15                                                   change should be approved or                         submissions should refer to File
                                                          U.S.C. 78(b)(3)(A).
                                                   54 17  CFR 240.19b–4(f)(6).                             disapproved.                                         Number SR–C2–2018–005 and should
                                                    55 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A).                                                                                  be submitted on or before June 6, 2018.
                                                    56 17 CFR 240.19b–4(f)(6). In addition, Rule 19b–
                                                                                                           IV. Solicitation of Comments
                                                                                                                                                                  For the Commission, by the Division of
                                                 4(f)(6)(iii) requires the Exchange to give the              Interested persons are invited to                  Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated
                                                 Commission written notice of the Exchange’s intent        submit written data, views, and                      authority.60
                                                 to file the proposed rule change, along with a brief
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 description and text of the proposed rule change,         arguments concerning the foregoing,                  Eduardo A. Aleman,
                                                 at least five business days prior to the date of filing   including whether the proposed rule                  Assistant Secretary.
                                                 of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time
                                                                                                                                                                [FR Doc. 2018–10417 Filed 5–15–18; 8:45 am]
                                                 as designated by the Commission. The Exchange               59 For purposes only of waving the 30-day
                                                 has satisfied this requirement.                           operative delay, the Commission has considered the   BILLING CODE 8011–01–P
                                                    57 17 CFR 240.19b–4(f)(6).
                                                                                                           purposed rule’s impact on efficiency, competition,
                                                    58 17 CFR 240.19b–4(f)(6).                             and capital formation. See 15 U.S.C. 78c(f).           60 17   CFR 200.30–3(a)(12).




                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014    18:43 May 15, 2018   Jkt 244001   PO 00000   Frm 00035   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\16MYN2.SGM     16MYN2



Document Created: 2018-11-02 09:13:15
Document Modified: 2018-11-02 09:13:15
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
FR Citation83 FR 22796 

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR